diff options
Diffstat (limited to '19118-8.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 19118-8.txt | 9104 |
1 files changed, 9104 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/19118-8.txt b/19118-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26fc3b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/19118-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9104 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume +XXV, 1635-36, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume XXV, 1635-36 + Explorations by Early Navigators, Descriptions of the + Islands and Their Peoples, Their History and Records of + the Catholic Missions, As Related in Contemporaneous Books + and Manuscripts, Showing the Political, Economic, Commercial + and Religious Conditions of Those Islands from Their + Earliest Relations with European Nations to the Close of + the Nineteenth Century + +Author: Various + +Editor: E. H. Blair + +Release Date: August 25, 2006 [EBook #19118] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS *** + + + + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net/ + + + + + + + + + The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 + + Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and + their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions, + as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the + political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those + islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the + close of the nineteenth century, + + Volume XXV, 1635-36 + + + + Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson + with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord + Bourne. + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXV + + + + Preface 9 + + Documents of 1635 + + Laws regarding navigation and commerce, 1611-35. Felipe III + and Felipe IV; 1611-35 23 + Royal decrees, 1633-35. Felipe IV; Madrid, 1633-35 38 + Memorial to the king, in the year 1635. Juan Grao y + Monfalcon; Madrid, September 6 48 + Manila treasury accounts, 1630-35. Gerónimo de ----, and + Francisco Antonio Manzelo; August 18, 1638 74 + Letter of consolation to the Jesuits of Pintados. Juan de Bueras, + S.J.; Manila, February 1 87 + Letter to Felipe IV. Andres del Sacramento, O.S.F.; Nueva Caceres, + June 2 95 + Letter from the Franciscan commissary-general of the Indias. + Francisco de Ocaña, O.S.F.; Madrid, June 28 98 + Opinion of Council and royal decree concerning request of + Manila Jesuits for alms. Felipe IV, and others; Madrid, + July 10 100 + Letter to Felipe IV. Pedro de Arce; Manila, October 17 104 + + Documents of 1636 + + Discussion regarding Portuguese trade at Manila. Joseph de + Navada Alvarado, and others; 1632-36 111 + Decree extending the tenure of encomiendas. Felipe IV; + Madrid, February 1 145 + Military services of Filipinos. Juan Grau y Monfalcon; + [Madrid], June 13 148 + Conflicts between civil and ecclesiastical authorities, + 1635-36. Casimiro Diaz, O.S.A.; from his _Conquistas de + las Islas Filipinas_ (published at Valladolid, 1890, but written + early in eighteenth century) 151 + Letter from a citizen of Manila to an absent friend. [Unsigned; + Fabian de Santillan y Gavilanes?]; Manila, June 15 201 + Request for Jesuit missionaries. Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera; + Cavile, June 19 297 + Letter from the bishop of Nueva Caceres to Felipe IV. Francisco + de Zamudio, O.S.A.; Manila, June 20 301 + List of prominent ecclesiastics in Manila and the islands. + Hernando de Guerrero, archbishop of Manila; 1636 305 + + Bibliographical Data 321 + + + + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + + + + Map of portion of Philippine Islands and other eastern islands; + photographic facsimile of original Portuguese MS. map of 1635, + by Pedro Berthelot, in the British Museum 56, 57 + View of Chinese junks; photographic facsimile of engraving in + _Recueil des voiages Comp. Indes Orient_. Pais-Bas (Amsterdam, 1725) + iii, p. 285; from copy in the library of Wisconsin Historical + Society 116 Plan of the "island of Manila;" drawn by a Portuguese + artist, _ca._ 1635; photographic facsimile of the original MS. map + in British Museum 133 + Autograph signature of Sebastian de Corcuera; photographic facsimile + from MS. in Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla 299 + + + + + +PREFACE + + +The scope of the present volume (1635-36) is mainly commercial and +financial matters on the one hand, and ecclesiastical affairs on the +other. The paternalistic tendencies of the Spanish government are +obvious in the former direction, with various restrictions on trade, +and annoying imposts on all classes of people. The Portuguese of Macao +are accused of ruining the Chinese trade with the islands, absorbing it +to their own profit and the injury of the Spaniards. In ecclesiastical +circles, the topic of prime interest is the controversy between +Governor Corcuera and Archbishop Guerrero, ending in the latter's +exile to Mariveles Island; it is an important episode in the continual +struggle between Church and State for supremacy, and as such rightly +demands large space and attention in this series. In this and several +other documents may be noticed the steadily increasing influence and +power of the Jesuit order in the Philippines at that period. + +From _Recopilación de leyes de las Indias_ (lib. ix, tit. xxxxv) +are compiled a series of laws relating to navigation and commerce, +dated from 1611 to 1635--in continuation of those already given in +VOL. XVII of this series. Married men going from Nueva España must +take their wives also, or provide for them while absent. Convents +shall not allow Chinese merchandise to be concealed in their +houses. Royal officials who may sail in any fleet sent from Spain +to the Philippines are forbidden to carry any merchandise thither on +their private accounts. Flour for government use in the islands shall +be provided there, and not be brought from Nueva España. The lading +on the trading ships to that country must be allotted more equitably, +and for the general welfare of the Philippine colonists. Disabled +or incapable seamen must not be taken on these ships; provision is +made for the protection and safety of the Indian deck-hands thereon; +and only persons of rank are allowed to carry more than one slave +each. Trade between Mexico and Peru is again forbidden; and private +persons in the Philippines are not permitted to send ships, soldiers, +or seamen to the mainland or other regions outside the islands. The +valuation of merchandise taken to Nueva España from Filipinas shall +be made at Mexico, according to certain regulations. The officers of +the trading ships shall be paid for four months only, each voyage; and +the ships must leave Acapulco by December, and reach the islands by +March. Extortion from the sailors by the royal officials at Acapulco +is strictly forbidden. The official appointed to inspect the Chinese +ships at Manila must be chosen, not by the governor alone, but by him +and the Audiencia jointly. The shipment of money from New Mexico to +Filipinas in excess of the amount allowed is forbidden under heavy +penalties. The governors of Filipinas must keep the shipyards well +equipped and provided. The ships that sail thence to Nueva España +must depart in June; and careful account must be taken, by special +officials, of all goods in the cargoes, and of all that the vessels +carry on the return trip. + +A group of royal decrees and orders occurs during the years 1633-35, +concerning various interests of the Philippines. The viceroy of Nueva +España is ordered (September 30, 1633) to see that the seamen needed +in the islands be well treated at Acapulco, and allowed to invest some +money in the Mexican trade. The governor of the Philippines is warned +(March 10, 1634) to see that the lading of vessels in that trade be +equitably allotted to the citizens. The viceroy is directed, at the +same time, to send more reënforcements of men to the islands. The +moneys granted to the city for its fortifications have been diverted +to the general fund; the governor is notified (September 9, 1634) +to correct this, and, two months later, to prevent the Portuguese +of Macao from trading in the islands. Again (February 16, 1635) +he is directed to prevent people from leaving the Philippines, and +religious from going to Japan; and at the same time is despatched +a reply to the Audiencia regarding some matters of which they had +informed the king. The governor is ordered (November 5, 1635) to see +that the garrisons in Ternate are regularly changed. + +Juan Grau y Monfalcón, procurator-general for the Philippines at the +Spanish court, memorializes the king (1635) regarding the importance +of those islands to Spain, which country should preserve her domain +there, not only for the service of God and the spread of the Catholic +faith, but for the increase of the royal revenues. The writer gives +a summary of the Chinese population in the islands, and the extent +of their trade; the number of Indians paying tribute, and their +products. The Spaniards of Manila are greatly impoverished by their +losses in conflagrations and shipwrecks, and need royal aid. If it +be not given them, Manila will be lost to the Dutch, whose increasing +power and wealth in the Orient is described. Especially do they request +the abolition of the additional duty of two per cent on goods exported +to Nueva España, which they are unable to pay. The history of this tax +is outlined, and numerous reasons for its abolition are adduced. The +inhabitants of Manila no longer make large profits in their trade +with Nueva España; nor are the expenses of that trade such a burden as +formerly on the royal treasury. The same results are really obtained +from the tax levied on the Chinese goods that are carried to Manila, +and this additional tax is too heavy a burden on the people. The royal +duties alone amount to twenty-seven per cent on their investments of +capital, and the costs and expenses to even a greater sum. Too much +pressure of this sort will cause the people of Manila to abandon +entirely a profitless trade; in that case the customs duties would +cease, and the islands would fall into the hands of the Dutch. The +misfortunes and losses of Manila by fires and shipwrecks must also +be taken into account, as well as the loyalty with which they serve +the crown--always ready to risk their lives and property for it, and +often loaning money to the treasury in its needs. The royal fiscal +makes reply to this document, advising the royal Council to give this +matter very careful attention, and to consider not only the need of the +inhabitants but the low condition of the royal finances; he recommends +mild measures. The procurator thereupon urges, in brief, some of his +former arguments (also citing precedents) for the discontinuance of +the two per cent duty. An interesting compilation from the accounts +of the royal treasury at Manila shows the total receipts in each +of its different funds for the five years ending January 1, 1635, +each year separately. + +A letter of consolation to the Jesuits of Pintados who have suffered +so much from the Moro pirates is sent out (February 1, 1635) by +the provincial of the order, Juan de Bueras. Andrés del Sacramento, +a Franciscan friar at Nueva Cáceres, complains to the king (June 2, +1635) of interference in the affairs of that order by certain brethren +of the Observantine branch, who have by their schemes obtained control +of the Filipinas province; and asks that the king assign the province +to one or the other branch, allowing no one else to enter it. About +the same time, a high Franciscan official at Madrid writes, probably +to one of the king's councilors, promising to investigate and punish +certain lawless acts by Manila friars of his order. + +The Jesuits of Manila having asked for a grant from the royal treasury +to rebuild their residence there, the matter is discussed in the royal +Council, and a decree issued (July 10, 1635) ordering the governor +of the Philippines to investigate the need for such appropriation, +and to report it, with other information, to the king. Pedro de Arce, +who has been ruler _ad interim_ of the archdiocese of Manila, notifies +the king (October 17, 1635) of his return to his own bishopric of +Cebú; and of his entrusting to the Jesuits the spiritual care of the +natives of Mindanao, where the Spanish fortress of Zamboanga has been +recently established. He asks the king to confirm this, and to send +them more missionaries of their order. + +In 1632 a memorial is presented before the municipal council of Manila +by one of its regidors, representing the injuries and losses arising +from the trade which has been commenced there by the Portuguese of +Macao. It seems that they have absorbed the trade formerly carried on +by the Chinese with Manila, and have so increased the prices of goods +that the citizens cannot make a profit on the goods that they send to +Nueva España. Navada presents seventeen considerations and arguments +regarding this condition of affairs. He states that in earlier years +the authorities of Manila forbade the Portuguese to come to Manila, +for the same reasons that are now so urgent; that investments of +capital are now seldom made by citizens of the Philippines, for lack +of returns thereon; and that the royal revenues are defrauded by the +enormous losses in the proceeds from the customs duties on the goods +brought by the Portuguese, as compared with those realized on the goods +of the Sangley traders. The Portuguese are making enormous profits, and +this is ruining the citizens of the islands; moreover, they buy their +goods from the Chinese at sufficient prices to satisfy the latter, +and they misrepresent the condition and actions of the Spaniards, so +that the Chinese are prevented from coming to Manila. The Portuguese +will make no fair agreement as to prices, and some of them remain +in Manila to sell their left-over goods; and these even ship goods +to Nueva España in the royal ships, with the connivance of certain +citizens--all of which defrauds the Spaniards, and violates the royal +decrees. Moreover, the Portuguese bring from China only silks, for +the sake of the great profits thereon; while cotton cloth and other +articles needed by the poor (which formerly were supplied by the +Sangleys) are now scarce and high-priced. The Portuguese should be +forbidden to carry on the China trade; this would quickly restore its +conduct by the Chinese themselves, and funds to the royal treasury +from the increase in customs duties. Manila is the only market for +this trade, and can easily hold it. The Portuguese have even carried +their insolence so far as to attack the Chinese trading ships (for +which the Audiencia has neglected to render justice to the Chinese); +they also ill-treat Spaniards who go to trade at Macao, and deal +dishonestly with those who let them sell goods on commission. If +the Portuguese are forbidden to trade in Manila, the Chinese will +again come to trade; the citizens will enjoy good profits on their +investments, and incomes from their possessions in the Parián. This +memorial by Navada is discussed by the city council, who unanimously +decide to adopt his recommendations and to place the matter before +the governor and the citizens. The Spanish government favor (1634-36) +depriving the Portuguese of the Manila trade, and decrees are sent +to the islands empowering the governor and other officials to do +what seems best in the case. To these papers are added a letter to +the king by Juan Grau y Monfalcón, urging that the decree of 1593 +be reissued, forbidding any Spanish vassals to buy goods in China, +these to be carried to Manila by the Chinese at their own risk. He +submits, with his letter, tables showing the comparative amounts of +duties collected at Manila on the goods brought by the Chinese and the +Portuguese respectively; also a copy of the aforesaid decree of 1593. + +A royal decree of February 1, 1636, prolongs the tenure of encomiendas +for another generation, in certain of the Spanish colonies, in +consideration of contributions by the holders to the royal treasury; +and various directions are given for procedure therein. The procurator +Monfalcón, in a letter to the king (June 13, 1636), commends the +military services of the Filipinos, and asks for some tokens of royal +appreciation of their loyalty. + +An account of conflicts between the civil and ecclesiastical +authorities in 1635-36 is taken from the _Conquistas_ of the +Augustinian writer Fray Casimiro Diaz. With this main subject he +interpolates other matters from the general annals of that time. Among +these is a relation of the piratical raids of the Moros into Leyte +and Panay in 1634; the invaders kill a Jesuit priest. In June of +the following year arrives the new governor, Sebastián Hurtado de +Corcuera. At the same time, Archbishop Guerrero begins his rule +over the churches of the islands; and controversies at once arise +between him and the governor over the royal patronage and other +church affairs. Among these is an attempt to divide the Dominican +province into two, which is favored by Corcuera. This arouses bitter +controversies, which involve both ecclesiastics and laymen and many +conflicting interests. A case occurs in Manila in which a criminal's +right of sanctuary in a church is involved; this leads to various +complications between the civil and ecclesiastical authorities, +involving also the religious orders--the Jesuits siding with the +governor, the other orders with the archbishop. The successive events +and acts in this controversy are quite fully related, the writer, +as would naturally be expected, placing most of the blame upon the +governor. A truce is made between the parties (January, 1636), +but it soon falls apart and the quarrels begin anew; they go to +such lengths that finally (in May of that year) the archbishop is +sent into exile on Mariveles Island, in Manila Bay. The cathedral +cabildo take charge _ad interim_ of the archdiocese. Within a month, +however, the archbishop is released, and permitted to return to the +charge of his diocese, but on humiliating conditions. Diaz notes +that ever after this episode Governor Corcuera was followed by +losses, troubles, and afflictions; that many of his relatives and +partisans came to untimely ends; that the archiepiscopal palace of +that time was utterly destroyed in subsequent earthquakes; and that +after the persecution of the archbishop the sardines in Manila Bay +almost wholly disappeared. Even after the prelate's restoration, +other controversies arise, which embitter his few remaining years; +and he narrowly escapes capture by the Moro pirates. + +Another account of the contentions of the governor with the archbishop +and the orders is that given in a "letter written by a citizen of +Manila to an absent friend" (June 15, 1636); it is obtained from +one of the Jesuit documents preserved at Madrid. The events of +that controversy are narrated from a different standpoint than +Diaz's--defending the governor and the Jesuits, and blaming the +friars for having caused most of the trouble. The writer makes his +account more valuable by presenting various documents and letters +concerned in the affair; and describes many occurrences that do not +appear in other accounts. This letter is also avowedly despatched to +refute certain statements made by the Dominicans in their version of +the controversy of 1635-36. It is evidently written by some friend +of the Jesuits who was a lawyer--possibly by Fabian de Santillan, +whom they appointed judge-conservator against the bishop. In it is a +curiously lifelike and interesting picture of the dissensions that then +involved all circles of Manila officialdom, both civil and religious; +and of certain aspects of human nature which are highly interesting, +even if not always edifying. + +Governor Corcuera writes to Felipe IV (June 19, 1636), commending the +Jesuits and their work in the islands, and asking that more of them +be sent thither, in preference to those of other orders. The bishop +of Nueva Cáceres also writes by the same mail, commending Corcuera +and complaining of the hostility displayed by the orders against the +governor, and of their ambition and arrogance. The bishop (himself an +Augustinian) arraigns all the friar orders except his own, in scathing +terms, saying of these religious: "They live without God, without king, +and without law, ... as they please, and there is no further law than +their own wills." "They say openly in their missions that they are +kings and popes." Zamudio accuses them of being "notorious traders," +of domineering over both the Indians and the alcaldes-mayor, and of +infringing upon the royal patronage; and claims that the conduct of +the Franciscans in Camarines is such that he cannot remain there in +his own diocese. He ascribes the late troubles with the archbishop +mainly to the mischievous influence of the friars, and explains +his restoration to his see as "the act of a Christian gentleman" +on Corcuera's part. The friars in Zamudio's diocese have refused to +let him make a visitation among them, although he obtained from the +governor a guard of soldiers to protect him. He recommends that the +friars be deprived of their missions, and replaced by secular priests. + +The archbishop of Manila furnishes (1636) a list of the persons +composing the ecclesiastical cabildo of the Manila cathedral; and +another, of ecclesiastics outside that body from whom might well +be supplied any positions in the cabildo which his Majesty might be +pleased to declare vacant. In each case the archbishop mentions various +particulars of the man's age, family, qualifications for office, etc., +and of his career thus far in the Church. According to the archbishop, +some of those now in the cabildo are quite unworthy or incompetent +for such positions. + +_The Editors_ + +April, 1905. + + + + + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1635 + + + + Laws regarding navigation and commerce, 1611-35. Felipe III + and Felipe IV; 1611-35. + Royal decrees, 1633-35. Felipe IV; 1633-35. + Memorial to the king, in the year 1635. Juan Grao y Monfalcon; + September 6. + Manila treasury accounts, 1630-35. Geronimo de ----, and + Francisco Antonio Manzelo; August 13, 1638. + Letter of consolation to the Jesuits of Pintados. Juan de + Bueras, S.J.; February 1. + Letter to Felipe IV. Andres del Sacramento, O.S.F.; June 2. + Letter from the Franciscan commissary-general of the + Indias. Francisco de Ocaña, O.S.F.; June 28. + Opinion of Council and royal decree concerning request of + Manila Jesuits for alms. Felipe IV, and others; July 10. + Letter to Felipe IV. Pedro de Arce; October 17. + + + +_Sources_: The first of these documents is taken from the _Recopilación +de leyes de Indias_, lib. ix, tit. xxxxv; the second, from the +"Cedulario Indico" in the Archivo Historico Nacional, Madrid; the +third, from a MS. in the Biblioteca Nacional, Madrid; the fourth, +sixth, and seventh, from MSS. in the Archivo general de Indias, +Sevilla; the fifth, from a MS. in the Academia Real de la Historia, +Madrid; and the last two, from Pastells's edition of Colin's _Labor +evangélica_. + +_Translations_: All these documents are translated by James +A. Robertson. + + + + + +LAWS REGARDING NAVIGATION AND COMMERCE + + +[The first installment of these laws is given in VOL. XVII, +pp. 27-50. The laws in the present installment date from 1611 to +1635. The method of treatment is the same as in the laws of the +above volume.] + + +LAW XXX + +The viceroy of Nueva España shall not allow any married man to pass +thence to Filipinas unless he take his wife with him, or unless he +have permission to leave the country for a limited time, after giving +bonds that he will return within the time set; and provided he leave +his wife what is necessary for her support. In no other way [shall +he be allowed to go]. [Felipe III--Guadarrama, November 12. 1611.] + + +LAW XXXIII + +Many religious and laymen come to these kingdoms from the Filipinas +Islands by way of Eastern India, abandoning their ministries and +employments. We order the governor and captain-general to be very +careful about applying the remedy, and that he give notice of this +to the bishops and to the superiors of the orders in what pertains +to them; and the said governor shall maintain especial watch over the +laymen so that they may not go by that route. [Felipe III--Valladolid, +November 4, 1612.] + + +LAW LXXII + +We charge the regular prelates that they watch very carefully and give +strict commands in all the convents and houses of their orders, that +under no consideration shall Chinese merchandise be concealed or hidden +therein; and any violation of this rule shall be punished. [Felipe +III--Valladolid, August 20, 1615.] + + +LAW XLVI + +Our fiscal of the royal Audiencia of Manila shall take part in the +allotment of the toneladas that are allowed to be distributed; and +it shall be done with his consent and in his presence. In the same +way he shall be present at the transaction of business in our royal +treasury. Nothing shall be attended to unless he be present, and he +shall endeavor to avoid the losses and injuries that may arise in +the aforesaid [his absence]. [Felipe III--Mérida, May 4, 1619.] + + +LAW XXXVII + +If any foreigners are engaged in the Filipinas Islands in the +occupation of sailors, or if they come to Nueva España in the ships, +in the line of that trade-route, they shall not be molested, nor shall +they be obliged to make agreements. If any trouble result from this, +we order the viceroy of Nueva España and the governor of Filipinas +to advise us thereof in our Council of the Indias, so that suitable +measures may be taken. [Felipe III--Santaren, October 13, 1619.] + + +LAW VII + +It may be necessary and advisable to send a fleet from these kingdoms +to the Filipinas Islands by the cape of Buena Esperanza or the straits +of Magallanes and San Vicente. Those who shall sail to serve us may +happen to carry in the fleet investments of merchandise, wines, oils, +and other things, and with that object undertake that voyage, and be +the cause of delay or loss to the fleet by their making a pretext of +difficulties, from which might result great inconveniences. In order +that such may be prevented, we order that when any such fleet shall +be sent, no person, of whatever rank or condition he be, shall lade +or allow to be laded in it any of the aforesaid goods, under penalty +of losing his life and of the confiscation of his property. If such +a thing happens [_i.e._, that a fleet be despatched], this law shall +be proclaimed in the port whence the said fleet sails, so that it +may be obeyed and observed. [Felipe III--Madrid, December 12, 1619.] + + +LAW VIII + +In the fleets that shall sail from these kingdoms to Filipinas in +order to succor them, or for matters of our service, married pilots +may embark, even though they leave their wives in these kingdoms. And +because when they shall have reached the said islands, they will wish +to return to their families, and it is right that no obstructions be +placed in their way, and in that of others, we order the governors +to allow them to return and perform their voyage, and to give them +the necessary despatches. [Felipe III--Madrid, December 12, 1619.] + + +LAW XXVI + +There is sufficient flour in the Filipinas for the supplies that are +provided there on our account. Inasmuch as that taken from Nueva +España is not so good, we order that provision of this product be +not made from Nueva España, in consideration of the fact that it is +advisable to benefit our royal treasury as far as possible. [Felipe +III--Madrid, May 23, 1620.] + + +LAW XLV + +In the permission conceded to the inhabitants of Filipinas of +the lading-space in the ships that sail to Nueva España, it +is ordered that this be distributed according to their rank and +wealth. Notwithstanding, the governors do not make the allotment in +accordance with this order. Sometimes they give it, under pretext of +gratuities, to officers on half-pay, thus obliging the inhabitants to +buy space at excessive prices. Sometimes they allot many toneladas for +charitable purposes, in order that these may be sold, and the price +[obtained for them] be used therefor, to the prejudice of the general +welfare; this results from causing them to be sold to those who will +pay the best price for them, and merchants who have companies in Méjico +buying them--to whom a great part of the merchandise generally belongs, +to the prejudice of the citizens to whom is conceded the permission +by which favor is shown them. We order and command the governors to +observe the ordinance; and if they violate it, it will be placed as +a clause in their residencia. [Felipe III--Madrid, May 23, 1620.] + + +LAW XIX + +The ships which shall be built for the trade between Filipinas and +Nueva España shall have and shall without fail carry their hearths +under the forecastle, and in no other part. In no case shall they be +carried above deck. [Felipe III--Madrid, May 29, 1620.] + + +LAW XLIX + +The accommodations distributed to the officers in the ships of +Filipinas shall be moderate, and shall conform to the capacity of +the ships. The governor shall assign to each one the space which he +may occupy and fill, and he shall not exceed it. [Felipe III--Madrid, +May 29, 1620.] + + +LAW LI + +In the enrollments of seamen which are made in Filipinas, it occurs +that a ship admits and carries sixty sailors, not thirty of whom are +of use, and in time of need there is no one to work; and there is +signal danger in so long and difficult a voyage. We order the governor +and captain-general always to provide and order that the sailors +and common seamen be effective. If our officials do not comply with +this, it shall be placed as a clause in their residencias. [Felipe +III--Madrid, May 29, 1620.] + + +LAW LIII + +The Indian deck-hands on the ships of Filipinas shall all be from +that coast; and shall be clothed, in order to protect themselves +from the cold of the voyage. Our fiscal of the Audiencia of Manila +shall enroll, and take a memorandum of, the Indian deckhands who +shall be embarked. On the return from the voyage, he shall take +account from the ship's officers of the payments and treatment that +shall have been given the Indians. If any of them shall have died +from the causes above mentioned, complaint shall be lodged against +the guilty, until they are punished as a warning and example; and +it shall be a charge in their residencia against the said officers, +who must be obliged to give account of those Indians. If any Indian +die from sickness or accident, a report must be made of it in the +same vessel, as soon as it happens; and if they do not do that, and +the Indian dies, they shall be considered as confessed criminals, +guilty of the crime. [Felipe III--Madrid, May 29, 1620.] + + +LAW LV + +Inasmuch as many slaves are usually carried in the ships from +Filipinas, who consume the provisions, we order and command that no +passenger or sailor shall take more than one slave, except persons +of rank, and that for good cause, and with careful restriction. And +inasmuch as the duties are paid in Acapulco on those who are sold +there, because of the inconvenience of paying them in Manila, we order +that the president and auditors of our royal Audiencia of Filipinas +provide that it be so observed and executed. [Felipe III--Madrid, +May 29, 1620.] + + +LAW LVII + +We order that our royal Audiencia of Manila rate the amount of what +the mates on the ships shall exact in the port of Acapulco for the +guard of boxes, barrels, and other articles of merchandise. If this +be exceeded, claims may be made against them in their residencias at +the end of their voyages. [Felipe III--Madrid, May 29, 1620.] + + +LAW LXXVII + +Some ships sail from the ports of Callao and Guayaquil to Nicaragua +and Guatemala, under pretext of going for pitch and other things, and +then often go from there to the port of Acapulco to lade Chinese cloth, +in return for a great sum of silver which they carry, practicing many +efforts and frauds. We order that under no consideration may any ships +or other vessels from the said ports or provinces of Perú go to that +of Acapulco; and that the viceroys shall order and take what measures +may be necessary so that this be obeyed and observed. They shall impose +what penalties they choose; and they shall execute those penalties on +the transgressors in a severe and exemplary manner. [Felipe IV--San +Lorenzo, October 20, 1621.] + + +LAW XXXVIII + +We order and command the governors of Filipinas not to permit private +persons of those islands to despatch ships to Macan, Malaca, Siam, +Camboja, and other parts of that archipelago, or to take seamen or +soldiers in them; for it is advisable to have ships and a fleet ready +for the defense of Manila, which can be defended or garrisoned in no +other way; and they shall attend to the correction of this as a thing +so important, and shall give such orders as are most expedient. [Felipe +IV--Madrid, December 31, 1622.] + + +LAW LXIII + +By reason of haste in the despatch [of the ships], the clerks of the +register are usually left, through forgetfulness, with some registers +which have been made of the merchandise; and, as the registers do +not appear, the judges condemn the goods as confiscated. We order the +viceroy and auditors of our royal Audiencia of Méjico that, when this +happens, they shall enact justice [1] so that the parties' right to +collect it shall remain free. [Felipe IV--Madrid, October 9, 1623.] + + +LAW XXII + +The governors and captains-general of the Filipinas Islands and Maluco, +and our other judges and justices, shall observe and shall cause to +be observed all the privileges, immunities, and exemptions of the +artillerymen on that route and commerce, and of those who live at +the ports, forts, and fortifications, which for that reason belong +to them, in respect to the trade of the Indias from these kingdoms +to those islands, in accordance with título 22 of this book. [2] +[Felipe IV--Madrid, December 6, 1624.] + + +LAW LXXIX + +We permit the viceroys, auditors, governors, royal officials, and +government agents who shall have been appointed, and who have to go +by way of the South Sea from Nueva España to Petú, and from there to +Nueva España, to take their property registered, if they swear that it +is their own and not another's under penalty of incurring confiscation +[of the same]. [Felipe IV--Madrid (?), October 5, 1626.] + + +LAW LXII + +We declare and order that the valuation of merchandise taken to Nueva +España from Filipinas shall be made in Méjico by an accountant of +the bureau of accounts, an officer of our royal treasury of the said +city, and one of the members of the consulate of the said city. The +viceroy shall appoint them every year, one fortnight before the said +valuations are to be made, and he shall have special care in the +making such appointment. In case that there shall be any discord +between the three said persons, the viceroy shall appoint another +accountant and royal official other than the first, so that these may +meet with them. That measure which has two votes shall be adopted, +even though they be but two who are in complete harmony. And if +they should not be in harmony, and should be two to two of different +opinions, they shall have recourse to the viceroy; and the decision +of that side with which he shall agree shall be put into execution, +without reply or contradiction. [3] [Felipe IV--Madrid, June 4, 1627.] + + +LAW LXVII + +We order all the judges and justices before whom Chinese cloth shall +be denounced as being contraband, not to condemn it as confiscated; +but to send it to these kingdoms in a separate account directed to +the president and official judges of the House of Trade of Sevilla, +so that it may be sent from there to the treasurer of our Council of +the Indias. Thus shall it be done on all the occasions that arise. [4] +[Felipe III--Madrid, April 18, 1617; Felipe IV--Madrid, March 3, 1629.] + + +LAW L + +The commander and officers whom the governor of Filipinas appoints +for the ships sailing to Nueva España, shall not be aided with pay +for more than four months, both in Méjico and Filipinas. At the +termination of the trip, their accounts shall be balanced, and the +remainder for the time while they shall have served, and no more, +shall be paid them. [Felipe IV--Madrid, December 14, 1630.] + + +LAW XIII + +Our fiscal of the Audiencia of Filipinas shall, according to the +settled custom, be present at the inspection of ships which is made +in the port of Manila, on those ships which come from Nueva España +and other parts; and he shall denounce those which carry more than +what is permitted. The judges who shall try the cause shall apply the +merchandise denounced to our royal exchequer, and shall punish the +guilty rigorously. [Felipe III--Madrid, May 4, 1619; Felipe IV--Madrid, +March 25, 1633.] + + +LAW LXXIII + +In the court trials regarding the seizures of smuggled goods from +China which shall be seized in Perú, what shall pertain to the +denouncers--namely, their third part--shall be paid to them immediately +in money, provided it does not pass or exceed that ordered by laws +of título 17, libro 8, which treat of seizures of smuggled goods, +irregularities, and confiscations; and provided that the money be +not taken from our royal treasury under any consideration, but from +expenses of justice or fines forfeited to the treasury, or from +the proceeds from merchandise or other articles which generally +come with those that are contraband and outside the register, which +are not from China, or of those prohibited to be sold or traded in +Perú. We charge the viceroys to advise us on all occasions, with +specification, of these denunciations, and of the part given to +the denouncer, and in what quantity and kind, making us a clear and +distinct relation. [Felipe IV--Madrid, March 31, 1633.] + + +LAW XXXI + +It was ordered that the ships that go from Nueva España to Filipinas +must sail from the port of Acapulco by the end of March, without +extending even a day into April. And inasmuch as we are informed +that that is inconvenient, we order that the ships be prepared with +all that is necessary by December, so that at the end of that month, +they may leave the said port of Acapulco, so that they may be able to +arrive at the said islands, at the latest, some time in March. It is +our will that this be executed inviolably, and it will be made a charge +of omission in the residencia of the viceroys of Nueva España; and, +if they do not so do, we shall consider ourselves disserved. [Felipe +IV--Madrid, August 26, 1633.] + + +LAW XXV + +We order the viceroys of Nueva España to give the necessary orders, +and to take suitable precautions, that the provision which is made +annually for the departure of the ships which sail from the port +of Acapulco to Filipinas be made there very seasonably, so that the +ships may not be detained, or those who are to embark suffer because +of the short time allowed for departure or the inadequate provision +of food. [Felipe IV--Madrid, September 30, 1633.] + + +LAW LXI + +Inasmuch as it has come to our notice that the agents and officials +of our royal treasury at the port of Acapulco maltreat the sailors and +others who come from the Filipinas Islands, and cause them much trouble +and vexation, by obliging them to give up what they carry, obtained +through so long and arduous a voyage: we order the viceroys of Nueva +España to have the matter examined, and the guilty punished. They +shall establish what remedy seems to them most effective, so that +like offenses may be avoided. [Felipe IV--Madrid, September 30, 1633.] + + +LAW III + +It is usual for the governor and captain-general of Filipinas to +appoint a person for the inspection of the Chinese ships when they +come with their merchandise to the city of Manila. That person is +usually one of his household, and from it follow certain injuries, +and no one dares to demand satisfaction. We order the said governor +and the royal Audiencia of Manila to meet to discuss this matter, +and to choose a suitable person for this office. They shall endeavor +to select one fitted for this task, and acceptable to the natives +and foreigners. They shall take in this regard the measures which +are expedient, and shall always advise us through our Council of the +Indias of the person whom they shall elect, and of all else necessary +for the good of that community. [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, August 25, +1620; Felipe IV--Madrid, November 10, 1634.] + + +LAW XIV + +We order that money from Nueva España shall not be sent to Filipinas +in excess of what is permitted; and all that is found en route from +Acapulco without a written permit, beyond the apportionment made of +the five hundred thousand pesos permitted, shall be confiscated and +applied to our treasury and exchequer. The driver who shall carry such +money shall incur the confiscation of his beasts of burden and slaves, +and a fine of two thousand Castilian ducados, applied in the same way +[as the above], and the stewards in charge of the illegal funds shall +be punished with ten years' service in Terrenate. [Felipe IV--Madrid, +January 30, 1635.] + + +LAW XLIII + +The governors of Filipinas appoint commander, admiral, and officers +for the ships which sail to Nueva España; and in case of the death +or absence of these, they make appointments of other persons, in +accordance with the usual procedure. And inasmuch as it is advisable +to do this, we order our viceroys of Nueva España to observe and +cause to be observed what is ordained in this regard, and the custom +which has always been observed, without making any innovation. [Felipe +IV--Madrid, February 5, 1635.] + + +LAW XXXVI + +We charge and order the governors of Filipinas to be very careful to +see that the shipyards do not lack lumber for the repair of ships, +rigging, war-stores, and food; and that they provide throughout a +sufficient supply of these articles and of all else necessary, with +careful precaution. [Felipe IV--Madrid, February 21, 1635.] + +[Although the final dates of the two following laws are later than +1635, they are here included in order to keep the laws of this título +together.] + + +LAW XXXII + +The ships which are to be despatched and to sail from the Filipinas +Islands for Nueva España shall depart in the month of June; for there +is great danger of their having to put back or of being wrecked if they +sail later. We order the governor and captain-general of those islands +to have it observed and executed accordingly. But this must be after +holding a council of persons experienced in that navigation--so that, +having heard and weighed their opinions, the most advisable measures +may be enacted. [Felipe IV--Madrid, December 31, 1622; January 27, +1631; February 14, 1660.] + + +LAW XLI + +The overseer and accountant of these voyages shall have everything in +charge, and they shall set down and keep in their books an account of +what is laden in merchandise, and what is carried on the return trip +of the ships. They shall be chosen from persons who are well approved, +who have given satisfaction, and are trustworthy, and they shall be +given the proper and sufficient salary, which shall not exceed two +thousand ducados apiece for the voyage; for they shall not lade any +quantity of merchandise, under penalty of the fines imposed by law 48 +of this título. [5] We order that they sail going and coming, one in +the flagship and the other in the almiranta, alternating in all the +voyages. The governor shall give them the instructions which they are +to observe during the voyage. Their residencia must be taken as soon +as the voyage is finished, as is done with the other officers of that +fleet, before they can sail on another voyage. [Felipe III--Madrid, +May 23, 1620; Cárlos II (in this _Recopilación_).] + + + + + + +ROYAL DECREES, 1633-35 + + +The King. To the Marqués de Cerralvo, my relative, member of my Council +of War, my viceroy, governor, and captain-general of those provinces of +Nueva España, and president of my royal treasury therein; or the person +or persons to whose charge the government of them may be entrusted: the +king my sovereign and father (whom may holy paradise keep!) ordered to +be issued, and did issue, a decree (which is found at folio 163 verso, +of this same volume, number 144). [6] And now Don Juan Grau Monfalcon, +procurator-general of the city of Manila of the Filipinas Islands, +has related to me that, as is well known, there is great need of +sailors and seamen in the navigation of the said Filipinas Islands, +and that, for the islands to obtain these men it is advisable that good +treatment and [an opportunity for] passage be given to them in the +seaports; and that they be granted some means of gain, so that they +might, by reason of that self-interest, be encouraged and induced to +serve in the voyages--shielding them from the annoyances inflicted +upon them by the officials at the said ports. He has petitioned me +that I be pleased so to order, and that their chests be not opened; +that permission be granted them so that each seaman may carry up to +seven thousand pesos of investments in that voyage, in which is to be +included the quantity which they have hitherto been permitted to carry; +and that the castellan and my other employees at the port of Acapulco +shall cause them neither vexations nor injuries. The matter having +been examined in my royal Council of the Yndias, I have considered +it fitting to issue the present, by which I order you to observe +and fulfil, and to cause to be observed and fulfilled, the decree +herein incorporated, _in toto_ and exactly as is therein contained, +and that you do not violate it or pass beyond its tenor and form. [7] +In its fulfilment, you shall give what orders may be necessary, so +that care may be taken of those men at the port of Acapulco and so +that all proper facilities and despatch may be accorded them. Madrid, +September 30, 1633. + + +_I the King_ + +By order of the king our sovereign: +_Don Francisco Ruiz de Contreras_ + +The King. To my governor and captain-general of the Filipinas +islands, and president of my royal Audiencia therein. Don Juan Grau +y Monfalcon, procurator-general of that city, has informed me that I +ordered, by a decree of May 23, 1620, that the cargo of the ships be +distributed to the inhabitants with all fairness; but that, contrary +to the orders therein contained the governors have introduced the +custom of giving a part of the cargoes to the sailors and seamen, +and to the soldiers, hospitals, works of charity, clerics, and their +own servants, as also to the auditors, fiscals, and officials of my +royal treasury, whereby the favor that had been shown the inhabitants +has been diminished. He also states that Don Juan Niño de Tavora +tried to make the said allotment, although it belonged to the city; +and that the people most needy, and those to whom there are greater +obligations, did not enjoy the benefit of this favor. He petitioned +me to be pleased to order that those decrees which have been given be +observed, since that city has served me, and always serves me with the +love and zeal which has been experienced--and lately, notwithstanding +the losses that they suffered in the flagship which sank in that port, +they gave me an offering of four thousand ducados; and that, whenever +that allotment be made, it be with the consent of my governor and the +approval of the city. By that means the complaints and dissatisfaction +among them will be avoided. The matter having been examined in my royal +Council of the Yndias, I have deemed it best to order and command you, +as I do order and command you, to observe and fulfil, and cause to +be observed and fulfilled, the things that are ordered by virtue of +decrees, and the orders that have been given, since you see how just +it is to give entire satisfaction to the parties [concerned]; and that +your measures be such that those allotments be made with all equity +and justice, preventing the quarrels and complaints that might arise +on that account if the contrary were permitted. Madrid, March 10, 1634. + +_I the King_ + +By order of his Majesty: +_Don Gabriel de Ocaña Y Alarcon_ + +The King. To Marqués de Cerralvo, my relative, member of my Council +of War, governor and captain-general of the provinces of Nueva +España, and president of my royal Audiencia therein: Don Juan Grau y +Monfalcon, procurator-general of the city of Manila, has informed me +that there is great need of sailors and soldiers in those islands, +and that they need at least 2,200 soldiers for the defense of those +islands--600 being assigned to the city; in the fort and redoubt, 100; +in the fort of Cavite, another 100; in the galleys, a like number; +in Cibu and Caragua, 200; in the island of Hermosa and Cagayan, +400; and in Terrenate, 600. There can be no security without them, +and although some reënforcements are sent from Nueva España, as these +are so few those needs are not remedied. It is also necessary that the +ships that sail from Acapulco to the said islands leave at the latest +by the twenty-fifth of March, because of the troubles that result +if the contrary be done. He petitioned me to order you to make the +reënforcements to the fullest extent possible, and to send annually at +least four hundred soldiers, eight hundred and fifty sailors and the +artillerymen that you can send, since the conservation of the islands +depends on them. The matter having been examined in my Council of +War of the Yndias, I have considered it fitting to give the present, +by which I charge and order you to fulfil in both matters the commands +of my decrees in this regard. Madrid, March 10, 1634. + + +_I the King_ + +By order of his Majesty: +_Don Gabriel de Ocaña y Alarcon_ + +The King. To Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera, knight of the Order of +Alcantara, my governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, +and president of my royal Audiencia resident therein, or the person +or persons in whose charge their government may be: Don Juan Grau y +Monfalcon, procurator-general of that city, has informed me that that +said city has been granted, for its fortification, the proceeds of +the income from the monopoly on playing-cards and other articles, and +that the money that has been received from those sources was always +paid into the fortification fund; but that, in violation of that, +Don Juan Niño de Tabora, my former governor of those islands, ordered +that the said sums be placed in my royal treasury, as was done. On +that account, the money that is so necessary for the different works, +the repairs, and fortifications that arise daily, is lacking. He says +that the city having petitioned the governor to have the sums that +belonged to the said fund returned, he refused to comply; but on the +contrary ordered that the city furnish, from its communal property, +all that was thus placed in my royal treasury. He petitioned me to +be pleased to have my royal decree issued ordering that no room be +given for such innovation, that the city and its council might spend +and distribute their communal funds freely, as they have always done, +since that pertains to the city; and that the kinds of income that +have been customary in the past be placed therein and in no other +fund. The matter having been examined in my royal Council of the +Yndias, I have considered it fitting to give the present, by which +I order you to cause to be observed and fulfilled exactly the orders +that were given and commanded in this regard before the said Don Juan +Niño de Tavora made this innovation. Madrid, September 9, 1634. + + +_I the King_ + +By order of the king our sovereign: +_Don Gabriel de Ocaña y Alarcon_ + + +The King. To the president and auditors of my royal Audiencia of the +Filipinas Islands: Don Juan Gran y Monfalcon, procurator-general of +that city, has reported to me that the Portuguese nation who are living +in Eastern Yndia have attempted trade and commerce with those islands, +to the detriment of the Sangleys who go to sell their merchandise +at that city; and that that intercourse was already established, +contrary to the orders and decrees that have been given, to the +very great damage and prejudice of my royal treasury and the good +government of the islands. He petitioned me to be pleased to have a +speedy and efficacious remedy applied to so grave a matter and one +of so great importance. All the papers that were presented in regard +to this matter, together with what my fiscal declared and alleged +therein, having been examined in my royal Council of the Yndias, I +have considered it fitting to send you a copy of them so that you may +examine them; and, should the relation made therein appear to you to +be correct, you shall immediately apply the remedy for this injury. By +another decree, [8] I order my fiscal of my Audiencia there to take +up that case, and to plead all that he shall deem advisable for the +advantage and increase of my royal treasury, and the observance of +the orders and decrees that have been issued, since that pertains to +him by reason of his office. You shall continue to advise me of all +steps that you shall take, and of what you shall do in the future, +in this matter. Madrid, November 10, 1634. + + +_I the King_ +By order of the king our sovereign: +_Don Gabriel de Ocaña y Alarcon_ + + +The King. To Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera, whom I have appointed +as my governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, +and president of my royal Audiencia therein: a letter which was +written to me under date of the former year 633, by Don Juan Cerezo de +Salamanca, my governor _ad interim_ of the said islands, on a matter of +government, has been received by my royal Council of the Yndias, and +answer is given in this present letter. He says that the relationship +with Japon has been destroyed because the Dutch have angered that +king by their accustomed trickery, under pretext of the religious +who have preached--by reason of which, fearful of new conquests, all +his oldtime friendship has been converted in those parts into hatred, +and he makes use of severe methods with the Catholics--and that many +of the said religious who have gone to that kingdom have acted with +some imprudence, causing more trouble than gain. For the remedy of +that, he considers it advisable to charge the provincials not to +grant such licenses. Notwithstanding that that has been commanded on +other occasions, as you will understand by the decrees that have been +issued, it has seemed best to me to advise you of it, so that you may +pay heed to this matter, and so that you may take such measures as are +most advisable for my service and the conservation of those islands. + +He also advises us that there is a lack of people in those islands, +and that their inhabitants are decreasing in number by reason of +the unhealthful climate; and that it would be important to provide a +remedy for that, because of the need for it. I charge you to avoid, +as far as possible, the giving of passports for granting passage from +the islands. The viceroy of Nueva España is ordered to have a care +in this, and to send more people than is his regular custom. Madrid, +February 16, 1635. + + +_I the King_ + +By order of the king our sovereign: +_Don Gabriel de Ocaña y Alarcon_ + + +The King. To the auditors of my royal Audiencia of the Filipinas +Islands: the letter which you wrote me under date of August 8 of the +former year 1633 has been received and examined in my royal Council +of the Yndias, and answer is made to you in this present letter. + +The reformation that you have made in the licenses that were given by +the government for rice-wine stills, in which so great a quantity of +rice was consumed, is well advised for the present, as it is beneficial +to the common welfare; and if you shall encounter any difficulties +in regard to this in the future, you shall advise me of them. + +You say that when that Audiencia was governing because of the death of +Don Alonso Faxardo de Tenza, they began to introduce the inspection +of the prisons of the Parián and of Tondo, on the Saturday of each +week, as they are very near that city. Afterward in the time of +the other governors, that custom was dropped, as they thought that +it deprived them of some of their gubernatorial powers. As it is +advisable that more attention be given to the alcaldes-mayor, and +that certain annoyances to the prisoners be avoided, the said visits +were continued, as they were so advisable to the service of God our +Lord and to my own. I charge you to continue them for the present, +if there is no disadvantage to prevent it. + +The efforts that you have made in regard to the building of a galleon +that is being constructed, in the province of Camarines, have met +my approval. + +As for the encomenderos who may have recourse to that Audiencia beyond +the limits of its commission, whose encomiendas were declared vacant +by the visitor, as they had failed to secure their confirmations +within the specified time, justice will be done to the parties when +they come to ask for what is necessary for them. + +In regard to the allotment of the lading-space in the ships, that +you made to the inhabitants of that city, in accordance with the +agreement that was made for that purpose, it is approved. Madrid, +February 16, 1635. + + +_I the King_ + +By order of the king our sovereign: +_Don Gabriel de Ocaña y Alarcon_ + + +The King. To Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera, knight of the Order of +Alcantara, my governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, +and president of my royal Audiencia therein: I have been informed +that the reënforcements for Terrenate are the matters that give most +anxiety to those who serve me in that government, and that these are +made at great risk and at great expense to my treasury; that that +of the former year 1632 had gone there in very creditable manner, +because it was carried by a fortified ship, which could act defensively +and offensively against the Dutch; that on account of the information +received that the enemy was preparing to await with greater forces the +ship that was to sail in the year 633, the reënforcements were prepared +in two war galleons; that, in the future, the attempt would be made +to send all the reënforcements with two entire infantry companies, +so that two other companies could return thence--by which method [the +garrison of] that presidio will be changed every three years, and all +the companies of the army will share the work equally; and that it was +advisable for my service that I order you to do this with exactness, +since trouble arises by sending parts of companies, as only the +favored ones leave that presidio, and by exchanging entire companies +all will enjoy the privilege of all the aforesaid. Accordingly, I have +thought best to order and command you, as I do order and command you, +to see to it that remnants of companies are not sent to Terrenate; +but that entire companies go, in the form and manner herein contained, +so that entire companies of those who are exchanged may return. You +shall advise me of whatever you shall enact in this matter. Madrid, +November 5, 1635. + + +_I the King_ + +By order of the king our sovereign: +_Don Gabriel de Ocaña Y Alarcon_ + + + + + + +MEMORIAL TO THE KING BY JUAN GRAO Y MONFALCON IN THE YEAR 1635 + + +_The procurator-general of the city of Manila and the Philipinas +Islands, to his Majesty. He considers the reasons why it is advisable +to pay careful attention to the preservation of those islands; and +entreats his Majesty to have the collection of the two per cent duty +recently imposed on merchandise shipped for the commerce of Nueva +España discontinued._ + + +Sire: + +Don Juan Grao y Monfalcon, procurator-general for the distinguished +and loyal city of Manila, the metropolis and capital of the Filipinas +Islands, declares that the preservation and protection of these islands +are of the utmost consideration and importance, and deserve the most +careful attention, on account of the great advantages and profits +which they afford--to say nothing of the principal consideration, +namely, the service of God, and the propagation of religion and the +Catholic faith. In the aforesaid city and in the other islands that +faith is established, and will steadily become stronger, increasing and +spreading not only among those but other and neighboring islands. This +is especially true in Great China and Japon, which from continual +intercourse and friendly relations with the said Filipinas Islands +may--if the Christian faith is preserved and permanently maintained +in the latter, and as deeply rooted and as pure and constant as at +present--look, in the said matter of religion, for felicitous and +great results. The same [may be said] for what concerns the service +of your Majesty, and the profitable and advantageous increase of the +royal estate, since even the profits which your Majesty at present +enjoys and possesses in the said city and the other islands are many, +and of great importance. For in one village alone, which they call +Parián, an arquebus-shot from the said city [of Manila], more than +twenty thousand Chinese Indians called Sangleys, and in the other +islands over ten thousand more, have all come from Great China and +Japon for their own private affairs and interests. It is they who +build up and maintain the greater part of the traffic and commerce +of the islands. From that result the trade with Nueva España, and +the ships which sail thither annually, laden with many different +kinds of merchandise (carried [to Manila] and bartered by the said +Sangleys)--such as much gold (wrought, and in sheets); diamonds, +rubies, and other gems, besides a great quantity of pearls; many silk +textiles of all colors--taffetas, damasks, satins, silk grograms, +and velvets--and raw silk; a quantity of white and black cotton cloth; +amber, civet, musk, and storax. Thence arises annually great gain to +the royal treasury, on account of the many considerable duties which +are paid and collected--both when the ships leave the said city of +Manila, and their islands and ports, and in that of Acapulco; and +later, when they enter Nueva España and the City of Mexico. There, +when the ships leave for the said Filipinas, the duties are doubled, +as well as in the said port of Acapulco, by those duties anew incurred +and paid, the [trade of the] said Sangleys being a great part in +this receipt [_adquisicion_]. Of no less consideration is the tribute +which the Sangleys pay to the royal treasury for their license, and +right of entrance and residence in the said village of the Parián, +and in the other islands where they reside. Since the said Sangleys +number thirty [thousand], they pay in most years an annual sum of two +hundred and seventy thousand reals of eight (which means nine reals of +eight for each license), which are placed in the royal treasury. In +the islands of Pintados and other islands which belong to the said +Filipinas, there are one hundred and fourteen thousand two hundred and +seventeen Indians, all paying tribute to the royal treasury. Their +conservation is very necessary, as they are no longer wild and are +excellent workmen, and for that reason are people of utility and +profit for any occasion that may arise--especially as there are also +many gold mines in the said islands, whence is obtained a quantity +of gold. There are also other fruits of the land in great abundance, +especially wax, cotton, large cattle, swine, fowls, rice, and civet, +besides other innumerable products and means of gain. All of this +tells and publishes the great importance of the said city and its +islands, and of their preservation; and the many incomparable wrongs +which would follow if the said city, the capital of the others, were +to become depopulated, ruined, or destroyed. It is very near to that, +because of the great and continual misfortunes and disasters which the +inhabitants of it have suffered and are suffering, caused by fires +that have destroyed almost the entire city and the property of the +said inhabitants, and the shipwreck and loss of many different vessels, +which have been miserably wrecked during the usual voyage from the said +city to Nueva España, with the destruction of the goods and wealth of +the said inhabitants which are carried in the ships. The effects from +so many and so large losses last and will last always; for those losses +have ruined and impoverished the inhabitants to a degree very different +from what one can imagine and explain. Consequently, if the generosity, +magnificence, and powerful hand of your Majesty do not protect it, +one can and must fear the very certain ruin and destruction of the +said city and of the other islands, which are under its government +and protection. From that [ruin] will follow great and intolerable +disadvantages and losses to the disservice of the royal crown, the +loss of that land and community, and (what is most reprehensible) +that of religion and the Catholic faith. Although this is so deeply +rooted in the said city and in the other islands, it would be lost, +if the Dutch gained possession of Manila, as they have done of +many neighboring islands and forts: namely, the island of Motiel; +that of Maquien, where the Dutch have two forts, named Talagora and +Mosaquia; the island of Ambueno, where the above-mentioned people +are fortified with considerable artillery and a Dutch population; +that of Xacadra, where the said Dutchmen have their capital and where +a captain-general and an Audiencia composed of four auditors reside, +and a settlement and population of one thousand Dutch inhabitants; +the islands of Xaba Major and Minor, and that of Mindanao. In some +of those islands they have established their factories, where they +collect what they pillage, and [carry on] their trade with the Chinese +and other nations. They gather in the said islands (whose products +consist of cloves, pepper, and nutmeg) an exceedingly great quantity +[of this produce], for which three ships are annually despatched +to Olanda, laden with more than three thousand five hundred and +fifty valas [_i.e., bares_ = bahars] of cloves (each vale [_sic_] +containing four hundred and sixty libras), with a great quantity of +pepper, and of the said nutmeg and its mace; also silks, cinnamon, +and other products. Hence they are extremely well fortified in the +said islands, as well as in others, as they have an understanding +with the surrounding kings. For the king of Daquen gives them eighty +thousand ducados annually in order to have them protect his country, +and so that his vassals may go and navigate safely in those straits on +their trade and traffic with the islands surrounding his kingdom. All +of that obliges the said city of Manila and its other islands to be +more watchful and to maintain larger forces and supplies. For were +there neglect in this, the power and invasion of the said Dutch, +who have so frequented and learned the said straits (of which they +have so thoroughly taken possession and with so many forces, as above +narrated), could be feared. + +Although the said city and its inhabitants have been and are always +very careful and vigilant (as is very well known); defending, +at the cost of their lives and goods, the land from the incessant +bombardments, surprises, and attacks of the said Dutch, with the +forced obligation of very generally keeping their arms in readiness +all the time; enduring a servile life full of annoyance and danger, +although they could leave it, and it would be better and more worth +living if it were less grievous, and free from so many dangers +and difficulties: nevertheless they endure them, in consideration +of the service of your Majesty, and in continuation of the many +services which they have rendered in the defense and preservation of +that country; and hoping that the greatness and liberality of your +Majesty will protect and relieve them, so that they may accomplish +their purpose better. Particularly do they ask that you order to be +repealed the collection of the two per cent, the imposition of which +was ordered by a decree of the former year six hundred and four on the +merchandise exported from the said islands to the said Nueva España, +in addition to the three per cent paid on them by the merchants of +the said city--which heard and received notice of the said royal +decree in the year of six hundred and seven, while Don Rodrigo de +Vibero was governor. At that time the decree was not made effective +or fulfilled, as the difficulty and great disadvantages that accompany +it were recognized. Consequently, it remained in that condition until +the year six hundred and eleven, when the collection of the said duty +was again charged to Governor Don Juan de Sirva [_i.e.,_ Silva]. He, +trying to carry out its provisions, recognized the same difficulties, +for the many reasons advanced by the city, which were so just and +relevant that they obliged him to call a treasury council. Having there +discussed and conferred upon those reasons, and it having been seen +that they were so urgent and necessary that they strictly prevented +and ought to prevent the execution of the said royal decree of 604, +he suspended it for the time being, giving your Majesty notice +[thereof]. The decree remained in this condition until the year +six hundred and twenty-five, in which the royal officials again +discussed the matter of the collection of the said two per cent, +during the government of Don Fernando de Silva. He, recognizing +the same obstacles, and that those obstacles were much greater then +because of the worse condition and the notable change and damage to +which the affairs of the said city had come--the property, traffic, +and means of gain of its inhabitants--with a great reduction and +difference from that which they had in the said year of six hundred +and seven, concurred with what had been provided by his predecessor, +the said Don Juan de Silva, and ordered that no innovation be made +in it. The same was done by the governor who succeeded him, Don +Juan Niño de Tabora. Thus, the said governors, as each confronted +the matter, always came to see very plainly the said difficulties, +which at present are not only of the above-mentioned character, but +are impossible to overcome because of the condition of affairs, the +poverty of the inhabitants, and the great decrease and diminution of +the trade and commerce of former times. That is given more prominence +by the efforts of the visitor, Licentiate Don Francisco de Rojas, +who made strenuous efforts to have the collection of the two per +cent carried out. Nevertheless, he saw with his own eyes the said +disadvantages that resulted from the said collection. One of them +was the resolution of the inhabitants not to export their goods and +merchandise; nor could they do so, because of the great losses, +both past and present, which they have encountered. This is the +greatest damage that can happen to the royal treasury; for if the +export and commerce ceases, not only will the said two per cent be +lacking, but also the old three per cent which has always been paid, +as well as the other three per cent which was lately imposed upon the +merchandise which the Chinese Indians bring to the said city and the +Filipinas Islands. Accordingly, if the commerce of the islands with +Nueva España fails, it is certain and infallible that that of the said +Chinese, which forms the whole export to Nueva España, will also fail. + +Therefore, the said visitor, notwithstanding the great desire +which he showed of putting the said collection into execution, +did not dare to do it; but considered it better to suspend it, and +report to your Majesty. Although he tried to have it collected as a +voluntary service for the future, the citizens, seeing their great +lack of wealth, could not conform to that measure, although for that +time only they gave a subsidy of four thousand pesos, on condition +that it should not serve as a precedent for the future, and that +there should be no further talk of the said collection [of the said +two per cent] until, after your Majesty had examined it, a suitable +decision should be adopted. They petition your Majesty to be pleased +to consider the very necessary and urgent causes and reasons why the +said collection of the said two per cent should not be carried on, +but that its execution be abrogated, which are as follows: + +First, that the motive and cause declared in the said decree of six +hundred and four for the said imposition, was the declaration that +there was suffering because of the great profits of those who were +trading and trafficking in the Filipinas commerce. It was said that the +profits were one hundred per cent, and at times two hundred. Although +the said Sangleys, antecedent to the said year of six hundred and four, +brought the merchandise from China to the said city, and sold it at +prices so low that when taken and sold in Nueva España it allowed +a very great profit: still that ceased many years ago, from the said +year of six hundred and four, when the Dutch enemy and pirates began to +continue in and infest those islands with many different plunderings +of the merchandise that the Chinese ships brought to the said city +of Manila. On that account the said trade has gone on diminishing +from day to day, very fast and steadily, to the pass to which the +said Dutch have brought it by their pursuit and pillaging of the said +Chinese ships. From that has resulted the ruin of the said commerce, +and for the same reason the profits of it [have declined] to so great +a degree that scarcely can one now buy one pico of silk for the price +that he formerly paid for two and one-half picos. This has been the +reason why, since the merchandise of the Chinese was lacking to the +inhabitants for their investments, they have had to buy the goods +from the Portuguese of Macan, at prices so high and excessive that +they make no considerable profit in Nueva España. Consequently, the +profits that the inhabitants of Manila formerly had have come to be +made by the said Portuguese of Macan. Thus the reason and motive for +the said royal decree has entirely and surely disappeared; and this +same fact ought to do away with its ruling. + +The second reason also is founded on the expense and cost that had +to be incurred for the security and defense of the trading ships +from the said islands to Nueva España, with the fifty soldiers, +military captain, and other officers; that the said ships had to be +of a certain tonnage; and that for this reason of the said expenses +and costs, the said decree ordered the imposition of the said two +per cent in order that it should be unnecessary to have recourse to +the royal treasury. It ordered the proceeds therefrom to be deposited +in a separate fund and account, for the said expenses which had to be +incurred with the said ships and their crews. That reason likewise has +had no effect, for the said expenses have not been made, nor are they +made; nor do the said military captain, soldiers, or other officers +sail in the said ships. Neither are the said ships--those that there +are--of the said burden and tonnage, but smaller. Therefore the said +expenses and costs cease, upon which the said decree is grounded; +accordingly, that which is ruled and ordered by it ceases, for the +reason stated, and, indeed, should cease. + +Third, because by the former year of six hundred and eleven, the said +governor, Don Juan de Silva, seeing the unsatisfactory method and +arrangements existing for the collection of the said two per cent, +tried to supply it--and did so--by the method that he thought least +harmful, and of greater profit to the royal treasury--namely, to impose +in its stead another duty of three per cent on the merchandise brought +by the Chinese to sell in the said city of Manila. But, although +the said imposition is ostensibly on the said Chinese, it comes, in +fact, to be imposed on the inhabitants of Manila themselves; for the +latter, being the purchasers, necessarily have to pay more, the Chinese +sellers taking into consideration the new charge and imposition which +has been levied on them. Consequently, the said two per cent has come +to have actual effect and with greater profit by the said three per +cent substituted in its place, which fact the said governor, Don Juan +de Silva, had in mind. If the decree were again to be carried out, +it would mean a double imposition for the above-mentioned damages +and obstacles, and there would be no possibility of executing it. + +Fourth, because the royal duties which the inhabitants pay on +the said investments that they make, are very great; for on every +thousand pesos of principal that they invest the duties in the said +city and in Nueva España amount to two hundred and seventy pesos and +more, while the cost and expense incidental to the said investments +amount to two hundred and eighty pesos more. Consequently, the said +royal duties alone for each one thousand pesos invested inevitably +amount, as is well known, to five hundred and fifty pesos. Therefore, +within four years, setting aside the said costs and expenses, the +said inhabitants come to pay more than the said one thousand pesos +of capital for the said royal duties. The same thing happens in the +same proportion when larger sums are invested. + +The fifth springs directly from the preceding reason; for since the +said duties and said costs and expenses are so great, and the profits +so slight and uncertain, as above stated, the said inhabitants cannot +continue the said trade and commerce of Filipinas with Nueva España; +for to do that would be a poor management and administration of their +possessions, carrying them over seas at so many risks, and in danger +of catastrophes such as generally happen, which are daily becoming +greater; while there is no profit, or so little that, with the said +two per cent, the profits will be of little or no consideration, for +which they will not expose their goods and capital to so great a risk. + +Sixth, because, if the said collection and enforcement of the said two +per cent were to be insisted upon, it would be a foregone conclusion +that the inhabitants would abandon the said trade and commerce, and +would not make the said investments, for the reasons stated above. That +has proved to be so on the occasions on which the said collection has +been discussed with some warmth--and especially when the said visitor, +Licentiate Don Francisco de Rojas, tried to effect it, when the said +inhabitants were firm and were resolved not to appraise, register, +or lade anything in the ships, which were all ready to sail to Nueva +España. Thereupon the said visitor thought it advisable and necessary +to repeal the said enforcement. Although the inhabitants, on that +occasion, because of the great pressure exerted and the advantageous +reasons put forward by the visitor, offered to aid with a gift of +four thousand pesos, it was with the said condition that it was to +be for only that one time, and with the said condition that nothing +was to be said of the said collection. + +Seventh, the great damage and injury that would assuredly follow to +the royal treasury if the said commerce were abandoned; for since +the said three per cent that is first collected as a customs duty, +and the other three per cent imposed anew in the said year of six +hundred and eleven, amount and are worth a very great sum and number +of pesos annually to the royal treasury, that sum will not increase +with the imposition of the said two per cent, but, on the contrary, +both the one and the other duty will be lost; or at least they will +be reduced to a very great loss, damage, and diminution of the royal +treasury, and the reason therefor is very clear and evident. For +in every year, and in that of the imposition of the two per cent of +which we are treating, the duty amounted to about four thousand; and +to that amount now, without the imposition of the said two per cent, +all the inhabitants of the said city, both rich and poor, trade and +traffic. By that means are caused the said customs duties not only at +departure from the said city of Manila, but at entrance into the said +City of Mexico, and on their returns afterward, from the investments, +and on the kinds of merchandise that are sent back by the same ports +and places to be traded at the said city of Manila. For since the +number of those who traffic is large, the said duties which are +caused and paid are also large. But if the said two per cent be put +in force, although it may be stated that some of the said inhabitants +will continue to trade, they would be very few; and the trade would +be reduced to those who are richest and those with most capital, who +are not many. But among all the others who are not rich, money and +capital would fail, and they would refuse to [trade] and could not +risk their little capital without gain or profit, as they will have +no profit with the said two per cent. And it would not be right or +expedient, for the sake of the said new imposition (since the reasons +and motives for it are lacking, as above stated), to place the income +and value of the said customs duties in danger and peril, as it is so +great and considerable, or to risk that of the other three per cent +of the said year 611--the one dependent on and inseparable from the +other; for, beyond all doubt, both would fail if the said commerce +failed or diminished. The said danger can be regarded as certain, +both for the abandonment of the said commerce and of the colony of +those islands; and that would allow the Dutch, who are so powerful +in the surrounding islands, as above stated, to gain an entrance in +them, for the lack of troops caused by the said imposition. That is a +matter which your Majesty should have examined with great attention, +because of the many precedents that have been seen in like cases in +these kingdoms [_i.e._, of España] with the great injury and loss to +the royal treasury which could not be restored later--as happened +in the increase [of the tax] on playing cards, one real more than +the usual tax being imposed. That income, being valued at that said +time at from forty-four to forty-five million maravedis annually in +the three districts of Castilla, Toledo, and Andalucia, dropped to +twenty-two millions because of the new imposition, thereby losing a +like sum annually. And, although the damage was afterward seen, and the +attempt was made to correct it by repealing the said new imposition, +and reducing the tax to the old amount, the amendment did not follow; +for because of the frauds and cheats caused by the said income in its +first condition, it never returned to that condition, and remained with +the annual loss and decrease of fourteen million maravedis from what it +had at the time of the said new imposition. The same thing happened in +the thirty per cent which was imposed on the trade of foreign merchants +while the court was in Valladolid. The result of that was that the +foreign merchants abandoned the commerce, and looked for new methods, +applying themselves to gaining a foothold in the Eastern Indias. The +said imposition was thus the reason for the many important lands and +ports of which the foreigners have gained possession and which they +hold, which we have lost for the said reason. Both these instances +are very certain, well-known, public, and notorious. + +The eighth reason, a very urgent and cogent one, is that since the year +six hundred and seven, when the said commerce was in a much better +condition, and the said Dutch had not begun to make their raids, or +all the great damages that they have inflicted on the said islands and +those near by, and on the said Sangleys and Chinese--nevertheless, +the said governors, Don Rodrigo de Vivero, Don Juan de Silva, and +Don Juan Niño de Tabora (who succeeded him), seeing the difficulties +involved in the said imposition, did not consider it advisable, +nor did they dare, to put it into force. Much less could it be done +today, after the lapse of almost thirty years, at a time when the +inhabitants are suffering from so great distress and necessity, +caused by the many losses, as above stated, of many ships--some of +which have sunk, while others have of necessity sought port on the +coasts of Japon and other districts where so great riches were lost +without its being possible to secure them, or for anything to be saved; +and by the fires which they have suffered, on one occasion the greater +part of the city, as well as the possessions of the inhabitants being +burned. A few years ago our flagship "Nuestra Señora de la Vida" +[_i.e._, "Our Lady of Life"] was wrecked on the island of Verde [9] +while en route to Nueva España, with the possessions and capital of +the aforesaid citizens. In the former year of thirty-one, the ship +"Sancta Maria Magdalena" went to the bottom in the port of Cabite +with all the goods and cloth aboard it. Although the cargo was taken +out, it was after it had been in the water more than one and one-half +months. Consequently the damage to the owners was great and notable; +and on that account all the capital was ruined, the trade limited, +and the goods destroyed--so much so that if the said two per cent be +put in force, it will have the above defects, and the said trade will +be ruined. + +The ninth reason is of great importance, and consists in the many +great services that have been performed for your Majesty by the said +city of Manila, and those which its inhabitants are performing every +day; for when occasion demands--as it does often, when there is a +lack of regular infantry, because it has gone away or been employed +in something else--the inhabitants enter the guard, as that city is +surrounded by so many heathen; and they have always hastened with +all the loyalty and love possible to serve on any expedition that +has offered against the Dutch and other nations, with their persons +and possessions, and are the first to take arms. + +Another thing is of great consideration, namely, that in the great +necessities that arise in the royal treasury, which has not the +wherewithal to take care of them, the said inhabitants have aided it; +and they aid it very often with very considerable sums, depositing +therein from eighty to one hundred thousand pesos, without receiving +any interest. That money is retained in the said royal treasury, +and the owners are not repaid for more than two years. The loss of +interest on so great a sum for so long a period constitutes a great +service, for merchants and men of business. They only think of the +great desire that they have always had, and have, for the service of +your Majesty; and that is so great that many poor inhabitants, not +having any capital to allow them to make loans to the royal treasury +as the other inhabitants do, beg for a loan in order to be enabled to +attend to your Majesty's royal service. In the assessments continually +levied upon them by the governor, consisting of jars [of oil or wine], +rice, and other things necessary for the relief of Terrenate and the +island of Hermosa, the said inhabitants contribute very eagerly and +willingly; and on the voyages made by the galleys, if slaves are needed +(as often happens), they give their own. With the same willingness +did they make the gift of the said four thousand pesos in the year 632. + +Since all above stated is so, and since the inhabitants are perpetually +and continually serving your Majesty with their persons, lives, and +possessions, and by the intolerable burden of always bearing arms; +and since all that is related in this memorial is evident from the +investigations made at the citation of the fiscal, and by what the +governors and the orders write: therefore it is just for your Majesty +to honor and reward the inhabitants, since their services are so worthy +of reward and remuneration; and since the said imposition of the said +two per cent would be only an affliction and punishment, to have its +enforcement discontinued, so that there may be no further question +of it--which, as can be understood by the reasons above stated, has +been and is the royal intention and purpose of your Majesty. For +during the so many years that its execution has been suspended, +your Majesty having been informed by the letters of the governors +and royal officials of the difficulty of its observance, it has been +abandoned and repealed in order to avoid so many and so great dangers +as above stated, and injuries to the said inhabitants and residents of +those islands--an intent quite in accord with the first decree of the +said year six hundred and four, in which, although it was ordered to +impose the said two per cent, it commanded that this was to be done +with the greatest mildness possible. Consequently, as this mildness +was not and could not be exercised, the imposition occasioning only +great troubles and difficulties, the decree itself intimates, as if +by express statements, that the said collection was impracticable. + +Thus the request of the said city and its inhabitants, and of the +said islands, is that your Majesty be pleased to have it so declared +and ordered, not only for the future, but also for the past; since the +said royal decree has not been put in force, nor has it been advisable +at any time, for either the future or the past. The impossibility +[of enforcing the decree] is even greater [at this time], because of +the many years that have passed, and the many persons against whom +it might be attempted, who have died; so that to undertake it would +mean nothing else than a beginning of lawsuits, and the disquiet +and revolution of all the inhabitants of the said city, or of most +of them--for those who have trafficked here from the said year of +six hundred and seven are many, and most of them have died, without +leaving any property from which to collect the arrears of duty--in +case that that effort is made. By that [concession] the inhabitants +will receive an especial favor, as is hoped from the greatness of +your Majesty. Madrid, September 6, 1635. + + +_Reply of the fiscal_ + +The fiscal declares that he has examined the documents sent with +this memorial, and the other papers and letters from the Audiencia, +the visitor, and the superiors of the orders; that the decision [of +this question] demands close attention, and all that the council is +wont to exercise for its sure action, for the great necessity of its +inhabitants which the city represents, confronts us. We must consider +not only the impracticability of enforcing the impost, but no less his +Majesty's lack of means (caused by the wars and necessary occasions +for expense that have limited the royal incomes), which constrains +him so that he can do no more--a course which, as so Christian and +pious a king, he would avoid, if it were possible. Having considered +everything, what the visitor writes has much force with the fiscal, +and persuades him that it is expedient and necessary to consult +with his Majesty regarding this letter--so that, having examined its +contents, and that, besides, which the council shall advise, he may +be pleased to order what may be most to the welfare of his vassals, +in whose conservation consists his best service; and approving the +mild method pointed out by the visitor (of which he availed himself, +in order that the trade might not cease, with the obvious danger of +greater loss), he concurs in everything, and thus petitions. Madrid, +September six, one thousand six hundred and thirty-five. + +Don Juan Grao y Monfalcon, procurator-general of the distinguished and +loyal city of Manila, metropolis and capital of the Filipinas Islands, +in answer to what was said and alleged by his Majesty's fiscal to the +memorial and arguments which he has presented, in order that the effort +for the collection of the two per cent may cease and be abandoned, +declares that your Majesty, in heeding the arguments that he has +presented in another memorial, does not give up nor is he excluded +from what is alleged on the other side. On the contrary he expressly +recognizes (a fact that cannot be denied) the justification and urgent +reasons that are necessary and unavoidable, which strenuously oblige +to what the said city has entreated. In the name of the city, he +accepts what is said and alleged in its favor by the said fiscal. But +inasmuch as the fiscal mentions his approbation of the method which +the visitor approves--and of which he availed himself, so that the +said trade might not cease, which, he says with good reason, would be +of greater loss--and says that with the said method everything would +turn out well, he excludes the condition that it will not provide +for everything, but only for the effort to enforce the said duty of +two per cent. The difficulty would remain present, and the reasons +and arguments of the said city be as if they were not; and it and +its commerce would be left without any remedy, or means to preserve +itself. Nor is there nor can there be considered any difference of +opinion in the necessity that is mentioned of the royal treasury; +for, although this necessity is great, the contention of the said city +concerns not necessity, but the limits of impossibility. Consequently, +[the interests of] the city ought to prevail and be preferred. This +conclusion was reached by experience, on the occasion of the former +year 632, when the said visitor tried to put the said duty in force, +in which he found himself confounded; for he beheld the cessation of +commerce, and the resolve made by the said inhabitants that they would +not export or risk their wealth, without receiving any profit--by which +it resulted that the despatch of the ships which were being sent to +Nueva España was delayed, the cause of which was the said visitor, +because of the said collection that he was trying to enforce. The +governors of those islands--of whom there have been many, very prudent +and clear-headed, and eminent in their zeal for the service of your +Majesty--never came to such a determination, in all these years. And +the strength and resistance of the obstacles that they found, and +which they were considering in person, compelled them to consult with +your Majesty, as they always have done--regarding that as much more +proper than to execute [a decree] and risk the condition of those +islands, and considering the matter with mature judgment and prudent +deliberation. Consequently, they never reached the said decision that +the said visitor attempted. And although the latter tried to remedy it, +by proposing the means (that he alleges as a counterbalance) of the +payment of four thousand pesos, by way of gift and gracious service, +that gift was not perpetual, as appears on the contrary, and as is +given to understand; but it was only for that time, and until the +decision of your Majesty should be made. That is well verified by +the fact of what afterward occurred; for in the following year the +said visitor--recognizing that the gift of the four thousand pesos +had been limited, and for once only, and that by virtue of that the +said inhabitants were not bound to anything--attempted to make again, +through some of the regidors, the same suspension that he had already +made of the execution of the said duty, until your Majesty determined +with what they should serve, with some gift, even though it should be +only a small sum. That which was finally assigned was from one to two +thousand pesos, the visitor again with this new occasion placing the +despatch of the said ships in peril, causing by the least delay more +loss than the said profit. Therefore the royal Audiencia, in order to +proceed with more certainty, called a council of the bishop who was +governor of that archbishopric, the archbishop, and the superiors of +the orders. All of them agreed and concurred that the despatch ought +to be made in the manner in which it had always been done, without +allowing any innovation. Consequently all, and on all occasions, +have always recognized the impossibility, and the new damages and +obstacles that would result from the said enforcement. + +In consideration of the above, he petitions and entreats your +Majesty that you be, nevertheless, pleased to provide and order the +discontinuance of the collection of the said two per cent, according +to his petition. Thereby he will receive an especial favor, as that +city and kingdom hopes from his Majesty's greatness and royal hand. + + + + + + +MANILA TREASURY ACCOUNTS, 1630-35 + + +_Relation of the receipts of the treasury of Manila from January seven, +one thousand six hundred and thirty, until January six, one thousand +six hundred and thirty-five, a period of five years_ + + + Common gold + [Pesos] [tomins] [granos] + + The balance found in the + said treasury on the said + day, January seven, 1630, + amounted to [10] 11,561 8 6 + + The total from the fines of + the exchequer [11] from the + said day until March six, + 1631, amounted to 2,073 6 1 + + That from the + [unspent?] balances of war + funds [_alcances de guerra_] + for the said time amounted to 20,317 5 0 + + That of the army fund for + the said time amounted to 15,797 1 5 + + That from the licenses of + Indians [_sic_; _sc._ Chinese] + for the said time 87,606 4 0 + + That from loans made to the + treasury for the said time + amounted to 71,057 7 0 + + That from mesada taxes [12] + for the said time amounted to 917 1 11 + + That from import and export + duties for the said time + amounted to 33,448 7 0 + + That from offices sold for + the said time amounted to 29,458 3 0 + + That from expenses of justice + for the said time amounted to 75 0 0 + + That from royal situados for + the said time amounted to 4,124 2 4 + + That from condemnations for + the building of houses during + the said time amounted to 374 5 4 + + That from fiestas for the + said time amounted to 281 3 0 + + That from the tenths of gold + for the said time amounted to 48 3 0 + + That from transportation of + passengers [on the royal + ships?] for the said time + amounted to 300 0 0 + + That from the proceeds for + war from the cattle tithes + for the said time amounted to 120 3 0 + + That from the silver and + reals received from Nueva + España during the said time + amounted to 278,115 6 0 + + That from court expenses for + the said time amounted to 100 0 0 + + ---------------------- + During the said time the + receipts of the said treasury + amounted to 555,775 3 0 + + +_Account from April 20, 1631, to January six, 1632_ + + + The total from condemnations + (in court) for fines of the + exchequer for the said time + amounted to 1,611 6 0 + + That from import and export + duties amounted to 35,650 1 2 + + That from loans made to the + treasury amounted to 16,600 7 5 + + That from royal situados from + the encomiendas of private + persons amounted to 3,708 6 8 + + That from the balances of + accounts amounted to 18,430 3 0 + + That from extraordinary + sources amounted to 6,115 1 0 + + That from mesada taxes + amounted to 112 4 9 + + That from _resultas_ + amounted to 456 3 5 + + That from tenths of gold + amounted to 23 7 8 + + That from expenses of justice + amounted to 8 6 0 + + That from [the fund + for?] expenses of courts [13] + amounted to 287 4 0 + + That from licenses to heathen + Chinese amounted to 116,697 4 0 + + That from offices sold + amounted to 646 4 0 + + That from silver and reals sent + from Nueva España amounted to. 203,915 0 0 + + That from passenger + transportation amounted to 50 0 0 + + That from deposits amounted + to 2,000 0 0 + + That from [unspent balance + of fund for?] ship-building + and forts amounted to 8 0 0 + + That from the vacant + encomiendas amounted to 36 4 0 + + That from restitutions + amounted to. 38 0 0 + + That which was placed in the + treasury at the order of the + visitor amounted to 6,117 0 0 + + That collected from what + is owing [to the treasury] + amounted to 62,473 3 10 + + ---------------------- + The receipts of the treasury + for the said time amounted to 475,889 1 2 + + +_Account from January seven, one thousand six hundred and thirty-two, +to January six, one thousand six hundred and thirty-three_ + + + The total amount of the balance + struck on January 7, 1632, + amounted to two thousand one + hundred and eighty-seven pesos, + four tomins, and four pieces + of gold and three rings [14] 2,187 4 0 + + That from balances of accounts + amounted to 26,458 4 0 + + That from fines of the + exchequer amounted to 2,984 3 2 + + That from the fifths of gold + amounted to 99 5 6 + + That from royal situados + amounted to 2,150 4 0 + + That from the expenses of + justice amounted to 75 1 0 + + That from loans made to the + treasury amounted to 64,453 4 0 + + That from import and export + duties amounted to 36,603 2 0 + + That from the mesada taxes + amounted to 835 0 8 + + That from _resultas_ + amounted to 2,114 5 6 + + That from vacancies in + encomiendas amounted to 66 7 8 + + That from deposits amounted to 1,858 0 0 + + That from offices sold + amounted to 3,800 0 0 + + That from extraordinary + sources amounted to 30,046 3 3 + + That sent from Nueva España + amounted to 232,569 4 0 + + The receipts for account of + the visit amounted to 7,013 6 1 + + That from passenger + transportation amounted to 250 0 0 + + The receipts from the proceeds + of condemnations to be remitted + to the Council amounted to 3,060 4 0 + + That from the Chinese licenses + amounted to 105,898 0 10 + + That from cattle tithes + amounted to 300 0 0 + + That from the fifths of silver + amounted to 285 2 4 + + That from [fund for?] the + expenses of the courts of + the Parián 60 4 0 + + That from [fund for?] the + expenses of the courts of + the Audiencia amounted to + seventy-five pesos 75 0 0 + + That collected from what + is owing [to the treasury] + amounted to 97,663 2 3 + + ---------------------- + The receipts of the said + treasury for the said time + amounted to 622,484 5 1 + + +_Account from January 7, 1633, to January 6, 1634_ + + + The total amount of the + balance struck on the said + day, January seven, 1633, + amounted to four thousand seven + hundred and ninety-two pesos, + three tomins, and four pieces + of gold and three rings [15] 4,792 3 0 + + That from balances of accounts + amounted to 14,299 1 2 + + That from the mesada taxes + amounted to 258 2 11 + + That from extraordinary + sources amounted to 2,226 5 7 + + That from import and export + duties amounted to 46,897 6 1 + + The receipts from the visit + amounted to 13,770 6 0 + + That from Chinese licenses + amounted to 51,396 2 0 + + That from loans amounted to 109,260 0 0 + + That from fines of the + exchequer amounted to 1,918 0 0 + + That from expenses of justice + amounted to 120 0 0 + + That from royal situados + amounted to 1,385 5 6 + + That from offices sold + amounted to 14,850 0 0 + + That from the fifth of gold + amounted to 300 2 7 + + That from vacant encomiendas + [_vacantes_] amounted to 41 1 6 + + That from passenger + transportation amounted to 950 0 0 + + That from tributes amounted to 9 3 0 + + That from the half-annats + amounted to 4,961 5 2 + + That from the silver sent + from Nueva España amounted to 277,326 1 1 + + That from _resultas_ + amounted to 1,056 5 5 + + That from [fund for?] courts + and expenses of the royal + Audiencia amounted to 135 0 0 + + That from deposits amounted to 600 0 0 + + That from cattle tithes + amounted to 386 6 9 + + ---------------------- + The receipts of the said + treasury for the said time + amounted to 546,873 0 5 + + +_Account from January 7, 1634, to January 6, 1635_ + + + The total of the balance + struck on the said day, + January seven, one thousand + six hundred and thirty-four, + amounted to seventy-three + thousand two hundred and + thirty-one pesos, seven tomins, + and ten granos, and [4 pieces] + of gold, and 3 rings [16] 73,231 7 10 + + The total of the half-annats + amounted to 16,393 0 1 + + That from balances of accounts + amounted to 31,311 2 11 + + That from royal situados + amounted to 1,688 5 6 + + That from fines of the + exchequer amounted to 1,945 2 5 + + That from _resultas_ + amounted to 11,557 6 3 + + That from cattle tithes 211 0 0 + + That from import and export + duties amounted to 28,170 4 11 + + That from heathen Chinese + licenses 162,941 7 5 + + That from extraordinary + sources amounted to 33,097 3 9 + + That from the fifth of gold + amounted to 325 7 4 + + That from deposits amounted to + [17] 6,375 1 0 + + That from offices sold + amounted to 11,400 0 0 + + That from [fund for?] the + expenses of the courts + amounted to 50 0 0 + + That from expenses of justice + amounted to 36 1 6 + + That from condemnations + collected to remit to this + Council amounted to 444 0 0 + + That from passenger + transportation amounted to 650 0 0 + + That from proceeds of the + visita amounted to 3,417 4 0 + + That from restitutions + amounted to 1,003 0 0 + + That from the money sent from + Nueva España amounted to 308,396 2 0 + + That from loans amounted to 11,000 0 0 + + That from the proceeds for + the fortification of Manila + amounted to 6,000 0 0 + + That from the tenths of gold + amounted to 296 6 0 + + ---------------------- + The total receipts of the + said treasury for the said + time amounted to 715,849 6 11 + + + + +Given in [_word illegible in MS._] August eighteen, 1638. + +_Don Geronimo de_ [_word illegible in MS._] _Francisco Antonio Manzelo_ + + + + + + + + +LETTER OF CONSOLATION TO THE JESUITS OF PINTADOS + + +To my beloved fathers and brothers of the islands and residences of +the Pintados. + +Pax Christi, etc.: + +Great has been the grief that has been caused to us who have been in +these missions of the Tagals, by severe hardships that your Reverences +have suffered and are suffering in those islands of Pintados, because +of the madness and ferocity of so cruel enemies. For who would not +be afflicted at hearing of the hatred and hostility of the barbarians +against Christ our Lord, which they have displayed against His sacred +images, which they have outraged and broken to pieces, and His temples, +which they have burned and destroyed? Who would not be struck with +pity on seeing the beloved flock of the sheep of Christ our Lord, +and his faithful ones with their pastors and ministers, robbed, +dispersed, and pursued even into the fastnesses of the mountains, +imprisoned, captured, and killed?--and the shepherds, with especial +ignominy and cruelty, as we see in [the case of] our most beloved +father, Juan del Carpio, who is happy, fortunate, and chosen, since +he has purchased the eternal crown by the shedding of his blood. [18] +Who would not have compassion at hearing of the fatigues, surprises, +necessities, and dangers, of those of your Reverences who are still +alive--a life that resembles a continual death rather than life? But +this tender compassion must cause pain in us because of the evils, +and encouragement and joy because of the blessings, which follow +from them--truly one and the other feeling; for who can refrain from +weeping at the sight of an offended God, at His holy name blasphemed, +His worship violated, His faithful ones captive, and His priests +killed? But who will not be consoled with that holiness of the great +doctor of the Church, St. Augustine, whom God our Lord permitted [to +be visited by] evils in order that he might derive greater blessings +therefrom--such as are these greater blessings from so many present +evils? Such are the [_word illegible_] acts born from the fervid hearts +of my most beloved fathers, so that they have offered themselves to +their Creator and Lord in so virulent dangers, not as they might wish, +but as a most perfect holocaust, without any fear, placing everything +in His hands--health, honor, blood, and life, for the greater glory +of his Majesty, and the welfare of souls. Peradventure these are not +blessings that enrich those who possess them, but they give courage, +fervor, and glory to our province and Society of Jesus, which has such +sons and so valorous soldiers, the imitators of their Society of Jesus, +their blood shed to deliver their spiritual children and that which +pertains to the Divine and Christian worship--which blessings will +he not bring to our islands and fields of Christendom, and to our +Society of Jesus in those islands? For as says the most illustrious +Tertullian in his _Apologetica adversus gentis_, chapter 49: _Semen est +sanguis Christianorum._ [19] And a Christianity wet with such blood +will doubtless give a most abundant harvest. And what encouragement +will it give to the sons of the Society in Europa! And what desires +will they have to come where they may have opportunity to shed their +blood also for the honor of their Creator! Blood shed by the hands +of barbarian Mahometans instigated by their casique [20]--especially +against the priests, the preachers of our holy faith, as we learned +from one who escaped from them; and with so remarkable tokens of +special hate against religion, that they tore to pieces the very body +of the father, so that the head was the largest part of it. However +much they may claim that in order that there should be no planting +[of Christianity?] they did not spare his life, their actions show that +they took life away from him in hatred of Christ our Lord, and of His +holy religion, which the father was preaching and extending. And even +if the Mahometans did not have that intention and hate against Christ +and His holy faith, which this shows that they have, not only is the +death inflicted and suffered in this manner a true martyrdom, but also +in more general terms Christ our Lord said through St. Mark in the 8th +chapter: _Qui perdiderit animam suam propter me, et evangelium, salvam +faciet_. [21] On those words is founded every form of true martyrdom, +which embraces that of the innocents, and those who gave their lives to +serve those sick with the plague, and for any virtue whatever; and thus +say the saints. St. Augustine pondering these words in his sermon 100 +(_De diversis_) section 2, [22] makes a strenuous effort for martyrdom, +in the occasion of dying, in these words: "_Qui perdiderit," inquit, +"propter me." Tota caussa ibi est. "Qui perdiderit," non quomodocumque, +non qualibet caussa, sed "propter me." Ylli enim yn prophecia yam +dixerant martires, "Propter te mortificamur tota die." Propterea +martiremnon facit pena, sed caussa_. And if this is Christ our Lord, +and one loses his life either in order not to offend Him--for example, +by denying His faith, or losing his chastity, or by lying, etc.--or in +order to serve Him--for example, by preaching His holy gospel, or by +practicing the doctrine of succoring one's neighbors with the spiritual +or corporal works of charity--even if the tyrant does not deprive him +of life as a mark of hatred against the faith, assuredly he gains the +crown, _salvam faciet eam_. Accordingly, he who dies in the mountains +when fleeing from persecution, or by means of wild beasts or robbers, +or who is drowned in the sea, says St. Cyprian in his Epistle number +56, _Ad Tibaitanos_, is and must be called a martyr, for his death is +[suffered] for Christ. Thence can one well see what we feel in the +present case, and in the occasions that we have in hand. I will quote +his words here, for they are a consolation for all those who are liable +to lose their lives, in the sea or in the mountains, because of the +preaching of the holy gospel and the persecution of the enemies of +the gospel. _Si fugientem in solitudine ac montibus latro oppresserit, +fera invaserit, fames aut sitis aut frigus afflixerit, vel per maria +præcipiti navigatione properantem tempestas ac procella submerserit +spectat militem suum Christus ubicunque pugnantem, et persecutionis +causa pro nominis sui honore morienti præmium reddit quod daturum se +in resurectione promisit. Nec minor est martyrii gloria non publica et +[non] inter multos perisse cum pereundi causa sit propter Christum +perire. Sufficit ad testimoniam martyrii fui [sc. fuisse] testis +ille qui probat martyres et coronat._ [23] This is sufficient for a +letter, although other testimonials of the saints could be adduced, +which show that the institution of martyrdom made by Christ our Lord +was not the narrow thing of which certain scholastics speak. Father +Teofilo Raynaudo [24] of our Society, in the book that he published, +_De martyrio per pestem_, in the year 1630, proves in a very learned +and wise manner that those who die through the exercise of the works +of charity with the sufferers of the pest are really and truly, and can +be called, martyrs. And clearly it is not less to give one's life than +to exercise spiritual works of charity, for one's neighbors. Hence we +ought to endure in this particular, for Christ our Lord, _in bonitate +et liberalitate_, [25] and since for other lesser works--as leaving +father and mother, or positions, etc., for Him--Christ our Lord chose +to give as a reward so much in this life, and afterward eternal life, +as He said through St. Mark, in the 10th chapter: _Centies tantum in +tempore hoc et in sæculo futuro vitam æternam_. [26] The most heroic +and lofty work was necessarily the giving of one's life for the same +cause; and that loss will not give, to him who serves, another reward +here, but the reward of eternal life is reserved for the world to come, +and with a special diadem. Then may we be consoled, my fathers, in +our missions and voyages, if we lose our lives therein in the service +of Christ for the preaching of His holy gospel; since according to +His royal promise He always maintains it assured, and brighter is the +crown. I do not say this in order that we should publish our martyrs, +or that we should so talk with those outside (for it is better for +us to limit ourselves in that direction), but for our consolation +and assurance, I am persuaded that after this pilgrimage we shall +recognize that glory in some or many of the fathers of this province +who have preceded us--as in the case of the fortunate father Juan +Dominico Bilançio, who died a captive of the Mahometan [king of] Jolo, +the harsh treatment and sufferings of his captivity being the cause +of his death; and Father Juan de las Missas, [who perished] at the +hands of the hostile Camucones; besides other fathers. I regard it +as superfluous to expatiate further on this, or to attempt to spur +on those who are running so gloriously. Therefore I conclude with +the words, which the glorious bishop and martyr, St. Cyprian, wrote +in a similar case in his epistle number 81, to Sergius Rogatianus +and his companions: _Saluto vos fratres charissimi [ac beatissimi] +optans ipsse quoque conspectu vestro frui, si me ad vos pervenire +loci condicio permiteret. Quid enim mihi optacius et lecius pocet +[i.e., posset] accidere, quam nunc vovis inhærere? ... Sed quoniam qui +[sc. huic] lætiçie interesse facultas non datur has pro me ad aures et +[ad] oculos vestros vicarias literas mito, quibus glatulor pariter, +et eshortor, ut yn comfessione selestis glorie fortes et estabiles +perseberetis et ingressi viam Dominice dignacionis ad acipiendam +coronam espirituali virtute pergatis_. [27] Manila, February 1, 1635. + +_Juan de Bueras_ + + + + + +LETTER TO FELIPE IV FROM FATHER ANDRES DEL SACRAMENTO + + +Sire: + +Since I have passed thirty years in this province of the discalced +Franciscans of San Gregorio of Filipinas, and, since I am a father +of this province, I regard it as my obligation to advise your +Majesty of its present condition; so that, since you are the one who +sends the ministers at the cost of your royal treasury, you might +apply the corrective that necessity demands. It is a fact that, +although the said province has been established by the discalced +religious, and always maintained in its first perfection by the +religious sent it by the discalced provinces of España, among those +who come some Observantines are generally found, under pretext of +going to Japon--who, although they change the habit, do not change +their inclination to their own observance. This mingling [of the +two branches] is the cause of very great disquiet, because of the +opposition that is sucked in there in the milk, as is apparent to +your Majesty from many instances. Although the Observantines are so +few that they do not number twenty, they make use of their favor with +the commissaries-general, who generally appoint them as commissaries of +visitation. In parts so remote and deprived of recourse [to superiors], +they hold their will as law whenever they choose. For that reason we +have always feared that the Observantines would deprive the discalced +religious of this province; and that has been done by an Observantine +commissary-visitor, who removed all the definitors and a great number +of votes, by absolute authority and without sufficient cause. He +did it for the sole purpose of succeeding in that design, which he +accomplished; hence this province and its definitors are at present in +the power of the Observantines. Since the fathers commissaries-general +are Observantines, they naturally favor their own party. From that +circumstance, serious and long-drawn-out litigation is promised, which +your Majesty can prevent by ordering strictly that one or the other +branch do not come. The discalced religious, as I said, established +this province. They have furnished many martyrs to the church, and +have toiled in the ministry with poverty, humility, and good example +among Spaniards and Indians, as they relate and as your Majesty can +inform yourself. You will also be informed of the manner in which the +Observantine fathers administer in Megico; and you can select which +[branch] you may please, and order that those religious who do not +possess a testimonial from the discalced or from the Observantine +provincials (according to which branch your Majesty selects) shall +not embark at Cadiz. In case that Observantines are not to come, +it is very necessary also to order strictly your viceroy of Mexico +not to allow those who should not possess the said testimonials to +embark at Acapulco; for, since the commissary-general is in Mexico, +he will exert great activity in this respect in order to carry farther +what has been commenced. For that purpose they are at present sending +an Observantine religious. I beg your Majesty not to consider this +as a matter of little moment, for on this one remedy alone depends +the preservation of this province on its first foundation, the peace +of the religious, the proper administration of the Indians, and the +prevention of most serious scandals born from the said opposition +and intermixture, of which this whole kingdom is witness. + +In this letter it is seen that no favor or protection is requested from +your Majesty for either myself or anyone else; but I only inform you, +as our sovereign lord, so that you may remedy the injury that results +from the aforesaid to the consciences of your vassals and in the +administration of the Indians. Notwithstanding this, I beseech your +Majesty, if you will be so pleased, to keep my name secret from the +father commissary-general and the Observantines; for if they learn +it, they will give me considerable trouble here. May Heaven prosper +your life with the most fortunate successes, as we your Majesty's +most humble vassals and chaplains desire. [Nueva] Caceres, in the +province of Camarines, June 2, 1635. + + +Your Majesty's humble chaplain, + +_Fray Andres del Sacramento_, father of this province of San Gregorio. + + +[_Endorsed_: "June 16, 638. Collect what may have been written on this +matter, and bring it; and have the father commissary-general report +whether Observantines go among the discalced fathers who are asked +for. A report was asked from the commissary-general on the sixteenth +of said month."] + + + + + +LETTER FROM THE FRANCISCAN COMMISSARY-GENERAL OF THE INDIAS + + +I have received two documents from your Grace, in regard to various +matters, and I shall answer them in two others, so that your +Grace may be pleased to read them to the gentlemen of that royal +Council. In regard to one, I say that since the winter when I had +certain advices from the province of San Gregorio of the Filipinas, +and of which I informed the council, I have had no further news. That +news was certain complaints of the provincial and definitors against +the commissary who deprived them of certain things which he found in +his visit, although he exceeded [his authority] in it. That case went +to the commissary of Nueva España. According to what the discalced +provincial of the Filipinas wrote me, who went to follow up the case, +penalties were imposed upon the said commissary. Another was sent from +the discalced province of San Diego, so that another chapter might be +celebrated, and that province appeased. I hope in our Lord that it +will be appeased and satisfied; but if not, I have written for them +to send me all the documents and all decisions that shall have been +rendered. Letters were also written to me then, and I was advised of +the great injuries that the governor was causing to the religious. I +neglected to inform his Majesty and that royal Council of this, as +I considered it certain that, as it had been so public, the matter +would have been communicated from there; and that, after having been +weighed by those gentlemen, they would despatch orders to reform it. + +Concerning the lawless act and the audacity of the friars in protecting +and aiding the cleric Don Pedro Monroy, and their public censure of the +governor, the Audiencia, and others in their sermons, with scandal, for +which I feel due regret, although the things that occur there publicly, +and the events that happen there, have been very extraordinary, +yet the words of their sermons must be according to the statement of +the holy Council of Trent: _Que sint examinata et casta, eloquia ad +edificationem_ [28]--words used by our father St. Francis, in his +rules for preachers. If they are not so, then the word of God will +not have the effect on its hearers that it had before the disturbance +and scandal--a matter that has always seemed very wrong to me, and +deserving blame and condemnation. That will happen on this occasion, +for which, in due time, I shall send commission for an investigation +and the punishment of the guilty; and [an account of] what shall be +done shall be sent, so that I may present it to that royal Council, +and it may be seen whether satisfaction has been made; for where that +has not been done, I shall endeavor to secure it, as I strive to do +in all things that arise. This is my response to the first document +sent by your Grace. Given in this convent of St. Francis, in Madrid, +June twenty-eight, one thousand six hundred and thirty-five. + + +_Fray Francisco de Ocaña_, +commissary-general of the Indias. + + + + + + + +OPINION OF COUNCIL AND ROYAL DECREE REGARDING THE REQUEST OF THE +JESUITS OF MANILA FOR ALMS FOR THEIR RESIDENCE + + + +Sire: + + +By a decree of June first of the former year six hundred and +twenty-five, your Majesty granted a concession to the residence of +the Society of Jesus of the city of Manila, in the Philipinas Islands, +of one thousand ducados in each of ten years, in unassigned Indians, +or those who should first become such in the said islands, under the +same terms with which your Majesty granted concession to the convent +of the Order of St. Augustine in the islands for their buildings. The +procurator-general of the said residence has now represented that, +after the work was commenced, the church fell to the ground one +night--leaving the house in ruins, and in so great danger that they +were obliged immediately to borrow a temple for divine worship. For +their building, and in order that they might be expeditious in it, +and to build part of a house where the religious could be sheltered, +it was necessary to raise a large sum of money by an assessment, +which has rendered them very needy. It is the seminary for all +the religious of the said Society who leave these kingdoms for the +cultivation of the holy gospel in those provinces, where they equip +themselves and learn the languages of the natives, in order to go +out to teach them. It has a school where reading, writing, and Latin +are taught, and the arts and theology, to Spaniards and natives; +and six congregations--namely, of priests, laymen, students, Indians, +and blacks--with great spiritual increase. It is the refuge for all +the gospel ministers who fall sick, and who go thither for treatment, +as there are no physicians in any other part. There they are treated, +entertained, and supported with great charity, until they can return +to continue their ministries. There are entertained all those who +go by way of Eastern Yndia, when they go to Japon, China, Maluco, +and other places. The said residence is very cramped, both in its +house and its church, because of the great crowds that go there +continually. For the relief of that condition, the order begs your +Majesty that--considering the aforesaid, and that your Majesty has +twice granted to the convent of St. Augustine in the said islands a +bounty of twenty thousand ducados for their building--you will also +give the said residence as an alms another ten thousand ducados, +so that it may continue the said building, paying it to them in the +tributes of Indians who may be unassigned. The matter having been +examined in the Council, together with the letter which the royal +Audiencia of the said islands wrote to your Majesty, July twenty-nine, +six hundred and thirty--in which is mentioned the great necessity for +a church which the religious of the residence experience because of +the fall of theirs, and the evident danger in which they live, and the +great results that they obtain in those parts--the count of Castillo, +presiding officer of the said Council, Fernando de Villaseñor, the +count of Umanes, and Don Bartolomé Morquecho were of the opinion that, +in order to take a resolution in this matter, it is advisable that +the governor, the Audiencia, and the archbishop of the said islands +report on the condition of the work on the said residence, what is +yet to be built, how much it will cost, and whether the said Society +of Jesus has funds with which to build it. + +Licentiate Don Lorenzo Ramirez de Prado, Juan Prado, Juan de Solorzano, +and Don Juan de Palafox think that, if your Majesty be so pleased, +you can do them the favor of continuing to the said residence the +sum as above stated which was given them (of one thousand ducados in +each year, for ten years) for two years more--one thousand ducados in +each of them to be paid from the said tributes of unassigned Indians, +so that they may continue the said work. This should be with the +qualification that the governor of the said islands see whether there +is any other kind of property from which to pay those two thousand +ducados, so that it may not be taken from the treasury of your Majesty, +or from the said encomiendas of Indians--in order that the latter +may remain free, with which to reward the soldiers who serve your +Majesty in those districts with great toil and danger. Those two +years of extension shall run from the day on which the ten years of +the said grant are concluded, and in each one of those two years they +shall not enjoy more than one thousand ducados. Will your Majesty +order what is your royal pleasure. Madrid, [_blank_] of [_blank_], +six hundred and thirty-five. + +[The king, having seen the above opinions of his Council, despatched +a decree to the president and auditors of the Manila Audiencia, +which recites in identical terms throughout the matter preceding the +opinion in the first paragraph above, and then continues:] + +The matter having been examined in my royal Council of the Yndias, +together with the letter which you wrote me on July twenty-nine, six +hundred and thirty, and they having conferred with me in respect to +the many years during which I made the said concession to the said +residence, and our ignorance at present of what had been done with +that money, or into what it has been converted, and what still lacks +to be built; and as it is in tributes of unassigned Indians, which are +to be used as a reward for the soldiers who serve me in those islands +with so great toil and danger, without there being any other thing with +which to reward them: I command you, in order that our decision in this +matter may be made with the knowledge that is advisable, to inform me +on the first opportunity that offers of the condition of the work on +the said residence, what is still to be built, and how much it will +cost; and whether the said Society of Jesus has enough funds with which +to build it, without our continuing the said concession and alms, as I +have so many alms to grant, and things so greatly needing attention, +on which account it is needful to retrench as much as possible. You +shall send me the said report, together with your opinion, through the +said my Council of the Yndias, so that, after they have examined it, +the most advisable measures may be taken. Given in Madrid, July ten, +one thousand six hundred and thirty-five. + + +_I the King_ +By order of the king our sovereign: +_Don Gabriel Ocaña y Alarcon_ +Signed by the gentlemen of the Council. + + + + + + +LETTER FROM PEDRO DE ARCE TO FELIPE IV + + +Although my age is now so advanced, and I was very contented in +my bishopric of the city of Santisimo Nombre de Jhesus (which is +commonly called Cebú), I was forced to leave my quiet because of +the death of the archbishop of Manila, Don Fray Garcia Serrano, +which happened more than six years ago, in order to come to govern +this archbishopric of Manila during the period of its vacancy, as +such was ordered by his Holiness Paul V, in a bull which he gave at +the petition of your Majesty's father (whom may holy Paradise keep!), +providing that the senior bishop of Philipinas should come to govern +the church at Manila for three vacancies in this metropolitan see. Thus +the lot fell to me to come; and the urgency with which the governor +and the Audiencia begged me to come gave me no room for excuses, +or to represent my indispositions and advanced age. + +During the time while I have been in this government, there has been +great peace and harmony between the ecclesiastical and civil powers; +and we have always endeavored to promote the cause of our Lord and the +service of your Majesty, as we all are bound to do. I have not left the +government until now, when the bulls of this archbishopric came for +Don Fray Hernando Guerrero; for, although he had a decree from your +Majesty, the bulls, as I say, had not arrived, and I was governing +by a bull of his Holiness, with a decree from your Majesty. Having +consulted in regard to it with erudite men, theologians and jurists, +as to whether I could give up the government of the archbishopric +to Don Fray Hernando Guerrero, all counseled me in the negative, +and charged my conscience. + +Finally, the Lord has been pleased to relieve me of that charge, +and to leave me the old responsibility of my own failures; and, +accordingly, I am returning thither with much pleasure and happiness, +to finish my days among my people, aiding them in whatever I can; +for they have suffered considerably during these years from the enemy +from Mindanao and Jolo, who are very powerful, and who make extensive +raids with their fleets--burning villages, firing churches, destroying +images, and capturing many Indians. Especially last year did those +enemies display themselves most insolently; whereupon Governor Don +Juan Cerezo Salamanca was obliged to apply the only remedy which +we believed there to be--namely, to construct a fort at Samboanga, +in the land of Mindanao, which might serve as a check to both enemies. + +That fort was commenced when Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera arrived +to govern these islands. Hearing of the advisability of that work, +he determined to forward it, for its benefit is great, and its cost +to the royal treasury but slight; and even thus it is hoped that it +will be of great advantage in a few years, for those enemies will be +obliged to pay tribute to your Majesty--and, in fact, whole villages +have already begun to enter your Majesty's obedience. I hope that they +will also enter the obedience of our Majesty [_i.e.,_ of God]. For +that purpose, I have given and entrusted the spiritual affairs of +those islands to the fathers of the Society, so that by their excellent +method of procedure and their gentleness they may continue to attract +and convert the natives, who are very numerous. Already have they set +their hands to the labor, although the number of subjects that they +have is few; because those of this order come but very seldom, and +they have much to which to attend, and every day they have more. For +I, for only the time during which I governed the archbishopric of +Manila, have, in consideration of the welfare of the Indians and the +devotion and efficient method of administration which those of the +Society preserve among them in all parts, entrusted them with new +posts. Both in the island of Negros and in that of Mindoro, besides +the old Christians, they have three or four thousand heathen to whom +to attend; and they are already baptizing these, in addition to the +said heathen of Mindanao, who number many thousands. + +Consequently, I petition your Majesty for two things: one that your +Majesty be pleased to confirm them in the said mission of Mindanao, +for the bishops have entrusted it to them alone for many years (as +did I also), through expectation of great results in the conversion, +by means of the said fathers of the Society of Jesus; the other, +that your Majesty send a goodly reënforcement of the subjects of +that order, so that they may attend to everything. I think a good +reënforcement would be about forty, if most of them are priests, +who can immediately begin to instruct. + +May our Lord preserve the royal person of your Majesty, as all +kingdoms need, and as I, the least of your Majesty's chaplains, beg +in my sacrifices and prayers. Manila, October seventeen, one thousand +six hundred and thirty-five. + +_Fray Pedro,_ + Bishop of Santisimo Nombre de Jhesus. + + + + + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1636 + + + + Discussion regarding Portuguese trade at Manila. Joseph de + Navada Alvarado, and others; 1632-36, + Decree extending the tenure of encomiendas. Felipe IV; + February 1. + Military services of Filipinos. Juan Grau y Monfalcon; June 13. + Conflicts between civil and ecclesiastical authorities, + 1635-36. Casimiro Diaz, O.S.A. + Letter from a citizen of Manila to an absent friend. [Unsigned; + Fabian de Santillan y Gavilanes?]; June 15. + Request for Jesuit missionaries. Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera; + June 19. + Letter from the bishop of Nueva Caceres to Felipe IV. Francisco + de Zamudio, O.S.A.; June 20. + List of prominent ecclesiastics in Manila and the + islands. Hernando de Guerrero, archbishop of Manila; 1636. + + + +_Sources_: All but three of these documents are obtained from MSS. in +the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla. The second is from the +"Cedulario Indico" of the Archivo Historico Nacional, Madrid; the +fourth, from Diaz's _Conquistas de las Islas Filipinas;_ the fifth, +from a MS. in the Academia Real de la Historia, Madrid. + +_Translations_: All but one of these documents are translated by +James A. Robertson; the last is by Robert W. Haight. + + + + + + + +DISCUSSION REGARDING PORTUGUESE TRADE AT MANILA + + +_Copy of seventeen articles which Joseph de Navada Alvarado, regidor of +the distinguished and loyal city of Manila, proposed to the municipal +council [ayuntamiento] of that city, in which he represents the +injuries and troubles which follow and have been experienced from +the Portuguese of Macan continuing the trade which they have begun to +introduce in that city [of Manila]. These articles were presented to +Don Juan Niño de Tavora, and afterward to Don Juan Cerezo de Salamanca, +governor of those islands--who, having examined them, wrote his opinion +to his Majesty, and how advisable it was to suppress the trade of +Macan with the said city of Manila, as is apparent by the said letter._ + + +Captain Joseph de Navada Alvarado, regidor of this city of Manila, +represented in this city council that, as was public and well known, +from the year six hundred and nineteen until the present of thirty-two, +the Portuguese inhabitants of Macan have come to this city in various +vessels, without fail in all the years above mentioned, laden with +Chinese merchandise, in order to sell it here; and that, with their +said coming, it seems that they have obtained possession of this trade, +which is so strictly prohibited by various royal decrees. On account +of that trade they have waxed rich, while the inhabitants of this +community now find themselves in their so wretched present condition, +by the great sales which have been generally made to them; and because +with the said trade that which the Sangleys had by coming yearly to +this said city, with the greatest abundance of goods, has ceased. It +appears that necessity has always obliged them to have to buy from +the said Portuguese. Notwithstanding that the prices have usually +been very high, the profit which the inhabitants of this said city +have made in Nueva España has been very slight; and at times it has +been little more than the prime cost of the goods here, besides the +heavy expenses and duties which they carry, both in these islands +and in the said Nueva España. For that reason, he feels that it is +very advisable for the preservation of the said inhabitants and of +this community that the said trade of the Portuguese cease, and that +they be ordered not to come to this city; for this is permitted by +the royal will, under the penalties expressed in the said decrees in +which he orders it, to which we refer, since there are so many and +so fundamental reasons as the following. + +The first, that the said Portuguese of Macan having tried in years past +to open this trade, and having come to this city with merchandise to +sell it there, this city council, seeing the damage that might grow +from it (which is the damage bewailed today), opposed the said coming, +and made various decisions in regard to demanding that the royal will +be observed, and that the Portuguese be ordered not to return to this +city. And in fact they did not come for the time being, or for many +years after, until the said year of six hundred and nineteen--[since] +when, not encountering the resistance which had been formerly made, +they have continued the said trade, as aforesaid. + +The second, for proof of the aforesaid, is that, as is notorious, +the amounts of capital [invested by] the inhabitants of these islands +were very great in the first years of the coming of the said ships +from Macan; but with the high prices which the Portuguese have always +set upon their merchandise, and (as aforesaid) because the citizens +have bought from them more by force than willingly, by reason of the +lack of the goods which the Chinese brought formerly, for that reason +the said investments of capital have stopped, and are so greatly +diminished as has been, and is seen in general; because the gains +have been very slight compared with the profits that have been made +in Nueva España, considering the high prices that they demand here, +as has been previously stated. + +The third point which ought to be considered is, that the customs +duties on the merchandise brought by the Chinese to this city were +worth to his Majesty from eighty to one hundred thousand pesos +annually; while those on the merchandise of the ships which have +come from Macan have not been worth more than twenty thousand pesos +in any one year, and it is considered as certain that some years the +duties have not exceeded twelve thousand. In regard to this truth, +as a point so worthy of consideration--and of which this city council +ought to take so much notice, as it is the body whom the increase +of the royal revenues to their possible extent concerns so fully--we +refer to what shall appear from the amounts of the said duties which +the Sangleys now for twenty years have put into the royal treasury, +and to those which the Portuguese have put in from the year six hundred +and nineteen, the goods which they have generally brought being valued +at about one million and a half, defrauding to a greater sum the said +import and export duties so rightfully due his Majesty. + +The fourth matter that must be considered for the greater proof of the +aforesaid statement is, the quickness of the voyage from the said city +of Macan to this of Manila, since it can be made in twelve days or a +fortnight (or in one week, as has already happened), and the short time +that they spend in this city selling their goods. Those were causes +which could ensure the success of the contract which the citizens of +this city have offered to make with them, several years--namely, to +give them forty per cent clear profit upon the first cost which they +[_i.e._, the Portuguese] had invested. But as the Portuguese have +always beheld themselves powerful and masters of the said trade, +they have always refused to accept it--from which one can infer the +great gains which they have made and are making in the trade, since, +in short, more than sixty per cent [profit] has now to be given for +everything. That is a hardship which sufficiently accounts for the +present condition of the inhabitants of this city who are afflicted +with the many troubles which attend them by reason of the said +diminution of their wealth; and for the total ruin of others, who +see themselves dispossessed of what they had. For that reason they +make no further investments, because they have not the wherewithal. + +Fifth, it ought to be considered how long and dangerous is the voyage +from these islands to the said Nueva España, and the heavy costs and +expenses caused by the investments; while the returns for what is +sent from here are not received even if good fortune attend them, +except at the end of two years, and sometimes more. + +Sixth, that with the coming of the said Portuguese and ships from the +city of Macan to this of Manila, the commerce and trade which the +Sangley merchants of China usually carried on every year with this +city has ceased, because of the keen intelligence which the Portuguese +have employed in preventing it. That they have succeeded in doing, +entirely by means of a very astute plan which they have followed, +by taking to the annual fairs which are usually held at Canton so +many thousands of pesos to invest and to bring to this city, as, in +short, has already been said. In that way the Chinese sell them all +that they want, at a profit of twenty-five or thirty per cent. That +arrangement is so agreeable to the Sangleys, with the said profit in +their own land and without trouble, that they have ceased to come to +this city as they did formerly, risking the capital which they brought +hither. This has been aided greatly by the Portuguese persuading the +said Sangleys that the wealth of the inhabitants of this city is very +nigh gone, and to so great an extent that they cannot find an outlet +even for all the goods which they bring; and that, for that reason, +they give trust for the greater part of it--a thing that has never +happened, nor been done, for they have always received money, and +the value for everything that they have sold. To that is added also +that the said Portuguese have been wont to frighten the said Sangley +traders by telling them of the danger that they will experience in +their coming because of the Dutch pirates and the fleets of bancons +[29] with which some of the Chinese nation themselves go about +committing depredations along those coasts. At the same time they have +represented to the Chinese the heavy dues that they pay here, and the +injuries that are inflicted upon them in this city, notwithstanding +that they have [not] known that the Chinese have any complaint of +this. All is with the purpose of turning them from any design that +they have had of coming to this city with merchandise; for they fear +that if the Chinese did so it would result in impairing their trade +[30] and discrediting that which the said Portuguese hold so firmly. + +The seventh is in regard to the Chinese merchants who refuse to sell +their goods in Canton to the said Portuguese of Macan, saying that +they prefer to bring them at their own cost and risk to this city +in their champans to sell them to the inhabitants of this city, +and to enjoy in their entirety the profits and gain which they +can thereby get. In order to dissuade these men from that purpose +and resolve which they have had, the said Portuguese have offered +(as many Chinese merchants who have come to this city this present +year have said) for the sake of peace to bring the goods of the +said Sangleys to this city at their own account and risk in order to +sell them here--as they could do, if they should carry them--making +a contract, by which for their administration [of this business] +they were to get five per cent. That has been seen now for two years, +during which they brought in this way more than one hundred and fifty +thousand pesos on account of Sangley merchants of Canton. They also +take the funds of the Chinese to make a return at so much per cent, +and bring it to this city, so that the Sangleys may not come here with +the said goods. That is a well known fact, and has been learned from +some of the Portuguese of Macan themselves. The said Portuguese make +those efforts in order to have the monopoly for themselves of the +merchandise brought to this city from the kingdom of China, and so +that all might pass through their hands; since, in whatever form the +aforesaid goods are brought, the Portuguese prove to be so interested, +and, for the same reason, as has already been stated, the inhabitants +of this city come to be so despoiled of their wealth. No less [injury] +is possible, except that, if the said trade is not suppressed, they +will finish by losing the little that they have within very few years. + +The eighth. In regard to the aforesaid, we must consider that the +said Portuguese of Macan have always refused to agree by way of +_pancada_ on a general price, although the said pancada is so usual +among them in all parts where they buy and sell. During one of the +last few years, having agreed to the said pancada, and in order to +begin it having appointed a person both on their part and on that of +this city, when the prices were set those of Macan refused to accept +them, as they were not so high as they wished. For always with the +consideration of having a port to leeward (which is that some of the +said Portuguese remain in this city to sell their goods which they +have left over, in which no opposition has been shown them, either, +although it is so much to the prejudice of the common welfare of +this city), they become obstinate in whatever they desire--those who +spend the winter making a monopoly of their merchandise that is left +over, selling it at very high prices to the inhabitants who need it, +and selling some to the Sangleys of the Parián. The latter afterward +retail such merchandise to all manner of persons, doing that in the +course of the year with some gain. + +The ninth point, and one which ought to be carefully considered, is, +that besides some of the Portuguese remaining in this city who come +from the city of Macan with the said merchandise, with the intent and +for the causes stated in the above article, they accomplish their ends +in another way, no less injurious to this community--namely, that some +of them have sent a very heavy export of their merchandise in the ships +despatched to Nueva España, although that is so stringently prohibited +by decrees and orders of his Majesty. Taking advantage of the said +opportunity, they sent it by the hands and under the names of persons +of this city, who have protected and are protecting them. Although +this city, on account of the notice given to it of this conduct, has +made all possible efforts to prevent so harmful a proceeding--having +even requested and received letters of excommunication, which have +been read and published in the churches--yet it has not been learned +that these have been sufficient to prevent it. This is verified by the +unlading of the flagship "Santa Maria Magdalena," which was despatched +from the port of Cavite in these islands in the first part of August +of the past year, six hundred and thirty-one, for Nueva España, +but whose voyage did not take place, because of the disaster that +happened. Through that mishap it became known what the Portuguese of +Macan had embarked in it, as can be related by Captain Andres Lopez +de Azaldiqui, depositary-general of this court, who was present at +the discharge of cargo with a commission from this city council. + +The tenth is, that what the ships bring from Macan is only silks, +in bundles and in fabrics. If they have brought any cotton cloth +needed by the poor, each piece of cloth has been sold at three or +three and one-half pesos. The same price is received for one cate +of sewing thread, and a dish of average quality sells for one real; +and notwithstanding that they bring but little of this for the supply +of this community, they have always sold the said articles at the +prices quoted, because of reducing the cargo of the said ships to +the said silks and stuffs, on account of the profits arising from +such freights. The ships give little or no place for the lading of +cotton cloth and other wares needed so badly by the poor, because of +their volume and of the little profit made from such cargoes. Such +things are also needed by those who are not poor; and even a single +ship of those usually brought by the Sangleys from China to this city +fills the land with the said common goods, which are so necessary, +as can be understood; and the poor are supplied with these by the +convenience of their prices, which are very low. They are still +lower when a number of ships come, as was formerly the case. That +is verified by the few which have come with the said goods for some +years past, so that these articles have been valued at prices so low +as the fourth part, and less, of the prices at which they have been +sold by the said Portuguese, as has been stated. + +The eleventh is, that it would not have been any trouble for the +Chinese to come to engage in this trade with a quantity of goods--as +they did before the Portuguese represented to them the dangers of +enemies or the other things aforesaid--if the trade of Macan had been +suppressed. For the greed of gain, which they are so well known to +possess, would have conquered everything, and they would come here; +since an outlet for the merchandise in which they trade in China must +be sought beneath the water. If the Chinese can know for only one year +that no ships have come from Macan to this city, it is certain that +they will come, and that beyond all doubt. Also the reëstablishment of +the trade of the said Chinese will be effected; and, since there will +be great abundance in the goods which they trade, the customs duties +will amount to the sums which I have already stated. Consequently, +there will be a stop put to the loans, so numerous and usual, that +we are wont to require every year from the inhabitants in order to +supply the needs of the royal treasury; or at least the loans will +not be so large, since the said duties will be able to supply much. + +The twelfth is that, as is well known, in the merchandise brought by +the Portuguese from the city of Macan to this of Manila, there are +no articles that can, with known reason, have an outlet with profits +or even without profits, in any other part, because of this--namely, +that what they take to Japon is only raw silk, which they call of +the first value, and the cream of that of China, whose products they +bring here. No other thing is used in Japon; and the skins which they +also carry, besides being in small quantity, are but little used by +the Japanese, according to their customs; so that all the rest which +the inhabitants of Macan buy is for conveyance to this city. If they +do not come here with it, then, it is certain that they will not buy +it. Consequently, the Chinese will come with it, for it is their trade, +and they have to procure an outlet and profit for their merchandise. + +The thirteenth is that the efforts exerted by the said Portuguese of +Macan in preventing the commerce of the Chinese have been by as many +roads of state as they have been able to attempt. This came to such +a pass that a ship returning from this city to that of Macan, whence +it had come with merchandise, with some Portuguese aboard it, while +coasting along the Ilocan shore some two years ago, sighted two ships +of the Sangleys, which were coming from China laden with merchandise to +this city. The said ship from Macan attacked them while passing, and +chased them, the while discharging its artillery, with the intention +of pillaging and sinking them, and preventing their coming here. By +the strenuous efforts that they made, the Chinese escaped from their +hands, although they received great damage from the artillery. Through +the delay that they suffered in these perils, their arrival here was +postponed, and having entered the bay during a terrible storm, one ship +was wrecked in the neighborhood of Parañaque, and the other in sight +of the walls [of Manila]. Consequently, the Sangleys lost their goods, +and were in danger of losing their lives. As soon as they entered this +city they gave notice of that injury, and this city council having seen +the reason of it, voted that an investigation should be made of the +aforesaid affair, and that it be done by Licentiate Nicolas Antonio de +Omaña, as he was alcalde-in-ordinary of the city. He began to make an +investigation, but ceased because the governor said that it belonged to +the jurisdiction of the war department. Thereupon the Sangleys--seeing +that they would not obtain the justice which they desired in respect +to the said investigation; and that the said Portuguese returned to +this city, because they did not continue their voyage, on account of +the wreck of the said ship in which they were going along the said +coast of Ilocos--had recourse to the royal Audiencia of these islands, +where they filed a complaint against the Portuguese who was leader of +the said ship, and the others. From the papers which were drawn up, +it resulted that the said Audiencia ordered the said Portuguese who +was commander of the said ship to be arrested. That was done, and the +latter was a prisoner for many days in the houses of the city council, +until at the end of some time he was freed, without any one knowing +in what condition the said case remained. + +The fourteenth is, the long experience that we have of the injuries +that have been committed on the Castilians who have gone from this city +to the said city of Macan in the Portuguese ships, with some money +which they have taken to invest and with which to pay their passage +and the freight on their investments. Having reached the said city of +Macan they are arrested, and the said money is sequestered. Some who +have escaped this harsh treatment have taken refuge in churches, and +have at last embarked, fortunate to be at liberty with their money, +in order to return to this city. Having gone through those kingdoms +and experienced the delay of the long time during which they have been +suffering this molestation, and the others who, as aforesaid, have +escaped it by availing themselves of the said churches, these have +employed their capital in buying the merchandise of the Portuguese +of that city--and always at so high prices that, from one hand to +another, the Portuguese gain twenty-five or thirty per cent with +our people. For no lesser rate was open to the latter, in order to +redeem themselves from the injury inflicted on them, of little or no +liberty; while the Portuguese have so much freedom in this said city, +as has been and is seen, as I have already stated. Consequently, what +our people have brought from that city has always been too dear, by +reason of the aforesaid profit which the said Portuguese have made of +it. They, not content with this, have (as is well known also), whenever +opportunity has arisen to send any ship of his Majesty from this city +to bring back at his royal account military supplies for the provision +of the royal magazines, refused to let these be bought by the hands of +those who have the matter in charge, but [insist that it be] by those +of inhabitants of Macan. Thus they make use of what goods they have, +and sell them at the prices which they choose. That has always resulted +in great loss to the royal treasury, which is sufficiently notorious, +because it has been said openly by all who have gone from here for that +purpose. Such comment has not been less, even though many citizens of +this city are so patiently enduring such injustice; for, these having +delivered their goods to the said Portuguese that they might take +them hence to the said city of Macan and invest them, and bring them +back or send them the proceeds, the Portuguese have kept the goods, +and have not thus far made any return to our people. For that reason +those who sent the goods have been completely ruined by such great +losses, which in their total amount to a very large sum. With that, +and with all the profits and gains aforesaid, those of Macan are today +known to be very powerful, and to have great wealth--although they had +no considerable wealth in the said year of six hundred and nineteen, +when they began to come here to avail themselves of the said trade. + +The fifteenth is, that if the trade of the said Portuguese ceases, +there can be no doubt that the Sangleys will come in their ships from +China, laden with merchandise, in order to sell it in this city. And +even should this not be to the number of those who formerly came, +nor with so great an amount of goods during these first years, +yet with the few that do come with valuable goods, and with those +which can come from the island of Hermosa, and the wax which is +obtained in these islands, there will be enough goods to complete +the two hundred and fifty thousand pesos which his Majesty allows +the inhabitants of this archipelago to trade with the said Nueva +España--and even to exceed that amount, in general, according to +the scarcity of wealth that they have today. The great investments +which are made today through the hands of agents who are here--who +have the money of certain citizens of Mexico in large quantities, +many thousands of pesos, with which they disturb the trade and +commerce of our citizens--will be prevented. For, as these men who +have the agencies enjoy an interest of ten per cent of what they thus +invest by their own authority (even though it be bought very dear), +they will not consider the removal of obstacles in the prices of the +merchandise--making them exceptions to the general loss of all this +community; for the Portuguese have continued their sales at the same +prices, without its having been possible to apply the corrective which +so great an injury demands. If that loss cease, our citizens alone will +enjoy the said investments, complying therein with his Majesty's will, +and will make them at favorable prices, whereby considerable profit +will accrue to them. For this they will share the merchandise which +will come, both from China and from the island of Hermosa and other +places, in accordance with their means. From it will also result +another advantage with the coming of the said vessels from China, +to the citizens who have possessions in the Parián, who will thus +have someone to occupy those possessions. The limited time during +which the said Sangleys are wont to remain here will be worth more +to those citizens than the rent and payment for their property which +they now usually obtain for all the year. With that income the tax +which they ought to pay for the arable land in the said possessions, +at the [current] values of this city, will not be so long delayed, +and will be paid with greater ease, promptness, and willingness than +is done now; for, as is well known to this city council, about eight +thousand pesos are owing to the said public property for the said +reason, according to the accounts that have been rendered by Juan de +Arguelles and Juan Lopez de Andoin. + +The sixteenth is for an argument that, if the trade of the Portuguese +of Macan cease, the said [Chinese] will have to conduct the trade +as they did before in the said merchandise, because they will +have no other outlet for it, except in this city. This is proved +because in the revolts of the Sangleys here, in the first part of +October of the former year six hundred and two [_sic_], more than +twenty thousand Sangleys having been killed and their possessions +ruined--of which advices were taken to China by more than ten +of their ships which escaped and carried the news--nevertheless, +by May of the year following the same ships came to this city, in +the number and with the amounts of goods with which they had come +in the years preceding. They continued that in the following years, +as if the aforesaid punishment had been a benefit to them. They did +that for the reason above mentioned, of not having any other outlet +for the said merchandise in which they traded. + +The seventeenth is that, as is well known, as soon as the Portuguese +of Macan knew of the post which we took in the island of Hermosa, +they tried to obstruct that trade, by sending a religious of their +nation to one of the commercial ports of China, in order that he +might direct those Chinese not to take any merchandise to the said +island. They have persisted and are still persisting in those efforts. + +In regard to all the above, as a matter so important, and on which +depends the conservation of this community, and so that the citizens +of it may retrieve their losses, he petitions that discussion be +held, and that this proposition be set down in the record-book; +that a decision be reached, and a vote taken in regard to all that +ought to be petitioned; and that the royal decrees which treat of +all the said matter be observed. Having read and understood it _de +verbo ad verbum_, it was voted that the said proposition be enrolled +in the record-book of this cabildo, and that it should be discussed +and voted upon. That having been done, in consideration of the fact +that the arguments which it contains are so notorious and so well +known in this city and by its inhabitants, Manila unanimously and +as one man has resolved to inform his Lordship, the governor, of +the said proposition; that for its accomplishment all the steps that +shall seem to be advisable shall be taken, by writing, until the said +effect is obtained--with the consent and advice of the counselor of +this city; that the procurator-general of the city attend to all the +above, and that they appoint as commissaries those deputed to inform +the governor. Thereupon, Captain Diego Diaz, regidor of this city, +voted, and said that his opinion is that this affair is one of great +importance; and that it seems right to discuss and treat of it with +the inhabitants of the community, who are the ones interested. This +is his vote and opinion. The governor is requested to be pleased +to give permission for the holding of an open cabildo, so that +those interested, as they are the ones whom it concerns so greatly, +may declare therein the resolution that ought to be taken in this +matter. For if the suspension of the coming of the goods from Macan +were to happen in any other way, and at the same time those of China +should not come, the people would generally complain; and in order that +they may not do that, let them be participants in the resolution that +shall be taken. In such condition was this vote, and all signed it. + + + +_Copy of a section of a letter written to his Majesty, August 14, +1633, by the governor of Filipinas_ + + +The trade of Great China also has declined, inasmuch as the Portuguese +of Macan have become masters of it, as they are so near; and as they +are admitted here, contrary to all good government, they retail +the products which the said Chinese formerly brought direct. That +causes a great scarcity in these provinces, all of which results +in our loss, and in the gain of China, because of the great advance +in price over the [former] cheapness--[an excess], moreover, which +they carry to their own land. The relief that I believe can be had, +although some privation may be felt in the beginning, is that your +Majesty prohibit the trade of Macan with Manila, and decree that +Portuguese be not admitted into this government. Besides having the +above result, your Majesty's duties will increase; and the commerce +of China with the island of Hermosa can be established by this route, +and become of importance to your Majesty, although up to the present +it has been only an expense. [_Decree of the Council_: "Collect the +papers treating of this matter and the chart of the island of Hermosa; +and together with this section take it all to the fiscal, and bring +it to the Council with what he shall say. November 25, 1634."] + +[_Note_: "The fiscal declares that he regards it as very unadvisable +to make any innovation for the present, and that the trade now +possessed by the Portuguese should be not prohibited; for, since the +said trade is permitted to the Sangleys and other foreign nations, +who are not vassals of his Majesty, it is not right to prohibit +it to the Portuguese; and because if the said trade is prohibited +to the Portuguese, the Dutch and other rebels to this crown might +seize that site and the trade. Moreover, the advantages which the +governor represents as the consequence are not sure but contingent; +and the increase which he mentions might not happen, and could not +afterward be made up if the Portuguese abandoned that site and that +trade ceased. Madrid, December 6, 1635."] + +[_Endorsed:_ "In regard to the affairs of the island of Hermosa and +the Portuguese. Refer it to the fiscal. April 15, 636." "Let account +be given so that those decrees may be carried out which were given +in order that foreigners might not trade or traffic in the Filipinas +Islands--taking note that the Portuguese are included among foreigners, +and that the Chinese and Sangleys can trade and traffic as hitherto. In +regard to the expulsion thence of the Portuguese who are not living +there by the express license of his Majesty, he shall expel them, +unless the governor and Audiencia consider that it is not advisable; +of which it may be necessary to present information to the Council."] + +_Copies of the decrees which were despatched to the governor and +Audiencia of Filipinas, and the fiscal and royal officials of them, +in regard to the trade which the Portuguese of Macan have introduced +into Manila._ + +The King. To the president and auditors of my royal Audiencia of the +Philipinas Islands: Don Juan Grau y Monfalcon, procurator-general +of that city, has informed me that the Portuguese people who live in +Eastern India have attempted to trade and traffic with those islands, +thus hindering the Sangleys from going to sell their merchandise +in that city; and that this intercourse was already established, in +violation of the orders and decrees issued, to the very great damage +and prejudice of my royal revenues and the good government of the +islands. He petitioned me to be pleased to have a speedy and effective +remedy applied in a matter of so great importance and weight. My +royal Council of the Indias having examined all the papers which +were presented in this matter, together with what my fiscal said and +alleged regarding it, I have considered it fitting to send you a copy +of them, so that you may see them. If the report that has been made of +this seems to you correct, you shall immediately attend to the remedy +for this damage; and I order my fiscal of that my royal Audiencia, by +another decree, to prosecute that case and to plead whatever he judges +suitable for the advantage and increase of my royal treasury, and +the observance of the orders and decrees issued, since that pertains +to him by reason of his office. Of all that you shall enact and that +you shall continue to do in this matter, you shall advise me. Given +in Madrid, November ten, one thousand six hundred and thirty-four. + + +_I the King_ + +By order of the king our sovereign: +_Don Gabriel de Ocaña y Alarcon_ + + +[A decree of the same date and of like tenor, addressed to the fiscal +of the Manila Audiencia, Juan de Quesada Vitado y Mendoça, follows, in +which he is ordered to prosecute the case. A decree of the same date is +also addressed to the royal officials; which, after the same general +statement at the beginning, continues: "And although I order that +Audiencia by another of my decrees of equal date with this to attend +to the remedy of this damage, and the fiscal to plead in prosecution +what he sees to be necessary, I have thought it best to advise you of +it, so that after you have understood it, if you are sure that there +is fraud in the collection and administration of my royal duties, +you also shall plead what you consider to be advisable, since you +see what is your obligation by virtue of your office. And of what +you shall hear, and what shall be done, you shall keep me advised."] + + + +Sire: + +Don Juan Grau y Monfalcon, procurator-general of the noble and loyal +city of Manila, metropolis and capital of the Philipinas Islands, +declares that the past year he represented to your Majesty the +great damages and injuries which the inhabitants of that city are +experiencing from the Portuguese of Macan having introduced the custom +of going to buy their merchandise at the fair of Canton in China, +and bringing the same to the city of Manila to retail it--where they +make a monopoly of it, without the inhabitants [of Manila] being able +to make any profit, such as they had before when the Chinese came to +the said city to sell their merchandise. The latter, besides selling +the merchandise for very suitable prices, gave credit for them until +they came back again. Without spending money, the inhabitants then +were benefited, and sent the said merchandise to Nueva España, and +made very great profits on it. All this has ceased with the coming of +the Portuguese, who not only give no credit, but sell the merchandise +for excessive prices. If they do not receive the pay that they wish +for the goods, they send them to Mexico at their own account. As they +are settled in Manila, they keep the merchandise from one year to +another. The Sangleys did not do that; for, in order to be able to +return, they sold the goods at very suitable prices, or gave credit +for them, by which the inhabitants made considerable profits. As that +profit has ceased, they are becoming very poor, and have no capital, +and there is no help for it. What they gained the Portuguese now +gain; and the latter withdraw thrice as much money from Manila as the +Sangleys did. The latter exchanged a great part of their merchandise +for products of the country, which the Portuguese do not do, but take +away the money in bars and reals. And although they allege in their +favor, in order to continue the trade, that they are vassals of his +Majesty, and that it is right for them to trade and traffic in Manila +as in Castilla and in other parts of España, the fact is excluded that +the inhabitants of that city have conquered those islands and shed +their blood in that conquest, and always have arms in their hands for +their defense. It is right that they alone should have this advantage +(as your Majesty orders by the many decrees which have been despatched +in regard to this), and not the Portuguese, who have and have always +had places to trade and traffic in Portuguese India, Japon, China, +and many other parts. It is not right to snatch the bread from the +hands of the inhabitants of Manila, who have no other trade or means +of gain save that in the merchandise of China. If relief is not given +in this very quickly, all the commerce of that city will be destroyed, +and it is now so fallen for this reason. Besides, it is prohibited +to the inhabitants of those islands by decrees, and in particular +by one of the year 593, to go to the Canton fair or to China, as the +Portuguese go to buy. It is also prohibited by many decrees for any +Portuguese, notwithstanding that they are vassals of your Majesty, +to trade or traffic in the provinces of the Indias without special +permission. This same thing must be observed in Manila, just as it +is observed in Nueva España and Piru. + +Certain reasons that were presented having been examined in the royal +Council of the Indias, it was ordered by a decree despatched November +ten, one thousand six hundred and thirty-four, to send all the papers +which were presented in behalf of that city to the governor and +Audiencia of Manila; and commission was given to them so that, after +examination of the documents by the fiscal and the royal officials +(to whom a decree of like tenor was sent), they might apply in this +matter such remedy as they deemed most advisable, and as a matter so +important for the preservation of those islands demands. + +King Don Felipe Second, having considered and foreseen the many +difficulties [involved in decreeing] that no one of his vassals go to +China to buy merchandise from the Chinese, ordered the said decree +to be despatched January eleven, of the said year, one thousand +five hundred and ninety-three (a copy of which is here presented), +by which he ordered Gomez Perez Dasmariñas, governor of Manila, +not to allow any inhabitants of those islands to go to China to buy +merchandise from the Chinese; but to have the latter come to that +city to sell them, at their own risk. That decree was enforced until +the year one thousand six hundred and six; but it is now violated +because the Portuguese have crossed over, contrary to the order of +the said decree. They go to China, which is the act prohibited in +the decree; and not only do they cause that damage, but they also +deprive the inhabitants [of Manila] of the benefit which they had +of receiving on credit the merchandise from the Chinese who go to +that city. Further, they bought the goods at very low prices, since, +in accordance with the terms of the said decree, the governor and the +city set the prices for the merchandise, which was a thing of great +importance. And in order that the Chinese might return to Manila, and +the inhabitants enjoy the profits and accommodations of former times, +and the terms of the said decree of 593 might be obeyed, in which all +the trouble that happens now was anticipated; and for confirmation of +the above statement, and so that your Majesty may see that not only do +the inhabitants of that city suffer damage because the Portuguese go +to it with Chinese merchandise, but that your Majesty also loses vast +sums of which the royal duties are defrauded: will you be pleased to +order the certification which the writer presents, from the accountant +of the official visit to be examined. From this, it is apparent that +during the last thirteen years while the Sangleys had the trade in +that city--from the year one thousand six hundred and six until that +of one thousand six hundred and eighteen--they paid in duties to your +Majesty, 574,627 pesos and six tomins; and that in another thirteen +years while the said Portuguese of Macan have had the said trade, they +have paid only 90,041 pesos. Figuring one period against the other, +the royal treasury has had a shortage of 483,986 pesos and four tomins, +a considerable quantity in only thirteen years. And, in order that +this truth may be apparent to your Majesty, the writer presents the +said certification of the annual amounts of the said duties, for both +the thirteen years of the Portuguese and the thirteen of the Chinese. + +[He also invites] consideration of the fact that the purpose of the +said royal decree of 593 is subverted and violated by the commerce +which the Portuguese of Macan carry on in China in order to take the +merchandise by way of retail to the said city of Manila; for the said +purpose declared in the said royal decree is that the said merchandise +of China shall enter into the said Manila through the hands of the said +Chinese, and at their own account and risk, as the said decree says, +without any other persons being authorized to meddle in it at all, +or any merchants save the said Chinese. Thus the said violation is +manifest, since the said Portuguese are the ones who carry and deliver +the merchandise in the said city, by means of the said commerce which +they have in China. Without that it would be impossible to take them +to Manila, or to violate the said royal decree. Since they are not +deserving of greater favor or benefit than the inhabitants of the +said city--in whom concur so many merits and services, as is well +known, and to whom the said commerce is denied by the said decree +of 593--nor is there any cause or reason why the said Portuguese, +who can not urge the said services, and who only think of the said +retailing of goods and of their own interest and greed, should be +permitted to trade; he petitions and beseeches your Majesty to be +pleased to have a second decree of like tenor to that of the year 593 +issued, so that it may be observed and obeyed exactly, as is stated +therein. In it also should be included the case above mentioned, or +it should be ordered anew that the said Portuguese shall not conduct +or continue the said commerce in the said city--at least making it +an offense to carry to Manila the said merchandise for which they +trade in China, imposing therefor heavy penalties of confiscation, +and others more severe in case of violation. By this the royal +treasury will receive great benefit and increase, and avoid the so +considerable injury and loss that has been set forth; and the said +city and its inhabitants will receive an especial favor and grace, +as is hoped from the greatness and the royal authority of your Majesty. + +Further, he besought your Majesty to have filed with this memorial the +letters which were in the secretary's office, written by the governor +and Audiencia in regard to what is represented in the memorial; so +that after the whole has been examined, the decision most fitting to +the service of your Majesty and the preservation of those islands may +be made. And that the great troubles that follow from the aforesaid +may be seen, he petitions that an examination he ordered to be made +of the memorial of seventeen articles which was presented by Jusepe +de Naveda, regidor of that city. + + + +_Decree of our sovereign King Don Felipe Second, by which it is +prohibited that any one go to China to buy merchandise from the +Chinese; but the latter must go to the city of Manila to carry them, +and sell them at their own cost and risk_--_in which decree are to +be included the Portuguese of Macan._ + +The King. To Gomez Perez Dasmariñas, my governor and captain-general +of the Philipinas Islands, and any other person who shall hereafter +serve in the said office: know that I have been informed that many +persons of those islands are going to Macan and other ports of China +to trade and traffic with the Chinese for the profit that results +from it. From that result higher prices for the merchandise, and other +notable inconveniences. And as it is fitting that a remedy be applied +in this matter, I have determined to prohibit and to order--as I do +by this present prohibit, forbid, and order--that no person, now and +henceforth, shall trade or traffic in any part of China; nor shall +any merchandise, on account of the merchants of the said islands, be +carried or permitted to be carried from that kingdom to the islands, +unless the Chinese themselves, at their own account and risk, shall +carry it to the said islands, and sell it therein by wholesale. For +this, you, together with the city council of the city of Manila, +shall appoint each two or three persons whom you shall consider most +suitable to value and appraise the said merchandise. They shall take it +at wholesale from the Chinese, paying them the amount for the goods; +and afterward it shall be divided among all the citizens and natives +of the islands at that price, in accordance with their wealth, so that +all may share the profit which results from this trade. You shall +order that the said persons thus appointed keep a book, in which +shall be entered the amount of money which is invested each time, +and the price at which each kind of merchandise is appraised; among +what persons it is divided; and the quantity that falls to each one's +share. And I charge you straitly to have especial care to ascertain +in what manner the persons deputed for that purpose exercise that +commission. You shall not permit those who have held it one year to +be chosen for it the following year. You shall send me a relation +of all the aforesaid, signed by them, and another to the viceroy +of Nueva España. And I order you, and also all other justices and +judges, to observe and obey, and cause to be observed and obeyed, +and executed to the letter, the contents of this our decree; for +thus it is fitting for my service. Given in Madrid, January eleven, +one thousand five hundred and ninety-three. + + +I the King + +By order of the king our sovereign. + +Juan de Ybarra + +[_Endorsed_: "December 19, 635. Have these papers collected; bring +what is provided." "Have all these papers taken to the fiscal. In the +Council, January 16, 636." "The fiscal asks that this decree be brought +authorized by the secretary, so that he may answer and petition what he +shall believe to be expedient. Madrid, January 19, 1636." "The fiscal +says that the decree of which a reissue is requested does not touch +upon the case for which it is now requested; and that he considers +as a rigorous measure that what is therein permitted to the Chinese +should not be permitted to the Portuguese, who are his Majesty's +vassals--they having occupied that port of Macan, as he understands, +after the said decree was issued. Madrid, January 22, 1636."] + +_Customs duties collected at Manila on Chinese merchandise_ + +In thirteen years while the Sangleys had control of the trade of +Chinese merchandise--namely, from that of 1606 to that of 1618--they +paid in duties to his Majesty, according to the certification of the +accountant for the official visit, 574,627 pesos, 6 tomins. In another +thirteen years while the Portuguese of Macan have controlled the +said trade, they have paid only 90,641 pesos, 2 tomins. Consequently, +comparing the one time with the other, there is, as he has informed his +Majesty, a shortage of 483,986 pesos, 4 tomins, in his royal treasury. + +This account is presented in detail in the following manner: + + + Year of 1606 32,113 pesos, 3 tomins, 3 granos. + Year of 1607 and 1608 75,462 pesos, 0 tomins, 4 granos. + Year of 1609 and 1610 131,341 pesos, 4 tomins, 0 granos. + Year of 1611 26,053 pesos, 0 tomins, 7 granos. + Year of 1612 95,639 pesos, 2 tomins, 8 granos. + Year of 1613 69,427 pesos, 7 tomins, 0 granos. + Year of 1614 36,105 pesos, 2 tomins, 6 granos. + Year of 1615 41,558 pesos, 1 tomin, 1 grano. + Year of 1616 23,377 pesos, 0 tomins, 0 granos. + Year of 1617 37,179 pesos, 5 tomins, 5 granos. + Year of 1618 5,770 pesos, 0 tomins, 0 granos. + ------- -- -- + 574,627 pesos, 6 tomins, 10 granos. + + +Duties which the Portuguese of Macan have paid on the merchandise +of China in the thirteen years from that of 1619 to that of 1631, +according to the same certification; and also those which the Chinese +ships that have come in those same years have paid. + + + Macan Years China + + pesos tomins granos pesos tomins granos + + 1,172 6 3 1619 11,148 0 0 + 8,903 0 0 1620 27,797 0 0 + 9,653 5 0 1621 6,692 6 11 + 7,370 0 0 1622 8,040 0 0 + 4,238 3 5 1623 1,759 3 9 + 5,444 0 0 1624 2,998 6 0 + 6,917 0 0 1625 10,894 0 0 + 10,248 0 0 1626 22,580 0 0 + 9,092 3 8 1627 20,385 0 0 + 3,036 0 0 1628 2,943 0 0 + 641 0 0 1629 3,957 0 0 + 11,645 0 0 1630 6,287 0 0 + 7,480 0 0 1631 18,344 0 0 + ------ -- -- ------- -- -- + 90,641 2 4 143,826 6 8 + + + + + + +DECREE EXTENDING THE TENURE OF ENCOMIENDAS + + +The King. To Don Albaro de Quiñones, knight of the Order of Santiago, +my governor and captain-general of the province of Guatemala, and +president of my royal Audiencia resident therein, or the person +or persons in charge of its government: as you have understood, +the repartimientos and encomiendas of Indians which the kings my +forbears and I have been accustomed to grant to various persons in +that country, in consideration of their services, have been for two +generations. Inasmuch as my intention has always been, and is, to +show favor to those who serve, equal to their deserts, and especially +to the pacifiers and settlers of those provinces, and considering the +special importunities that many persons make, that the repartimento or +encomienda which they hold may be prolonged for one more generation, +they representing to me not only their own causes, but the advantages +therein for the Indians, and their good treatment and education: +with the consent and advice of the members of my royal Council of +the Indias, after they had consulted with me, I have determined to +show favor generally to all those who hold the repartimientos and +encomiendas of Indians in those provinces, by prolonging them for +another generation, in addition to the generations for which they +now hold them, provided that they immediately, for this reason, +contribute to my funds--those who shall possess encomiendas for a +second generation, with the value of the first three years; and those +who shall enjoy them in the third generation with the value of two +years--so that that may be an aid to the heavy expenses that my royal +treasury incurs in defense of these and those kingdoms, and of the +increase and conservation of our holy Catholic faith. [It shall be] +provided that this prolongation be not extended, nor be understood +to extend, to those who should hold encomiendas of which the value +exceeds eight hundred ducados and more; for such encomiendas must be +kept to reward worthy persons, in the manner that has been followed +hitherto. In order that this may be executed as is desired, I have +thought best to order you and to charge you--as I do--that as soon as +you receive this my decree you publish it in that city of Santiago, +and in all the others of your government, so that all persons who shall +desire the said prolongation of their repartimientos or encomiendas +may come before you within one year, counted from the day of the said +publication. Those who thus come before you within the said time you +shall admit to the said agreement, under the above obligations. Having +made the contract, you shall give them the necessary despatches, +so that they may enjoy these for the third generation; and these +shall be thus continued to them with the repartimientos which they +possess, or shall be continued to those who shall duly succeed to +them, according to the law of succession. They shall be obliged to +have obtained within four years my confirmation of the same. Those +who shall come after the said year has expired you shall in no case +admit. With those with whom you shall make a contract, you shall try +to regulate the value of the repartimientos and encomiendas, with the +advice of the fiscal of that Audiencia and the royal officials of their +district, enacting for that purpose the measures that you shall deem +advisable; paying heed to the consolidations which must be made of +the pensions that they pay at present. With those who shall possess +their repartimientos and encomiendas without any stipulation for the +consolidation, you shall contract in the same manner and form, with +the obligation to come to obtain the confirmation. You shall proceed +in both cases with the like care that the business be regulated and +transacted so that my royal treasury be paid, exactly and promptly, +what belongs to it because of this. The sum resulting from this you +shall send me at the first opportunity in a separate fund, and shall +not put it with the rest of my revenues--sending it directed to my +president and official judges of the House of Trade at Sevilla. You +shall make a special report of what proceeds from each contract, and +of those who wish to make contracts in regard to the encomiendas which +they possess in those kingdoms; and those who enjoy those encomiendas +while living in these kingdoms shall come to make these contracts +in the said my Council of the Indias, where they will be admitted +without any time limit being set. Madrid, February 1, 1636. + +_I the King_ + +By order of the king our sovereign: + +_Don Gabriel de Ocaña y Alarcon_ + +_Idem_, to the [governor] of Yucatan, Philipinas, and Venezuela. + + + + + + +MILITARY SERVICES OF FILIPINOS + + +Sire: + +Don Juan Grau y Monfalcon, procurator-general of the Philipinas +Islands, desirous of your Majesty's service and the welfare and +conservation of those islands, and that the Indians who are under +your Majesty's protection and pay you homage be preserved therein, +represents that the Indian natives of the provinces of Pampanga, +Camarinas, and Tagalos have served and are serving your Majesty with +great love and fidelity, since the time of the conquest of those +islands. Not one of those Indians has ever been found in rebellion, +or has wrought any treachery, or deserted to the enemy. Those Indians, +mingled with Spaniards, serve as soldiers in war, and have proved +excellent therein. Especially are the Pampangos valiant soldiers, +who have performed and are daily performing valiant exploits at +the side of the Spanish. They were at the taking of Terrenate; and, +whenever occasion offers, they with other companies come to guard the +city of Manila. They also serve as rowers and pioneers in expeditions +by the fleets. On all occasions that offer, they serve your Majesty +with their persons and possessions. The natives of the province of +Tagalos do the same. They, together with those of the province of +Camarinas, serve both in war and in the building of galleons and +galleys with great friendship and goodwill. In order that those +Indians, especially the Pampangos and Tagáls, may be encouraged to +continue your Majesty's royal service, he represents that it would be +very advisable for your Majesty to be pleased to command that letters +be sent to them, expressing your great appreciation of their conduct; +as well as to the governor of Manila, ordering him to observe and +cause to be observed _in toto_ the decrees that were ordered to be +despatched in their favor by their Majesties the kings Don Phelipe +Second and Third. If it should be deemed advisable, since they are +serving in the military and are so valiant soldiers, in order to +encourage them for the future [the writer suggests that you] honor +them with military offices and charges; for if the natives of the +said provinces see that your Majesty is mindful of them, and honors +them through your royal decrees, they will be encouraged to continue +your royal service with greater fervor. In case that it should appear +expedient to despatch the said decrees, they could be sent to the +alcaldes-mayor of the said three provinces of Pampanga, Tagalos, +and Camarinas, and they should be ordered to assemble the leading +Indians of those provinces, and have your Majesty's royal decrees +read to them. Besides the many advantages that may accrue from your +Majesty honoring the natives of these three provinces, may follow +another very great one--namely, that the other Indians of the other +provinces, who do not serve with so much friendship and promptness +as they (on the contrary, many of them rebel daily and go over to +the enemy), on seeing that your Majesty honors them by your royal +decrees, and that the governors appoint them to offices and duties, +will be encouraged to serve and to merit a like reward from your +Majesty. All of the above he represents, so that your Majesty may +take what measures may be deemed most fitting for your royal service. + +[_Endorsed_: "Don Juan Grau, procurator-general of the Philipinas +Islands. June 13, 636. Have the governor notified to be very careful +for the Indians of these three provinces; and to encourage them +greatly. Order him to summon their leaders so that they may always +continue in his Majesty's service. Have a relation made to the effect +that we have heard that they serve well, and of their fidelity. This +being so, let him execute the aforesaid; and let nothing which is +here proposed be said that may annoy the military officers."] + + + + + + +CONFLICTS BETWEEN CIVIL AND ECCLESIASTICAL AUTHORITIES, 1635-36 + + +_SECOND BOOK OF THE SECOND PART OF THE CONQUESTS OF THE FILIPINAS +ISLANDS, AND CHRONICLE OF THE RELIGIOUS OF OUR FATHER, ST. AUGUSTINE_ + +[_Translation of title-page_: "Conquests of the Filipinas Islands: +the temporal by the arms of our Catholic Sovereigns of España, and +the spiritual by the religious of the Order of St. Augustine; and the +foundation and progress of the province of Santísimo Nombre de Jesús +of the same order. Part second: compiled by the use of the materials +which the very reverend father Fray Gaspar de San Agustín, [31] +author of the first part, collected, by Father Fray Casimiro Diaz, [32] +native of Toledo, of the Order of our father St. Augustine, chronicler +of this province of Santísimo Nombre de Jesús, procurator-general, +and twice secretary and definitor of the same. With the necessary +licenses. Valladolid [33] ... 1890."] + + + +CHAPTER XV + +_The raid of the Mindanao pirates into Leyte. Election of father Fray +Juan Ramirez as provincial. Arrival of the governor, Don Sebastian +Hurtado de Corcuera, and the religious who came in his company._ + + +That year of 1634 was so quiet and so barren of events worthy of +remembrance that I shall not dwell long upon it; for there is nothing +of which I have heard to detain me, unless it be the raid of the +Mindanao enemy into the island of Leyte, and the depredations that +they committed there with the license permitted to them in seeing +that there was no attempt made in Manila to check them. + +On Sunday, December 3, 1634, the Mindanaos arrived with eighteen +galleys at the village of Ogmuc, leaving behind in that of Baybay +the rest of the vessels which they brought in their fleet. Fifty +of our Indians went out to resist them, but being unable to fight +so many, they gradually retired to a little fort, possessed by the +village. They thought that they would be able to resist the pirates +there, being encouraged by their minister, Father Juan del Carpio, of +the Society of Jesus; and they did so for some time, until the Moros, +knowing that the church was higher than the fort, entered it and our +men could not reach them with their shots. They planted three pieces +in a convenient place at the church, in order to do great damage to +those in the fort; and firing without cessation, they did not allow +our men to fire a shot through its loopholes and windows. Others +of the enemy hastened by another side to gather bundles of thatch by +uncovering the roofs of the houses; and by fastening together what wood +and bamboo they could gather, and pushing this contrivance toward the +fort, they set it afire. The fire burned a quantity of rice and abacá +(which is the hemp of this country), and many men were choked by the +smoke. The besieged, seeing that the fire had caught the timber-work +[of the fort], and that they were being inevitably killed without any +chance to defend themselves, displayed a signal for surrender and in +fact did so. + +They were all captured; and a great contest arose among the enemy as to +who should have Father Carpio as his captive. In this contention they +had recourse to the Mindanao captain, and he ordered that the father +be killed. That they did very gladly, and beheaded him and carried his +head back to present it as a spoil to their king, Cachil Corralat. The +latter had charged them not to leave alive any religious or Spaniard, +for so had he vowed to their false prophet Mahomet in an illness that +he had had. They took the others captive, and sacked and burned all +the village. From that place they sailed out and committed the same +destruction in the villages of Soyor, Binñangán, Cabalián, Canamucán, +and Baybay. But they were so stoutly resisted in the village of +Inibañgán in [the island of] Bohol, and in Dapitán, that they retired +but little the gainers; for those Indians are very valiant, and very +different in valor from the other villages which the Mindanaos sacked. + +The Camucones also--a people from islands subject to Borney, cruel +and barbarous, and Mahometan by religion, although there are pagans +in some islands--made their raids into the island of Panay, chiefly +on the villages of Bataán, Domayan, and Mahanlur, and in those of +Aclán and Bahay, where they captured many of our Indians, and burned +the churches of the visitas. The visitas are usually deserted, and +have no houses to defend them; and those Camucones are very cowardly +and very different from the Joloans and Mindanaos, who are valiant, +and much more so the latter named. The Camucones entered by the +river and bar of Batán, which is salt water, where a very grievous +jest happened to two or three of their craft. The river of Batán has +another river a short distance above the village road, which ends +in a very wide and spacious sea, which they call "tinagongdagat," or +"hidden sea," in which the inhabitants enjoy excellent fishing. With +the ebb of the tide that spacious sea is left almost dry, and then +many kinds of shellfish are caught, such as oysters and crabs. The +Camucones entered that sea, with the intention of lying in wait for +some capture, but when they least expected it they found their craft +on dry ground. An Indian who was gathering the aforesaid shellfish +saw them; and, recognizing them to be piratical enemies by the style +of their craft, went to the village and gave warning of them. Many +of the inhabitants of Batán assembled, and, well armed, attacked +the Camucones very courageously. They made a great slaughter of the +pirates, and captured many of them and burned their craft. Some of +the Camucones escaped through the mangrove plantations and swampy +ground. They were captured next day, with the exception of those who +had the luck to rejoin the boats of their companions--who repenting +of their carelessness, returned to their lands, and did not return +to try their fortune in those regions for many years. + +Those Camucones enemies, entering that island of Panay in the +same district between Bataán and Aclán, in 1672, captured the +alcalde-mayor of Panay, Captain Don José de San Miguel. He defended +himself against them until he was killed, and immediately when that +was known they beheaded him, and took his head and skin to their land +as a trophy. Better fortune was experienced by the notary, Pedro de +Villarús, who was in another boat; for, having seen the Camucones, +he had his boat beached, and, taking to the mangrove swamps, saved his +life after great danger. This he attributed to a miracle of the apostle +St. Peter, to whom he was very devoted, and to whom he made a great +feast as a thank-offering. The piteous death of that alcalde-mayor, Don +José de San Miguel, could be attributed to the punishment of God, as he +had been a cruel persecutor of the regular ministers; so much so that +in the time during which he governed that province (which by the Divine +permission was short), they suffered a great persecution. But God knows +the truth; and it is not permitted, nor do I wish, to interpret the +events of His holy will and providence. But it has not seemed proper +to me to omit a circumstance which I positively know concerning that +ill-starred youth; namely, that after his death, there was found +among his papers a letter from his father, Don Basilio de San Miguel +(who is said to have been much given to astrology and soothsaying), +who told and ordered him not to receive an office of justice under +any circumstance, for the first that he should obtain threatened him +with a very great disaster. I know that fact absolutely; for the rest, +concerning the infallibility and even possibility of like judgments, +I declare that I am ready to obey the command of our holy Mother the +Church, in the constitution of his Holiness Sixtus V which begins, +_Cæli et terræ Creator_. + +Father Fray Gerónimo de Medrano finished his triennium, notable +both for his pacific and prudent government, and by the two martyrs +of Christ who ennobled this province during his triennium. In the +chapter celebrated in the convent of Manila, April 28, 1635--over +which father master Fray Alonso de Carvajal presided, by virtue of +the letters of our father-general--father Fray Juan Ramirez, [34] a +religious of great prudence, learning, and devotion, was elected, to +the content of the whole province. The definitors elected were father +Fray Estacio Ortiz, the father master Fray Teófilo Mascarós, [35] Fray +Cristóbal de Miranda, and Fray Andrés Berdugo. [36] The visitors were +father Fray Diego Martinez [37] and Fray Juan Gallegos. They enacted +regulations very useful for the good government of the province, and +provided ministers for the ministries of it, both priors and vicars, +as at that time it contained many distinguished members of the order. + +Two galleons arrived at Cavite on St. John's day, which were returning +from Nueva España with the reënforcements for these islands. The +flagship of those vessels was called "Nuestra Señora de la Concepción" +[_i.e.,_ "Our Lady of the Conception"], and the almiranta "San +Luis." They brought the new governor and a company of religious of +our order, and also some of St. Dominic, among them father Fray Diego +Collado. [38] On July twenty-seven father Fray Diego de Ordás [39] +entered the convent of Manila with his mission, which was composed +of twenty-five religious, who have been very useful to this province. + +That same year came also Governor Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera, +knight of the Order of Alcantara, and member of the Council of War +in the states of Flandes, where he had served many years with great +credit, being one of the most renowned captains in the siege of +Breda. He had afterward been master-of-camp of the port of Callao in +Perú, and captain-general of the cavalry of that kingdom, and lastly +governor of Panamá. He brought a great reënforcement of soldiers, +many of them from Perú, as he made his voyage to Acapulco from +that kingdom. He was a gentleman of great valor, and one prone to +undertake rash enterprises. However he did not have much good fortune +in the outcome of these, either in war or in politics, for all had a +disastrous end. The reason of this is hidden, with the Divine plans; +but, as the reader will see in the events that I shall soon write, +it will appear that the beginnings of his government, fatal for +these islands, could not have less unfortunate progress, the effects +lasting until the present time. Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera +took possession of this government on June 25 of the above year. + +His Majesty had promoted Don Hernando Guerrero to this archbishopric of +Manila; and the latter, upon the arrival of the decree of presentation +in the year 1632, asked the cabildo on May 25 to put him in possession +of his government. But inasmuch as the decree which was required for +it was lacking, the cabildo refused to receive him in possession until +the arrival of the bulls and pallium. Consequently, he remained in +Manila without governing, until, in the above year [_i.e.,_ 1635], +came an official statement that the bulls and pallium were already +attended to in the Roman court; and he thereupon insisted once more +that he be admitted to the government of the Church. There were +various difficulties raised by the cabildo in receiving him; for in +that ship there came only a statement from an apostolic notary, without +approval. In regard to this matter long opinions were uttered by each +side, which were finally settled by admitting Señor Guerrero after he +swore to present himself with the bulls and pallium within a year. In +accordance with this, possession was given to him on June 25, 1635. + +Don Fray Hernando de Guerrero began to govern this church at the same +time that Don Sebastián de Corcuera these islands: At the beginning +there were abundant indications of what would happen at the end; +for the new governor showed himself so greatly bent on increasing +his own jurisdiction that it was necessary to act with severity, +and not to allow him to make precedents by which certain notions +(already beginning to be apparent when he was governor of Panamá) +which he had in mind should be established. That gentleman was at +once very prudent, very harsh and austere, very tenacious in his +resolutions, and wedded to his own notions--which is the occasion for +the greatest errors in princes; for by not yielding, in matters that +self-love adopts as certain, they allow themselves to be carried over +any precipice. This passion was greatly predominant in that gentleman +and was the cloud that obscured other talents, worthy of esteem, that +adorned him. Immediately occasions of dispute arose between the two, +not because Guerrero tried to meddle with the civil government, but +because the governor was trying to govern both estates, by giving +unfair interpretations to several matters called by the name of +"royal patronage;" these are delicate to handle, and the attention +with which they ought to be treated is not bestowed on them. Don Fray +Hernando greatly regretted the unavoidable occasions that arose, +and feared that by the precedent of the first disputes all those +which might afterward arise would be regulated; and accordingly, +he tried not to weaken at the beginning, which is the time when one +must pay heed in order to avoid consequences. + +The first occasion when the governor contrived to introduce himself +into the ecclesiastical government more than was his right, was in +trying to aid father Fray Diego Collado of the Order of Preachers in +the division which the latter was attempting to make of the province of +Santo Rosario, under the title of "Congregation of San Pablo," dividing +the province into two parts. For that purpose the father had brought +a company of religious, who were called "barbados," because they wore +long beards, and were destined for the new province which he was going +to found under the title of "congregation," for the conversion of +Japón and China. For this purpose the said father Fray Diego Collado +had obtained the bulls necessary for it in Roma; but seeing that he +would not be given license for it in the royal and supreme Council +of the Indias, on account of the difficulties that were apparent to +the eyes of the least prudent, he did not present them there, being +content with having Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera on his side, with +whom he had come to these islands in the aforesaid company. That was +a very dangerous and critical time for the province of Santo Rosario, +which was exposed to many disturbances by the division that they were +trying to make of it; and the best convents near Manila were to be +taken away from it for the new congregation. In that pretension the +aid of the governor was freely used, and it was necessary for the +archbishop to oppose him, the province of Santo Rosario having had +recourse to the latter. Thereupon the dispute was openly declared, +because the governor tried to carry to completion the undertaking that +had been begun. The said division would without doubt have been carried +into effect had it not been opposed by the archbishop and by Don Fray +Diego de Aduarte, a Dominican, and bishop of Nueva Segovia. That was +the beginning of the sharpest controversies that have been seen in +the Indias between the two jurisdictions--ecclesiastical and civil; +and from it originated the disturbances which scandalized the world, +causing lamentable effects which are experienced even until the present +time. Not only laymen, whom worldly considerations cause to follow the +side of power in these islands, conspired on the side of the governor, +but also certain ecclesiastical persons, whose advancement depended +on the will of the civil government. These latter, being domestic +enemies, were the greatest spur in the hostilities that had been +begun. They would have been ended by the care that the archbishop was +taking, had the unyielding disposition of Don Sebastián de Corcuera, +in what had been begun, allowed him to be less insolvent in what he +was attempting. For if on such occasions something is not yielded on +both sides, the fire that has been started will continue to increase +until any check will be entirely impossible--as was experienced on this +occasion; for instead of being extinguished, it became more furious +with what happened afterward, as we shall see in the following chapter. + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +_Relation of the disputes and strife between the archbishop and the +governor, Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera._ + + +The strife, being greatly inflamed by the events above mentioned, +became entangled with one of the most memorable disputes that have +occurred in the islands--a necessary occasion for the sharpest +encounter between the two jurisdictions, and one from which Don Fray +Hernando Guerrero could not excuse himself, as it concerned the most +sacred part of the ecclesiastical immunity. That was a matter in which +the archbishop could not neglect to sally out with all his might, in +order to comply with the obligation of a true prelate. The case was +as follows: There was an artilleryman in Manila, named Francisco de +Nava, who had a female slave with whom he had illicit communication, +as came to the ears of the archbishop. The archbishop ordered him to +remove from himself this occasion [for sin] by selling the slave-girl +to another person; and had the latter placed, for that purpose, in the +house of a lady who was related to Doña María de Francia, who became +fond of her and arranged to buy her from the artilleryman. The latter +was so beside himself over the loss of the said slave that he refused +to sell her at any price, saying that he wished, on the contrary, +to marry her. But Doña María de Francia so arranged matters that +the slave was sold, and came into her possession with very slight +effort. The artilleryman, grieved and regretful for what had happened, +almost became mad, and, it having been given out that he was mad, +certain violence was shown him; and on one occasion he had received +a sound beating at the house of Doña María de Francia, because he had +gone there to request that they should give him the slave, as he had +resolved to make her his wife. + +Aggrieved and rendered desperate in this way, he saw the girl pass one +day in a carriage with Doña María de Francia. Going to her he asked her +whether she knew him, who was her master. The slave answered him with +some independence, whereupon he, blind with anger, drew his dagger in +the middle of the street and killed her by stabbing her, before anyone +could prevent it. All the people, both those in the carriage and those +in the street, ran tumultuously [after him]; but the artilleryman +escaped them all, and took refuge in the church of our convent in +Manila. The governor heard of what had happened, and ordered Don Pedro +de Corcuera, his nephew (who was then sargento-mayor of the camp), +to take the artilleryman from the church, saying that he could not +avail himself of the sanctuary of the church, as he had committed a +treacherous act--although it was only a homicide, and the settlement +of this question did not concern the governor. However, his action +arose mainly from the anger that he felt that what had happened was +in the presence of his nephew, Don Pedro de Corcuera--who, also being +angered at what concerned his wife, made use of his commission with +less prudence than he ought to exercise in executing such orders from +his superiors. He caused the church and convent to be surrounded; and, +going inside, examined everything, not excepting even the sacristy; +and it is even said that he declared that, if he found the artilleryman +there, he would take him out a prisoner. But not having been able to +find him then, Don Pedro left the church and convent surrounded by a +double guard. The governor added to that that he would not allow the +religious to enter or leave, until he had hold of the refugee. The +latter was finally found, and taken from the sacristy, and surrendered +to the commander of artillery, in order that he might proceed with the +trial as his competent judge; and he, either carried away by flattery, +or in obedience to the commands of the governor, proceeded so hastily +that in a very short time he condemned the artilleryman to death. + +The archbishop's provisor, Don Pedro Monroy, bore himself on this +occasion with the prudence that was fitting, and proceeded against +the commander of artillery, requesting him to deliver his prisoner +and return him to the church. Having been informed that the commander +of artillery was a mere instrument, and that all his actions were +according to the impulses of the governor, he sent three lay priests to +the palace to intimate to the latter that the judge should deliver the +refugee to him. The priests entered, without anyone hindering them; +and finding that the governor had already retired, as it was then +an advanced hour of the night, they started to withdraw in order to +return next morning; but the soldiers of the guard would not permit +them to leave, saying that such was the order of the governor. + +The sentence against the artilleryman having been given--which it is +said that the governor sent ready made out to the judge, to sign--they +proceeded to execute it, notwithstanding that the provisor proceeded +to threaten censures, and to impose an interdict [40] and suspension +from religious functions [_cessatio de divinis_]. The governor +ordered a gallows to be erected in front of the very church of +St. Augustine, and the criminal was hanged thereon--to the contempt +of the ecclesiastical immunity, for the [proper] place assigned +for such punishments was very distant from there. The governor, +seeing that the sentence was already executed, and that he had now +obtained the chief object of his desire, wrote to the archbishop, +requesting him to have the censures removed and the interdict raised, +and the churches opened on the day of the nativity of our Lady. The +archbishop, recognizing the duplicity of the governor, refused to +answer that letter without first consulting the orders; and, after +consulting with some of them, decided that he would not raise the +interdict, since there was less inconvenience in having it imposed +[even] on so festive a day, than there would be in his yielding on +an occasion so inimical to the ecclesiastical immunity. However, the +requests of the Recollect fathers of our father St. Augustine, who +had charge of the advocacy of the nativity, had so much influence that +the archbishop ordered the interdict to be removed, and it was done. + +The commander of artillery was condemned to some pecuniary fines, +from which he appealed to the judge of appeals, who was the bishop +of Camarines. The ecclesiastical judge refusing to admit the appeal, +he threatened the royal aid of fuerza; and this question having been +examined in the royal Audiencia (which at that time consisted of but +the governor and only one auditor, Don Marcos Zapata), it was declared +in his favor, and the appeal went to the bishop of Camarines. The +latter--namely, Don Francisco Zamudio, of the order of our father +St. Augustine, and a son of the province of Méjico--declared the +commander of artillery to be free from the sentence given by the +ecclesiastical judge. The trial of the commander of artillery had its +second hearing. On that account there did not fail to result certain +charges against the governor, such as his having ordered the secular +priests to be detained in the guard-house; his declaration that he +could not be excommunicated by anyone except the pope; and that if an +order were given to him to arrest the pontiff, he would arrest him, +and even drag him along by one foot (which he was proved to have said +by several persons). The governor freed himself from all these charges +by excuses in a manifesto which he published; but as it is not a part +of my duty to examine their adequacy, I shall not do so. I shall refer +the reader to the reply made to him by a learned ecclesiastic of the +university of Méjico; [41] for there is no liberty in Filipinas to +enable any one to complain, or to speak his mind against what the +government manipulates. + +The governor ordered the provisor, Don Pedro Monroy, to go to the +island of Hermosa to serve in the post of chief chaplain, endeavoring +by this means to revenge himself--as if he were able to give the former +the collation and the spiritual jurisdiction necessary. The provisor +resisted him, and informed the archbishop thereof. The governor also +wrote a letter to the latter, ordering him to appoint another provisor +in place of Don Pedro Monroy, both because he had been assigned to the +island of Hermosa and such was advisable for his Majesty's service +(the mask under which the passions of those who ought to fulfil +their duties with justice are generally cloaked), and because the +office of provisor could not be exercised by him in contradiction of +a royal decree which ordered that the provisor should not be one who +had not been graduated and who did not have the learning necessary +(although the learning of Don Pedro was sufficient, and the holy +Council [of Trent?] and the sacred canons do not fix conditions for +such an office). The archbishop convened the orders for the solution +of this matter. Having written to Father Luis Pedrosa, rector of the +Society, to attend the meeting, the said father rector excused himself; +and, although summoned the requisite number of times, he refused to +attend. Consequently, the archbishop promulgated an act, in which +he deprived the fathers of the Society of the privilege of preaching +throughout the archbishopric, of the titles of synodal examiners, and +of active and passive right of assembly with the secular priests and +the orders both in public acts and in other functions, in consideration +of the fact that they refused to concur in the defense of the rights +of the ecclesiastical estate. On the following day, Tuesday, October +9, 1635, the archbishop sent a letter to the governor, requesting him +to accept the excuse given by the provisor, so that he might not go to +serve in the post of chaplain at the island of Hermosa; for he had need +of him [_i.e._, the provisor]. The governor should know that it was +beyond the power of secular judges to appoint ecclesiastical vicars +and to confer spiritual jurisdiction. Consequently, he petitioned +the governor in his own name, that of the bishop of Cebu, and those +of the orders, to refrain from such appointment; and counseled him +that he should consult with learned persons who feared God, since +there were so many in the body of secular priests and in the orders, +in such determinations. The religious of the Society, angered at the +act of the archbishop, after various demands and replies on both sides +(which I shall not set down here, as it is not my intention to stir up +so delicate matters--in which it must be believed that each one would +strive according to the dictates of his conscience, for one cannot +imagine the opposite of either side, rather believing that the common +enemy was preparing his weapons in order to occasion the misfortunes +that followed afterward), appointed the schoolmaster, Don Fabián +de Santillán y Gabilanes, judge-conservator (because they declared +that they were prevented from the exercise of their privileges). He +accepted the appointment, and immediately erected a tribunal against +the archbishop, issuing acts against him and fulminating censures in +case he should again oppose the proceedings that had been commenced. + +Who could now look for less lamentable issues than those that were +seen in these islands from so wretched beginnings, as are those +that we have seen even to our days? The archbishop was very much +grieved over this determination, for he saw arrayed against himself, +on one side, the tyrannical governor (for Don Sebastián Hurtado de +Corcuera was domineering), and on the other an order so great as the +Society. Notwithstanding he determined to present himself in the royal +Audiencia by way of [pleading] fuerza, although he recognized the +little that he could accomplish by that means. But he was unwilling +to incur the fault of having failed to take this precaution, as was +determined by the orders of these islands--who firmly and steadfastly +assisted the archbishop, aiding him to maintain the ecclesiastical +immunity, which was running so great danger. The archbishop presented +himself in the royal Audiencia, where his arguments were examined in +two meetings; and a disagreement [in the Audiencia] having resulted, +the fiscal, who was the third, undertook to discuss the question. He +declared against the archbishop, saying that the judge-conservator had +used no fuerza. The latter continued to urge his censures against the +archbishop, who, destitute of all aid, determined to surrender and +withdraw the acts. He first made a protest before Diego de Rueda, +royal notary and a familiar of the Holy Office, in regard to the +fuerza that the governor and the judge-conservator were employing +against him. When the governor learned of the protest that the +archbishop had made, he had the notary, Diego de Rueda, arrested, +through the agency of the judge-conservator, and locked him up in +the castle of Santiago, after having taken from him his deposition +as to the contents of the protest--for the governor had been informed +that it was a defamatory libel against him. The notary declared that +the protest of the archbishop contained no special clause that was +prejudicial to anyone, but that it was directed only to the defense +of his rights. After the arrest of the notary, the judge-conservator +fulminated new censures against the archbishop, ordering him to annul +the protest. The archbishop treated those censures as invalid, for the +judge-conservator's jurisdiction did not extend to the trial of that +question. He further replied that the said protest no longer remained +in his possession, as it had been given to father Fray Diego Collado +to keep. He contented himself with this reply, being unwilling again +to attempt the remedy of having recourse to the Audiencia by a plea +of fuerza, whence he knew that he would issue ill-despatched. The +archbishop retired to the convent of St. Francis, where the governor +went to see him, pretending that he wished to serve as intermediary +between the archbishop and the judge-conservator, although it was +clear that all the actions of the latter were regulated according +to the governor's intentions, and were executed by his aid. At the +end of his visit he asked the archbishop to give him the protest, +pledging his word that he only desired to burn it, without reading +it or showing it to any one. The archbishop recognized the purpose +of his pretense, and reaffirmed the first reply that he had given +the judge-conservator. In order to free himself for the time being +from the importunities of the governor, it was necessary to give him +some hope that he would make the efforts possible to get hold of the +protest and send it to him. In a letter that he sent afterward to +the governor, he wrote the following: + + +"After your Lordship showed me the kindness to come to console and +favor me, the most diligent efforts possible were made in order to have +the protest returned to me. But it is hammering on cold iron. What more +can I do? Had my purpose been not to show it, I could have said that +I had torn it up, or have alleged some other pretext, and would not +have indicated the person to whom I gave it to keep, as I knew that +there was an order to sequester my goods. Since it is impossible, +sir, and it is not my fault, I do not accept the excuse which your +Lordship gives me in your letter, in order to free yourself from +showing me further kindness, and from making the effort to settle this +matter as a governor and friend. Therefore, I petition your Lordship, +since this matter rests with you, and is to be settled by you alone, +and since you are all-powerful in this matter, that your Lordship do +as you are able to do for one who has recourse to your protection; for +I wish to remain in your Lordship's protection, only bound to serve +you as long as I live. May God preserve the life of your Lordship +for long years. From this convent of St. Francis, November 24, 1635. + + +_Fray Hernando, archbishop._" + + +That prelate wrote the letter with this humility and gentleness; +but it was insufficient to cause the so ingenuous confession of the +archbishop to be believed, although it was the truth. + +On the other side, father Fray Francisco de Herrera, of the Order +of Preachers, commissary of the Holy Office, made a demand, asking +that the notary, Diego de Rueda, as one of his household, be given +up to him. For that purpose he fulminated censures against the +judge-conservator, demanding from him the prisoner, and ordering +him to make no further search for the protest, as that was outside +his jurisdiction. He was obeyed, and order was given to deliver +the prisoner to him; but the governor refused to deliver him +up. Consequently, the father commissary of the Holy Office sent +two religious of St. Dominic to notify the governor by another act, +similar to that sent to the judge. The governor not only did not obey +it, but arrested the two religious and sent them to Cavite with an +adjutant, and had them placed in the convent of San Telmo of their +order. Afterward, when the governor found himself at variance with +the tribunal of the Holy Office, he began to work more clearly in +the opposition that he had commenced, repeating many times that +proposition of his which speaks of the ecclesiastical estate: "In +order to curb the spirit of the obstinate and arrogant mule, take +away its fodder." That was an impious comparison, and unworthy of +a gentleman who was so good a Christian and so devout, and of whom +some pens so well affected to him write so much, that already they +pass on (as is generally said) to ennoble his actions, gilding his +errors with the excellent gold of vigor and rhetoric. Some of them, +however, refrain almost entirely from discussing this contention, +which gave the Dutch of Batavia much matter for blasphemous talk. + +Don Pedro de Monroy had retired outside the walls of the city, as +he had already left the office of provisor. The governor ordered +that he be not allowed to enter the gates of the city. Consequently, +when he deemed it advisable to enter Manila to see the archbishop, +he had to disguise himself in the habit of St. Francis; and went +to enter through the gate of Santo Domingo, with a religious who +accompanied him. The commander recognized him, and, together with +the rest of the soldiers, surrounded him and tried to take him to the +governor, as they had an order for it. They would have accomplished +this, had not some religious of the convent of St. Dominic come up, +who, although maltreated by the soldiers, removed Don Pedro Monroy +from that danger, and placed him in their convent. Matters daily +continued to grow worse, for the governor neglected no occasion, +nor left any rock unturned in order to annoy the archbishop--now +taking as his instrument the judge-conservator (who was continuing to +accumulate acts against the archbishop), now arousing new causes for +controversy. However, he was impelled in all this by the suggestion +of a third party, and of late by Don Andrés Arias Xirón, who was the +secular priest most opposed to the archbishop--both in having prevented +the archbishopric from being given to him, as we have already related, +and because he was the close friend and helper of the conservator, +Don Fabián Santillán. Another and still more recent cause was, that +in the visitation that the archbishop was then making in the chapel +of Nuestra Señora de Guía, where the said Don Andrés was acting as +cura--in which the natives had deposed various charges against him; +and on account of their verbal process, as it appeared that he had +threatened them, the archbishop had ordered him by an act to leave +his benefice within four and twenty hours, and to remain six leguas +from it. Don Andrés Arias Xirón did not obey that order, and remained +in Manila, where he had recourse to the royal Audiencia by a plea of +fuerza, which was decided [to be such] by the only auditor, Don Marcos +Zapata, who was not ignorant of the rules of the Council of Trent which +forbid appeals in a trial arising from the visitation. On account of +that decision of fuerza, the archbishop declared the auditor Zapata to +be excommunicated; consequently, that official was also ready to work +against the archbishop. All greatly blame that magistrate, because +Don Sebastián de Corcuera found an aid and support in him. One would +believe that the Holy Spirit talks with the governors and auditors +of Filipinas more than with others, although these words and warnings +are declared in the chapter of Wisdom: _Discite judices finium terræ, +prebete aures vos, qui continetis multitudines, et placetis vobis in +turbis nationum; quoniam data est a Domino potestas vobis, el virtus ab +Altissimo, qui interrogabit opera vestra, et cogitationes scrutabitur, +quoniam cum essetis ministri regni illius, non recte judicastis, nec +custodistis legem justitiæ, neque secundum voluntatem Dei ambulastis._ +[42] Of such ministers and counselors, the holy king said that they +who were confounded and ashamed should remove themselves far from +him: _Avertantur statim erubescentes, qui dicunt mihi, "Euge, euge!"_ +(Psalm lxix). But He must have chosen on this occasion that the passion +of the governor should regard the flattery of that magistrate as to +his favor, in order to excuse his own conduct. It may be that his +error was for lack of his understanding and not of his will; and to +judge of that pertains to the Supreme Tribunal. + +At that time the Order of the Society having considered the +disturbances which the judge-conservator had occasioned, full of +repentance at having been the origin of troubles of so disagreeable +publicity, in the attempt to check them for the sake of the future +made the judge-conservator renounce his commission, and be absolved +by the archbishop. This the latter did on January twenty-eighth, +1636. The governor pretended that he had been the mediator of that +agreement. The archbishop nodded acquiescence and pretended to believe +it, in order not to lose that occasion for peace. The governor went to +the archiepiscopal house, and took the archbishop to the church in his +own carriage, and there knelt down on his knees, begging pardon from +him. The good prelate gave him pardon very willingly, thinking that +that was to be the end of all those past troubles. But the common +enemy did not so permit, for he very soon relit the fire which had +only been hidden under the ashes of those courteous exteriors. + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +_Of the lamentable ending of the disputes between the governor and +the archbishop; and how the latter was exiled to Mariveles._ + + +Within a short time, the old wounds were reopened, and the archbishop +was given new causes for anger in which it was impossible for him to +employ dissimulation, as they were all concerning the administration +of his office. The governor deprived the Order of St. Francis of +the administration and chaplaincy of the royal hospital of Manila, +which they had administered with great care, charity, and zeal; and +appointed a lay administrator and a secular chaplain. The archbishop +felt that greatly, and declined to give the new chaplain permission to +administer the sacraments, on account of legitimate reasons which he +had for this step. The latter had recourse to the Audiencia by plea +of fuerza; and the auditor, Don Marcos Zapata, immediately declared +that it had been committed. The archbishop protested, knowing by what +had happened in the past the prejudice that the said auditor felt, +and because one auditor with only the fiscal could not constitute so +sovereign a tribunal. For the fiscal had not the royal appointment, +but had only been appointed by the governor _ad interim_; for the +plurality of votes which attest a correct decision and authorize the +best opinion, according to the Divine sentence _Salus autem ubi multa +consilia_ (Proverbs, ch. 5), were lacking. This has been experienced on +various occasions, on which only one auditor has been left in Manila, +an arbiter following rather the dictates of his will than that of +his understanding, which has the truth as its object. + +At that same time, Don Francisco de Valdés having resigned the post +of archdean, to which he had been presented by Don Juan Cerezo de +Salamanca, the governor appointed Don Andrés Arias Xirón to it on +the eighteenth of April, and presented him to the archbishop, so that +the latter might give him the collation. The prudent prelate grieved +sorely over an occasion that could only with great difficulty terminate +satisfactorily, as the said Don Andrés was then prohibited from being +promoted to any dignity, because of the visitation in which he had +been proclaimed as a criminal by many heavy charges, which demanded a +rigorous sentence and deprivation of the benefice that he held; and +it was impossible to give him the collation for so lofty a dignity +according to the holy canons and council. The archbishop refused to +commit a like act of injustice, whereupon Don Andrés Arias Xirón, +aggrieved, interposed the appeal from fuerza, which the auditor +Zapata did not fail to declare against the archbishop. He did this, +and despatched a royal decree for it, which the archbishop refused to +obey. The governor was very angry at not succeeding with his attempt, +and because the archbishop had not given the canonical collation to +Don Andrés Arias Xirón. That strife increasing in violence by means of +the interlocutors, Don Andrés and the auditor, the declared enemies +of the archbishop, assemblies and meetings were held in order to +exile the archbishop from the kingdom, because he did not obey the +royal decrees. In conclusion, they issued a decree for his exile, +and notified the archbishop of it May 9, 1636. + +The archbishop called a meeting of the orders, in order to consult +them and get their advice in so urgent a case. All were of the opinion +that the archbishop ought not to yield, since what they were trying +to compel him to do was manifestly unjust. They exhorted him to be +constant in defending the ecclesiastical immunity, and the observance +of the holy canons; for that, in case he were exiled, he was suffering +for defending his church as a good shepherd, and it was enough to +acquire the aureola of a martyr. Upon this the archbishop took the +resolution to suffer for his church, with a valor and constancy worthy +of wonder. The party of the governor having learned this, and that +the archbishop would not yield his right, the governor determined to +execute what had been decided by what he called the royal Audiencia. + +The evening of that same day, Friday, May 9, the governor summoned +the auditor Zapata and the fiscal to a meeting. After the meeting +they sent the chief constable of that court with orders to execute +the banishment of the archbishop. He was given such aid of soldiers +as the governor deemed sufficient. The latter also sent other squads +to the cathedral church, so that they might take their station in the +sacristy of the most holy sacrament, so that it might not be taken +out or destroyed. That order went forth and immediately the city +learned of the impious imprisonment that was about to be executed +on their shepherd. It caused great excitement and grief to all, +and a great scandal among the natives of these islands, even among +the pagans and Mahometans who frequent the islands for commerce; +and not many wished to concur in so unjust a determination. The +orders hastened to the archiepiscopal houses, where they found the +archbishop with the warnings that they were about to arrest him, +clad in his pontifical robes. He, also knowing that the most holy +sacrament was being guarded in the cathedral, sent father Fray Juan +de Piña, guardian of St. Francis, to his convent for the most holy +sacrament. On that occasion it was placed in a lunette; and it was +brought with all the propriety possible, accompanied by many religious +carrying candles. When it had been brought, the father guardian placed +it in the hands of the archbishop. He, bathed in tears, received it; +and, with noteworthy courage, seated himself to await the agents of +the execution. He sent his notaries to notify the governor and the +auditor, Don Marcos Zapata, of censures; but the notaries, finding them +assembled with the fiscal in the hall of meeting, had more respect +for the human Majesty, whom they represented there in assembly, than +the chief constable and his helpers had for the supreme majesty of +majesties, Christ our Lord, whose sacrament was in the hands of the +archbishop. Therefore the ecclesiastical notaries notified them at +the doors. While doing this at one of the doors, it is said that the +governor ordered a soldier to extinguish the lights by which they +were reading, by waving his hat, which was done. + +At that same time the chief constable and his helpers were in the +archiepiscopal house, where the archbishop was found in the manner +above described, surrounded and accompanied by all the orders except +that of the Society of Jesus. The chief constable sent to advise +the governor of the condition in which he had found the archbishop, +whereupon the governor sent him orders that he should cause the +religious to retire to their convents; and that, when the archbishop +grew tired of holding the most holy sacrament, he was to arrest him +with the soldiers whom he had with him. That was intimated to the +religious and lay priests who were about the archbishop; but they +refused to obey it, fearing lest they incur the wrath of God if they +abandoned the prince of the Church on such an occasion. Thus by common +consent they remained to aid their afflicted prelate; relieving him +at times by easing him of the weight of the lunette, by placing their +hands on those of the tired old man, whose eyes were turned into two +fountains of tears when he reflected on the acts of desecration that +they were practicing on the Supreme Lord. The governor was so far +from mitigating his anger in what he had commenced, that, in place +of repenting and returning to himself, he took horse, although it +was the middle of the night, and went to the archiepiscopal house; +and, seated at the door, sent his orders to the executors of the +commission. The first order was for them to eject forcibly all the +priests who were with the archbishop, the adjutants striking the +soldiers with the flat of their swords and giving them heavy blows +because they did not execute their orders. Thereupon the religious, +seeing that the poor soldiers were forced to do what they did +not wish, allowed themselves to be seized and carried outside. The +soldiers humbly begged their pardon, protesting that they were under +orders. The governor's purpose was to wait until the archbishop, +destitute of all human consolation, should surrender on account +of his advanced age and his lack of nourishment, his watching and +continual annoyance, and should relinquish the most holy sacrament, +so that they could then seize him and make him enter the boat. That +report circulated among the orders, and accordingly they all came +in a body with lighted candles to attend to the recovery of the most +holy sacrament. But the governor had already seized the entrances of +the streets by means of soldiers, in order that they might not pass, +and they accordingly returned to their convents. The city and the +magistracy sent their commissaries to the archbishop, begging him to +avoid compromising himself, which was equivalent to telling him to +allow himself to be arrested and exiled. For, as these islands are +one body which has only one head, it is the latter which attracts +all wills to his own; for fear (which is very powerful here), or +self-interest, has more place here than anywhere else in the world. + +The afflicted shepherd seeing that "this was his hour of darkness," +and that the frightened sheep had abandoned him, ordered the interdict +to be raised--the grieving bells publishing the feeling that many +did not give vent to and others could not show, in order not to +incur the anger of the passionate governor. The governor ordered +the soldiers to disperse the religious by force, even if they had +to take them into custody. The soldiers carried out the order with +the violence necessary for so unjust a sentence, being instigated by +the sword-blows and strokes of the adjutants. That having been seen +by the priests, they pitied them so keenly that they preferred to +have that punishment executed on them than on the poor soldiers. Some +religious were seated beside the archbishop to see whether they would +be allowed to aid him; but so many were the pushes and prods given +them by the soldiers, that not only did they tear them away, but +they fell down with the holy monstrance breaking the lunette in which +was the holy host. This ought to be written with tears of blood. The +father guardian of St. Francis and a secular priest hastened to put +a strap about the archbishop's neck and to fasten the lunette to him, +so that he could support it, for his powers were now failing him. At +that juncture, order was given to a soldier named Juan de Santa Ana +(whom I knew, and who told me that event many times), to draw away +the hand of the archbishop. He, assisted by a living faith, answered +boldly that he would kill himself before he would commit such an +act of sacrilege. Then drawing his sword, and placing the point in +his breast, he fell upon it. By the permission of divine Providence, +the sword doubled up in such a manner when the soldier fell upon it, +that he was not wounded at all. That incident caused great surprise +to all the bystanders; but the governor was so little moved by it that +he ordered the soldier to be arrested, when he ought to have rewarded +his heroic determination. At one o'clock at night, the archbishop was +so greatly weakened and tired out from thirst, that he begged to be +given a little water. They sent to consult with the governor as to +what they were to do. The governor ordered that they should not allow +it to be given him, explaining that the denial of the temporalities +was understood not to allow water to be given him for his thirst, and +that to do otherwise would be not to execute the royal law--as if so +sovereign dispositions extended to such impieties. Advice was given +to the convents, threatening the suspension of religious functions, +in order that they should not forestall by celebrating the offices of +the following day. The archiepiscopal hall was cleared of the religious +who were assisting the archbishop, the soldiers having already driven +them away by blows. The soldiers stationed themselves with firearms +in hand, and thus did they remain all the night without giving any +nourishment to the archbishop, except what a pious Franciscan religious +could give him by applying to his lips a wet cloth, under pretext of +tightening the strap with which the most holy sacrament was fastened +to the afflicted prelate's breast. And he did not receive any other +nourishment for a day and a half, until they took him to the island +of Mariveles. Saturday, the second [_sic; sc._ tenth] of May dawned, +the most fatal day that these islands have seen. On that day the +archbishop was so defeated that, seeing that he could make no further +resistance for lack of strength, he ordered the most holy sacrament to +be returned to the church with all possible reverence, and, bathed in +tears, he laid aside the pontifical robe. Immediately he was seized by +an adjutant and fifty soldiers with firearms. They led him from the +archiepiscopal palace on foot, at five in the morning, and without +other following than the troops who executed the tragedy. They did +not need so great preparation for an old man of sixty, worn out by +so much fatigue, hunger, and thirst. They took him on foot through +those streets boasting of their victory, the fearful inhabitants +thrusting their heads out of the most hidden windows, frightened by the +despotic governor, to whom any commiseration that should be shown to +the poor archbishop was regarded as a detestable crime. The soldiers +took the archbishop to the gate on the river, called Santo Domingo, +where the prelate, complying with the precept of Christ, shook off +the dust from his shoes; and, bathed in tender tears, he threw five +little stones at the ingrate walls of Manila. It was noted that one +of them touched the leg of Don Pedro de Corcuera (sargento-mayor of +the camp, and chief of that impious execution), where later in the +war with Joló he received a ball, from which he died. + +They put the archbishop aboard a champan of a ship-captain called +Marcos Cameros, who would not allow one single mouthful of food to +be placed on board. Setting sail, they carried the archbishop to the +island of Mariveles, which is situated in the middle of the mouth +of the bay. There they disembarked the exiled shepherd, for whose +lodging they had provided a wretched little room, where he suffered +many discomforts, too long to relate; for it has not been my intention +to enlarge upon this lamentable tragedy, in the narration of which +I have omitted many circumstances which aggravate the execution [of +his banishment]. For it is my intention not to exaggerate, but only +to relate succinctly what happened; and, although eye-witnesses of +everything are not lacking today, to guide myself by the most truthful +relations, and chiefly by those which are found in a book containing +sketches of the archbishops, which is kept in the cathedral church +of Manila. [43] + +The purpose of the governor and his followers having been obtained, +as we have seen, they persuaded the ecclesiastical cabildo to take +charge of the government, interpreting the archbishop's exile as +a vacant see, thus opening the door to other disturbances, no less +serious, which originated from this intrusion--in the very sight of +the archbishop who was [still] within his diocese, and who had left a +provisor in Manila, Doctor Don Francisco Fernandez de Ledo. For his +forcible banishment and the deprivation of his secular revenues did +not extend to his spiritual jurisdiction, which originated from the +Roman pontiff. In case that the church had suffered a vacancy by the +death of the archbishop, then the bishop of Cebú, Don Pedro de Arce, +was to enter its government; for it belonged to him by virtue of the +bull and royal decree mentioned in another place. The archbishop +had already appointed the father master, Fray Francisco de Paula, +of the Order of Preachers, to govern the archbishopric in the first +place, and two others in the second, and hence they could not allege +the condition of affairs that the law points out in the chapter _Si +Episcopus: de supplenda negligencia Prælatorum_, in Case sixth. That +happened afterward in Manila, in the exile of Archbishop Don Fray +Felipe Pardo, [44] of the Order of Preachers, who had appointed to +his place of governor during his absence Don Fray Ginés de Barrientos, +bishop of Troya; the cabildo refused to admit him, but [declared] that +it was a case of a vacant see, and took charge of the government--which +cost the dean, Master Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias, and all the +prebendaries, very dear. + +The cabildo took charge of the government at the governor's command, +and appointed Don Fray Francisco Zamudio, bishop-elect of Camarines +(who had come to Manila to negotiate concerning his bishopric), +as provisor-general. He received the appointment under protest +of _ad interim_ until the bishop of Cebú should be advised, for +the vacancy pertained to him in case that one were proclaimed. He +absolved the governor, the auditor Zapata, and the others included in +the excommunications of the archbishop, on the twentieth of May. It +is said that when the cabildo were obliged to take charge of the +government by the governor and auditor, they entered their protests; +but the archbishop was greatly grieved over it when he heard of it, +which with the many other sorrows [that he endured] made it remarkable +that his life did not come to an end, since he was so aged and had +borne so many hardships. + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +_Return of Archbishop Don Fray Hernando Guerrero from his exile in +Mariveles; and the end of the relation commenced._ + + +Stripped of all consolation, the archbishop, Don Hernando Guerrero, +remained twenty-six days in the island of Mariveles, where he endured +perforce privations, both because of his advanced age, and because +of the dreariness of the island--which is very great, as it is nearly +deserted, and contains only some few Indian huts. Those Indians have +charge of scouting those seas, and of advising Manila of what they +discover, by the greater or less number of fires which they light--in +the manner that the Persians were wont to do, who gave advice by means +of those fires, which they called _angaros_, as is mentioned by Bardayo +in the first chapter of his _Argenis_. The climate [of Mariveles] +is very unhealthful, and the location is not a pleasant one as the +island is shut in on all sides by thick forests, and because of the +continual beating of the sea. There lived the venerable shepherd, +meditating on the ingratitude of his sheep, venting his feeling in +gentle sighs, and relieving his afflicted breast with tears. Thus +was he found by four prebendaries of the Manila cabildo who went to +console him, and to propose to him certain matters in behalf of the +governor, which we shall detail later. + +The church at Manila remained during that time as a flock without a +shepherd. All was confusion and disorder. The new provisor, the bishop +of Camarines, had readily raised the interdicts and the suspension of +religious functions. He ordered the bells to be chimed for the feast +on Saturday, the eve of the festival of the Holy Ghost. The prelates +of the orders, with the exception of him of the Society, thought that +the provisor who had been intruded could not legitimately raise the +interdict and the other censures. For no mention of this is made in +the chapter _Alma Mater: de Sententia Excomunic._ in 6; and having +held a conference in regard to this matter, with the university of +Santo Tomás, which always maintained a firm attitude in defense of +the immunity of the Church, they determined to close their churches, +and to observe the orders imposed by their legitimate prelate. They +did so until after the feast of Pentecost was over. The Audiencia +summoned them to act in accordance with the cathedral, but they paid +no attention to it until they had despatched a suitable person to +the archbishop. The latter, fearful lest greater disturbances should +originate, gave heed, as a true father, and sent an order for them +to raise the interdict; and they did so on May 20. + +The orders and the two universities held various meetings and +consultations with the governor, when they saw that the troubles +which had originated from the archbishop's exile were increasing, +because of the acts of jurisdiction enacted by the provisor who +had been intruded, invalid procedures in the administration of the +sacraments, and scandals which had been occasioned to these new +fields of Christendom. This last was not the point least worthy +of consideration, since that precedent did more damage than was +realized, both in the new fields of Christendom, and in the report +of this matter among the foreign nations who surround these islands +on all sides, for they note our actions carefully. They rendered +various signed opinions for this; and they also drew up another, +counseling the archbishop to yield certain things in order to avoid +greater troubles which were indispensably necessary to restore the +peace of that church, which was exposed to greater disturbances; +and that, to assure his right, he should make a protest regarding +it. They despatched the aforesaid prebendaries with this commission, +who, on their arrival, laid the determination of the cabildo, orders, +and universities before the archbishop, as well as the decision of the +Audiencia in regard to the recalling him from exile, if the archbishop +would concede three points, to wit: + +"That he would consider as lawful, and confirm, all the acts of +jurisdiction performed by the bishop of Camarines. + +That he would place in possession of their posts Don Andrés Arias +Xirón as archdean, and also the chaplain of the royal hospital. + +That he would not proceed in any ecclesiastical trial pertaining to +the archiepiscopal government, without the advice of the counselor +who would be assigned to him." + +The archbishop resented greatly the proposition of such points to him, +and preferred to remain in exile, where he had greater quiet than in +Manila; but considering the decision and advice of so erudite persons, +which were sufficient to discharge his conscience, he agreed to all +the points proposed--first having made a protest that he was doing +this to relieve himself from molestation, and to obtain the peace +of his church and repose for the consciences of his sheep, until the +decision of the matter should come from the royal and supreme Council +of the Indias, in whom it inhered. + +The governor and Audiencia determined to restore Don Fray Hernando +Guerrero to his church, and on June 6, 1636, they withdrew him from the +island of Mariveles. He entered Manila amid the great rejoicing of all, +who could not look enough at their beloved shepherd; and commenced to +govern his church. But it was not with the peace that he ought to have +had, for new contentions and new causes for anger arose daily with the +governor, who was ever despotic in his actions. [45] The archdean Don +Andrés Arias Xirón took possession of his prebend, but God did not +permit that he who had been the origin of so many disasters should +obtain much; for in a short time he sickened with dropsy and other +bad complications, and died in the flower of his age. The greatest +evil was that he died impenitent, refusing to be absolved from +the excommunication and censures by which he was bound, although +the archbishop, as a pious shepherd, sent a priest to his house to +persuade him to be absolved. The soldiers who took the archbishop +into exile all died within two years, by quick and sudden deaths. The +auditor Zapata died suddenly, being found dead in his bed, although +he had retired in perfect health. The governor lost his nephew, Don +Pedro de Corcuera, whom he loved dearly; and another nephew, named +Don Juan de Corcuera, perished while going as commander of the ship +"Nuestra Señora de la Concepción," which was dashed to pieces in the +islands of the Ladrones (today the Marianas), where many people were +lost, and where the governor lost a great quantity of riches, which +his greed (which was great) had amassed during his term. At this same +time, Don Pedro de Francia, brother-in-law of Don Pedro [de] Corcuera, +died; and so that no branch of that house might be left, God took to +himself Don Pedro de Francia, son of Don Pedro Corcuera and Doña Maria +de Francia. The same year the governor received news of the death of +his brother, Don Iñigo Hurtado de Corcuera. His entire government was +fatal and unfortunate; and later, in his residencia for it, he suffered +many troubles, for he was kept prisoner for five years in a castle, +and all his property was confiscated. Misfortune followed him into +all parts, for having returned to España, where he was corregidor +of Córdoba, they tried to kill him, and he got out of it by the +skin of his teeth. Finally, when he was governor of the Canarias, +it is said that he died suddenly. I write here only the results; +I shall not consider what so many disasters together demonstrate. I +leave the generally-known things which these islands still bewail, +since the universal knowledge of them frees me from it; and in the +following chapter, another and better pen [will take it up.] [46] + +But it does not seem to me fitting to neglect to mention in this place +a testimony of what, it seems, Divine justice must have executed; +so that we may conjecture from it how great an offense to the divine +Majesty was the scandalous manner in which the exile of Archbishop +Don Hernando Guerrero was carried out; so that we may know that if He +displayed his temporal punishment in regard to what was pardonable +and not guilty, how great will be the punishment which His Divine +Majesty will mete out in His just tribunal to those men who were the +cause and instrument of so sacrilegious and scandalous a desecration, +unless they first hastened to atone for it by works of true penitence, +in order to be deserving of His infinite mercy. + +The many and horrifying earthquakes from which the city of Manila +has suffered from its beginning until the present, have resulted in +almost its destruction and depopulation--especially in those of 1645 +and 1658, as we shall see later. But in the midst of these ruins, the +houses which suffered most always preserved the principal walls, some +even the first floor, and others more--although these were stripped +of their covering, and, as it were, the skulls and shapeless skeleton +which indicate the robust symmetry of that building's corpse. Only in +the area and place where this lamentable tragedy occurred (namely, +the archiepiscopal palace of that time) has there remained not +only no wall, nor a vestige of its building, but not even the +foundations. Neither were any stones found there, which tell that +there was a house of human habitation. There is seen naught but an +open space, which forms a square for some splendid houses owned now +by Sargento-mayor Don Domingo Bermudez, alcalde-in-ordinary, who +inherited it from his father-in-law, Don Francisco de Moya y Torres, +chief constable of the Holy Office of the Inquisition. Whenever I +pass by that place, this memorial of the Divine punishment presents +itself to me. + +The sardines were once as ordinary a food in Manila as in Coruña; but +from the time of that lamentable exile, they have so abandoned those +waters that one can catch them but seldom, and then it is a matter for +surprise. And (in order to publish more fully that that [exile] was +the cause), whenever any consecrated archbishop or bishop arrives at +Manila, on those days some sardines are caught, and then they retire to +continue their interdict. [47] Pens have not been wanting to undertake +as their employment the defense of Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera, +chiefly those from one order--to which he was very devoted until, as +is said, they came to regard him as a saint. But they do their duty as +thankful [for favors received], although it was not necessary for them +to do so much that they should declare themselves his admirers. The +worst is that in the year of 1683, Manila again relapsed into this +scandalous sin with the exile and banishment of Don Fray Felipe Pardo, +of the Order of Preachers. But I shall relate, in its proper place, the +disastrous end that all those who were guilty in that affair suffered. + +The common enemy of the human race was not content with the lamentable +tragedies of which he made the Filipinas Islands the sad theater; +on the contrary, fearful that the peace which all desired might be +established between the governor and the archbishop, he commenced to +arouse new contentions. Although they did not result in scandalous +outbreaks, they were sufficient to make the archbishop, Don Hernando +Guerrero, live in the midst of continual warfare, the matters of +controversy threatening to assume very quickly an evil aspect. Not the +least important of these was that which even until the present has +not ceased to result in disastrous effects--namely, the founding of +the royal chapel for the military forces of Manila, which was founded +by Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera. Thus did he separate from the +parochial right of the cura of the Spaniards all the soldiers, who +constitute the majority of the people in these islands, and especially +in the city of Manila. For that purpose he created twelve collegiates +in the college of San José (which is in charge of the fathers of the +Society of Jesús), with the title of royal chaplains; they were clad +in blue cloaks, with sleeves of violet velvet, on which were wrought +the royal arms; and for their support [was given] the encomienda of +Calamianes. Taking two reals from the pay of each soldier every month, +which is a very considerable sum, he applied five hundred pesos of +it as a means of sustenance for the chief chaplain, and sums at the +rate of two hundred pesos for the other chaplains. It has a chief +sacristan who looks after its adornment, and its administration is in +charge of either the master-of-camp or the sargento-mayor. The soldiers +are buried there, and they pay well for it when they die. It has the +advocacy of our Lady of the Annunciation, and there they celebrate +other feasts during the year, by vote of the camp of Manila--such +as, chiefly, the advocacy of the Immaculate Conception and the most +holy sacrament, besides others which the governors add for their +devotion. There is a sermon in this chapel during Lent on Wednesday +and Friday mornings; to which the governor and royal Audiencia go. + +That caused very great detriment to the right of the cura of the +Spaniards, because of the division which it made of the soldiers; +and it became necessary for the archbishop to sally out in defense of +that point. As the governor was so desirous of the said foundation, +there were debates of great heat on both sides; for the archbishop was +unwilling to grant permission for that foundation, which would cause +so much harm to the parochial right. But, recognizing that the break +would only widen, he agreed to concede the permission under certain +limitations and obligations which he was able to impose, reserving +the determination for his Holiness. Afterward, there being some +difficulties in that permission, because it was opposed by the curas +of the cathedral, as they said that the chief chaplains abused the +permission, extending their functions more than was their right, they +begged a declaration of that permission from Archbishop Don Hernando +Guerrero. He gave it with the privilege that is observed today, and it +is attested by the records which exist in the ecclesiastical archives, +under date of January 5, 1640. + +The archbishop tried to appoint a collector of the contributions for +masses during that year of 1636; for one was lacking in the cathedral, +from which arose certain troubles. The cabildo resisted him, refused +to obey the act for the appointment of one, and denied that the +archbishop had authority and jurisdiction for it. As an argument +that he did not possess it, they declared that he had not presented +the confirmation of his Holiness and the pallium, and the year in +which he had taken oath to present it had passed. That caused the +archbishop considerable anxiety, for the cabildo presented itself +in the [Audiencia] session with a plea of fuerza, and the matter was +declared against the archbishop. Various opinions were given in this +matter by the universities and by erudite persons; and consequently, +that suit lasted a long time, until, at the arrival of the ships from +Nueva España, the pallium and the bulls of confirmation came to the +archbishop. New disturbances were feared, in case the contrary should +happen, and the method adopted for adjusting this matter was that the +archbishop jointly with the cabildo should appoint the collector of +the contributions for the masses, and that is still observed in the +cathedral of Manila. + +The archbishop had scarcely gotten out of that matter when he found +himself involved in another of no less importance; for the governor, +Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera, wished to appoint a governor to +the bishopric of Camarines, because of the death of its bishop, Don +Fray Francisco Zamudio. That thrust gave the archbishop considerable +anxiety, as he had experienced fully the despotic disposition of +the governor. But he could do no less than oppose it, as it was a +matter which concerned the ecclesiastical authority and the spiritual +jurisdiction; and the archbishops have always made the appointment +in the vacancies that have occurred in these islands, as it pertains +to them by their right as metropolitans. The governor threw himself +with all his might into what he had commenced, and gave the bishop to +understand that that occasion for dispute would end worse than the +past; and he continued to arrange matters in so high-handed a way, +that the archbishop feared what the governor threatened. But God +permitted that that controversy be settled by the interposition +of zealous and influential persons, who mollified the governor; +and it was settled that the archbishop should name three subjects, +so that the governor might appoint one of them. For that purpose +the archbishop called meetings of learned men, and, having made a +protest, appointed in the first place Doctor Hernando Paez Guerrero; +in the second, Master Don Juan de Velez, who died bishop-elect of +Cebú; and in the third, Licentiate Manuel Reaelo [_sic; sc._ Rafaelo] +Macedo. The same thing happened afterward through the death of Bishop +Don Fray Diego de Aduarte, of the Order of Preachers, a man of singular +virtue, the bishop of Nueva Segovia. In his government, Canon Alonso +de Vargas entered to govern, with the same form of choice as the +first. That form of appointing governors for the vacancies of the +bishops was usurped many years in these islands--although there has +been sufficient opposition from the bishops at such an innovation +and corruption--until the provision suitable to so essential a +matter was made in the royal and supreme Council of the Indias, +and in our own times a decree was received from the queen mother, +that the archbishops alone should appoint rulers for the bishoprics, +but the cabildo of Manila [should do this] when the see is vacant. + +During all the time while Archbishop Don Fray Hernando Guerrero +governed the church of Manila, he was exercising echoes of the +etymology of his name in the contentions that he had with Governor +Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera; [48] and had there not been a +prelate in the church of Manila so zealous and vigilant in matters +of ecclesiastical immunity, it would have been involved in other +and greater difficulties. The archbishop commenced the visitation of +his diocese as soon as he became free from the late storms; and he +continued it through all the benefices of his clergy, until he reached +the island of Mindoro. There he found himself in another danger, no +less than those which he had experienced on land; for he was attacked +by six hostile galliots of the Mindanao enemy, which bore down upon the +boat in which he was, near Naohan. Had not that boat been staunch and +swift, the enemy would have captured and killed him--as is the usual +custom of those Mahometan pirates, the enemy of our holy faith. It +defended itself with the men aboard it, until it arrived at the land +of Bacoo, where they had scarcely time to land and get into a place +of safety; when, as the boat had remained in the sand, the pirates +seized it, and captured many of the followers of the archbishop. They +pillaged all the cargo aboard the boat, even the ornaments and the +pontifical robe, all which was of much value. That blow caused great +sorrow to that good prelate, for the Mindanaos killed most of the men +whom they captured, and it was only after many difficulties that a few +could be ransomed. The bishop became very ill with a serious sickness, +from sorrow and his past troubles. [49] + + + + + + + +LETTER WRITTEN BY A CITIZEN OF MANILA TO AN ABSENT FRIEND + + +I will try to give your Grace an accurate account of the changes +that have occurred this year, and of the anxiety and unrest of this +community, so that your Grace may have an adequate conception of the +matter, and may judge it on its merits, since you have no reason to +distrust him who relates it--a thing which would cast doubt on the +relation itself. Such has actually been the case with a relation +written by the Order of St. Dominic, which has been sent from this +city to that of Zebu and other parts, whose author shows manifest +prejudice and but little accuracy in what he relates. Laying aside +then, all partiality, and as one who has been a witness of everything, +although I had no part in it, I shall relate to your Grace all that +has happened. + +An artilleryman, named Francisco de Nava, seems to have been +maintaining illicit relations with a slave-girl whom he owned, named +Maria. That gave rise to troubles, and the artilleryman was placed in +the house of brother Guerrero; and finally the slave-girl was taken +away from him, and the archbishop, Don Fray Hernando Guerrero, had +her sold. The artilleryman was very angry and vexed at that, and his +love drew him so powerfully that he said that he wished to marry the +slave-girl. She answered that she preferred to be the slave of another +than his wife. For that reason, when the slave was very unguardedly +following the coach of her mistress on Sunday, August nineteen, one +thousand six hundred and thirty-five, that man, with deliberate purpose +and overconfident, stealthily approached her in the principal street, +near the cemetery of Sant Agustín; and, embracing her from behind, +asked her whether she knew him. She answered in the affirmative, +and he treacherously stabbed and killed her. He sought refuge in +the convent of St. Augustine, where neither the sargento-mayor +nor the master-of-camp, who surrounded the convent with soldiers, +could find him. At a hazard, they prevented any religious from going +out--an abuse contingent on the military, which cannot be checked +by a captain-general. Accordingly, the Order of St. Dominic did +the governor an injury in their relation, by declaring that he had +incurred excommunication on that account, since he had no share in it, +but only ordered the soldiers not to allow the treacherous homicide +to leave the church. A few days after that, when the matter had cooled +down somewhat, an adjutant of the camp, one Don Juan de Frias, because +of the reward that was offered, entered the convent at midday, where +he found and seized the artilleryman. The cause was referred to the +commander of artillery (for the artilleryman was under his command), +in order that he might try it in the first instance; and he condemned +the artilleryman to death. The latter appealed to his captain-general +and the auditor-general of war. The cause was returned, as the appeal +was considered out of order, for the captain-general was convinced +of the treachery and treason of [the artilleryman]; whereupon the +commander of artillery tried to execute the sentence of death. + +The archbishop of this church of Manila excommunicated the commander +of artillery; and his provisor, one Don Pedro de Monrroy, had two +notifications served on the governor, although there was no reason +for his so doing. Once the notification was made after ten o'clock at +night, when the governor had already retired. Two clerics entered for +that purpose through the midst of the body-guard. As the governor was +already asleep, and his servants had retired, and the doors of their +chambers were locked, they could not serve their notification at all; +accordingly, they turned to go. Trying to depart by passing through +the body-guard, by the way that they had entered, he who was stationed +at the door would not suffer it--in accordance with a general order +received many days previously to the effect that, although they should +allow entrance into his house at night, they should not allow anyone to +leave; as he judged such an order expedient for the proper government +of his household. Consequently, the clerics who had entered could not +leave; for, when they went back to the governor, they found him shut +in his room and asleep, and when they returned to the guardroom, the +soldiers were minded to observe their orders without any distinction +of persons. Hence the clerics had to stay all night and until dawn +on the stairway and in the corridors of the palace. On that account, +certain persons also took opportunity to say, and not with any good +intention, that the governor had incurred excommunication--although +he was so far from that, and this was so accidental a case that it +could not have been foreseen in the order that was issued so many +days previously. The relation of the fathers of St. Dominic charges +that accident to the governor, unjustly and with prejudice. + +During the execution of the sentence on the night of Thursday, +September six, an interdict was imposed and the cessation of divine +services ordered. The sentence was executed, and the artilleryman +was hanged on the same spot where he had killed the slave-girl. The +provisor was so carried away by passion that he tried to make +(and it is even said that he did make) a report that they hanged +the culprit in a sacred place--although the street was public, and +[the hanging occurred] at the same place where the artilleryman had +committed the homicide. Your Grace can see the so great want of logic +[in this matter]; for if that were a sacred place, then the crime had +been committed in it, and the artilleryman could not avail himself +of the church as he was trying to do. + +The governor wrote to the archbishop in terms of the greatest courtesy, +requesting him to throw open the churches, and not to deprive this +community of mass and consolation on a day of so great importance as +was the nativity of our Lady, which came on the following Saturday; +for, since the execution was already over, there was no remedy for the +matter. The archbishop called a meeting of the religious of all the +orders, who thought by that means to avenge themselves for the injuries +which they imagined that they had received from the governor--those +of St. Dominic, because he had divided the Parián treasury; those of +St. Francis, because he had regulated the hospital expenses, which +they were incurring to the so great detriment of the royal estate; and +those of St. Augustine, because he had deprived them of some Sangley +shops in Tondo--and for other private feelings of resentment. They +carried the torch into that meeting, making the encounter between +the governor and the archbishop a political matter; consequently, +they expressed the opinion that the censures should not be raised +under any circumstances. A religious of St. Dominic said that they +ought to last for five hundred years, while another added "even to +the end of the world." Very indecorous was their speech regarding +the person of the governor, for they did not stop to consider that +he represents the royal person by reason of his office. Only one +Franciscan father, named Fray Bartolome Bermudez, and the two of +the Society who were present--namely, the reverend fathers Luis de +Pedrasa and Father Lorenço Goreto," [50] master in the morning classes +[51]--were of the opinion that the censures should be raised. They +even showed clearly that justice had been rightly exercised, since +the treacherous murder had been committed so openly. Therefore, +and because of other defects in what had been enacted, they proved +that the censures did not bind the commander of artillery, or any one +else. On this account the other religious gave much [opportunity for] +merit to those of the Society, by uttering insulting words against +them. From that time, they conceived so great an aversion for the +fathers of the Society, that it was the beginning of the disturbances +that afterward arose. The governor again requested the archbishop, for +the second and third time, to raise the interdict and the cessation +of divine service. But the latter was so far from complying, that he +refused to answer the papers, and so the matter stood. But afterward, +when we least expected it, in order to please the Recollects and allow +them to celebrate their festival of St. Nicholas, the archbishop lifted +the censures and absolved the commander of artillery, _ad cautelam_ +[52]. For the latter did not consider himself as excommunicated, nor +even did learned men regard him as such. That was very apparent then, +for, when he had appealed to the bishop of Camarines, the sentence was +in his favor; and the bishop absolved him from the pecuniary fines +which the archbishop had imposed. Thereupon that tempest was laid, +the principal cause of which was the provisor, Don Pedro de Monroy; +while those who increased its fury were the religious of St. Dominic, +St. Francis, and St. Augustine. On that account, in order to prevent +similar troubles that might arise in the future, the governor undertook +to execute a royal decree, by the terms of which the said provisor +had been proclaimed, in the time of Governor Don Alonso Fajardo, +as banished from the kingdoms. The temporalities had been taken from +him, as is clear from the authentic royal decree which was despatched +for that purpose. Your Grace will notice the lack of accuracy in the +other relation, since its author declares therein that that royal +decree had been repealed, while in truth it was in full vigor and +force. That is so true that there is no unprejudiced man in this +city who does not know it. This year, as I have heard reported, the +original of that decree has been sent to his Majesty. The archbishop +held various meetings with the religious, and they agreed to defend the +said provisor to the death, as they said, if necessary. The governor, +in order to remedy these troubles in so small a community, desisted +from his purpose, and tried to conduct the matter along smoother +channels. He offered the said provisor the chaplaincy-in-chief and +vicariate of the island of Hermosa, in a letter of the following tenor: + +"It is necessary for his Majesty's service that your Grace go to serve +in the island of Hermosa as chaplain-in-chief, and vicar of those +presidios. [You will receive] three hundred pesos salary per year, +the altar fees, and the fees from the confraternity of the soldiers, +which has been lately instituted; and, with these and the pay, you will +be able to live well. Thus will certain irreparable disadvantages, +that might ensue if you do not accept this service for his Majesty, +be avoided. And inasmuch as I have received letters from the said +island of Hermosa this morning, in which the governor begs me to send +him such a person very speedily, your Grace will make the decision +to depart, so that this same champan may return to Cagayan, whence +it and one other are to take fifty native soldiers, so that the two +may go together. May our Lord preserve your Grace, as He is able. The +palace; October eight, one thousand six hundred and thirty-five. + + +_Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera_" + + +Although the governor does not state the motive in this letter, his +motive was to remove the occasion for disputes; and also because the +commandant of the island of Hermosa, Francisco Hernandez, wrote him +a letter, part of which is as follows: + +"There is a religious in this island called Fray Lucas Garcia, [53] +of the Order of Preachers. He is judge-provisor; and I have so many +debates with him at present, and he is so crazy to govern, that he +is hurling many shafts at me, without heeding that I am serving +him to my utmost in everything, and that I am endeavoring to aid +him in all that arises. He is much given to suits and questions, +even going so far as to prevent the ringing of the animas [54] at +night or the singing of the _alabado_ hymn. It may be that in regard +to the most holy sacrament and the pure conception of our Lady the +Virgin Mary, who was conceived without the taint of original sin, +he does not wish that any mention be made of the Virgin, to say that +she is immaculate. Lastly, sir, this matter demands a remedy, by the +archbishop sending a cura as judge-provisor. That is very necessary, so +that we may be able to go on and live as God orders. If this blessed +religious be removed from his charge, he will change his habits, +and we shall be left in peace and quiet--which, as I see, it would +be very difficult to obtain in any other way. Can your Lordship +believe that, if he had any reasonable ground [for his conduct], +I would not ascertain it, in order to give account of the matter +to your Lordship, or that still less would I allow dissensions so +vexatious to exist? I am very sorry to inform your Lordship of this, +but I cannot do otherwise; for it is not right that this religious +should place these forts in the condition in which he left Cagayan. For +with authority as judge-provisor, while my predecessor was exercising +the duties of this government, he did his utmost to usurp the royal +jurisdiction--arresting and punishing soldiers and other persons +without asking the royal aid, or fulfilling his obligation and his +Majesty's command. Will your Lordship be pleased to relieve this +condition as the occasion demands, by sending a secular cura as +judge-provisor with the suitable despatches, so that this blessed +religious may not offer him any trouble. The island of Hermosa, +October 13, 1635. + + +_Francisco Hernandez_" + + +The provisor, Don Pedro de Monrroy, answered the governor's letter +as follows: + +"In response to the honor which your Lordship does me in your letter +by ordering me to make a decision, I say, sir, that I have but little +health, as can be seen in my face; consequently, I do not dare to +embark. Besides I am occupied with the duties of the offices which +I am, at my prelate's behest, exercising at present. If I were quite +well, I would ask my prelate for permission to go anywhere in order +to give pleasure to your Lordship. May our Lord preserve your life +for many years. Manila, October eight, one thousand six hundred and +thirty-five. Your Lordship's chaplain, + + +_Licentiate Don Pedro de Monrroy_" + + +The archbishop raised a great disturbance on account of this, +declaring that the governor was a violator of the ecclesiastical +immunity. He immediately summoned the two bishops of Zebu and Nueva +Segovia (who were here) and the orders and the clerics to a meeting, +by a letter of the following tenor. + +But, before mentioning the letter, I wish to recount to your Grace +certain actions of the governor, which, as the relation of the +Dominicans asserts, obliged the archbishop to assemble the bishops +and orders, and others; but which (as I suspected) happened after +the meeting, so that your Grace may see how they are stirred up, +and engaged on the side of evil. The first was, that the governor's +guard detained several priests by force one whole night, without +allowing them to leave the palace. It has been seen above already +that this happened by accident, and without the governor's order. 2d, +that he gave orders at the [city] gates for the soldiers not to allow +any ecclesiastics to leave. The justification for that was, that it +was rumored that several ecclesiastics were trying to take flight, +and to carry with them a number of soldiers and sailors who were in +the pay of his Majesty. That did in fact happen, for two religious, +one secular, and more than thirty soldiers and seamen who had just +been paid more than three thousand pesos from the royal treasury, +deserted. [Third], that he did not allow the religious to enter or +leave their convent. It has been already seen above that the occasion +for the surrounding of the convent of St. Augustine was in order to +prevent the escape of the treacherous fugitive. Consequently, all else +that happened was the over-zeal of the soldiers, who take military +orders very literally. [Fourth], that he tried to exile the provisor, +Don Pedro de Monrroy, by virtue of an old royal decree, the execution +of which had been repealed. It is outside of all truth to say that it +was repealed; for it is certain and appears that it had full force and +vigor, as I have said above. [Fifth], that he was persuaded that no +one could excommunicate him but the supreme pontiff. This opinion is +not so improbable, as I have heard discussed by men who know more than +I. But Burguillos, [55] a learned man of the Order of St. Francis, +holds and supports it valiantly; and at the least the governor, by +his membership in the habit of Alcantara, enjoys by a bull of Leo X +the privileges and immunities of the Cistercian religious; [56] and, +by another bull of Alexander III, the privileges of the knights of +Santiago, who can be excommunicated only by the supreme pontiff or +by his legate _a latere_. [57] As for saying that the governor can +exile from these islands any of his Majesty's vassals whom he wishes +to, I do not know that it is said in so harsh terms. What I do know +is that the royal patronage gives him authority, in punishing the +seculars and ecclesiastics, to remove them when they undertake to +meddle with what does not concern them. [In regard to the charge] +that he prevents the soldiers from becoming religious, no such thing +enters his mind. His order is that, before the soldiers embrace a +religious life, they shall inform him of it, so that their accounts +may first be examined, to ascertain whether they owe anything to +the king, in order that it may be paid before they become religious +[58]--as was ruled by Sixtus V in his bull. Here in Manila there is +another thing which further justifies this action of the governor, +namely, that many soldiers embrace a religious life with the sole +intention of getting rid of their duties as soldiers; and then after +a few months as novitiate, many vagabonds go out. In order to avoid +that annoyance, it is well to have it appear and to have it noted in +their accounts that they became religious, so that, if they leave +that life, they may be compelled to serve the king. If this is not +so, let the authors of the other relation tell [of any one] who has +asked permission to become a religious who, if he is not indebted to +the king, has not obtained his desires. + +[Resuming my narrative], the formal letter, then, which the archbishop +wrote to the father rector of the Society, Luis de Pedrasa, is +as follows: + +"The governor has today written a letter to the provisor, in which +he says that it is fitting for the service of his Majesty for him +to go to the island of Hermosa, to serve as chaplain-in-chief and +vicar of those presidios--and this without any opportunity being +afforded the provisor to ask my consent. It appears to me, Father +Rector, that this is a very grave matter; and it seems best to call +a council of the bishops and of all the orders, so that, we may +decide that two of those at the meeting shall proceed to ascertain +the authority possessed by the governor _in spiritualibus_ [_i.e.,_ +"in spiritual matters"], in order that we may not continue day after +day with these letters and these mandates. Since I advise you of the +point which is to be discussed in the meeting, I beg your Paternity +to do me the favor to be present at it, and to bring with you the +father confessor of the governor and two father readers tomorrow +morning, Tuesday, at eight o'clock; for thus is it advisable for the +service of our Lord and of His church, and that of his Majesty King +Don Phelipe. Your Paternities are bound to follow the footsteps of the +other and mendicant orders in matters so justifiable and for the common +welfare; and I am confident that I shall receive your support. May our +Lord preserve your Paternity for many years. From the [archiepiscopal] +house, today, Monday, October, 1635. + + +_Fray Hernando_, archbishop." + + +The bishop of Nueva Segovia, Don Fray Diego Duarte, excused himself +by saying that that measure calculated not to quiet but rather to +disturb the citizens. The clergy excused themselves--one for illness, +another for ill-health, a third because he could not attend, and a +fourth because he did not wish to attend; and so no one went. Your +Grace should note here the malice of the other relation; for although +the bishop of Nueva Segovia and the ecclesiastical cabildo had excused +themselves, that relation makes no mention except of the dean--saying +that he could not attend, because of sickness--and of the fathers of +the Society, in order to stigmatize their motives and to make them +more odious. Although it is true that the latter excused themselves, +they did so by a courteous letter, which was written for that purpose +by their rector; and in order that your Grace may read it, and know +exactly its contents, since from it originated the disputes that +followed, I place it here. + +"Most illustrious Sir: + +"It appears that the more the Society endeavors to serve your most +illustrious [Lordship], and your provisor, in striving for the peace +of the community, and harmony and friendly relations between the +ecclesiastical and secular leaders, in the same proportion do some +(I know not whether with so good intention)--making, as is said, +a poison from the antidote--endeavor to injure that peace. Hence I +am unable to see what benefit our attendance can be, or what lack +there will be if we fail to offer our opinion; since whatever we say +will be received in the manner that the so pious efforts that have +been made during these last few days have been received. Therefore, +I beg your Excellency, with due humility and respect, to be pleased +to excuse us on this occasion, for the love of God our Lord; for +other occasions on which we can serve your Excellency will not be +wanting. May our Lord preserve and augment your person as we all, +your chaplains, and I the least of them, desire. + + +_Luis de Pedraza_" + + +Some at the council read this letter, and the archbishop and religious +were very angry at the absence of the members of the Society from the +meeting. They paid no attention to the fact that the clergy and the +bishop of Nueva Segovia were also absent. They couched their lances +against only those of the Society; and the first thing done in the +said meeting was to enact an act and resolution so harsh that it +seems best not to mention it at all, but to copy it word for word, +so that your Grace may judge what may be your pleasure, and whether it +was only to express some resentment, as the other relation declares, +or to disclose their passion by not telling the hatred that they +felt. The act is as follows: + +"In the city of Manila, on the ninth of October, one thousand six +hundred and thirty-five, his Excellency the archbishop of Manila, and +at his summons, the most reverend bishop of Zebu, and the prelates +of the orders of St. Dominic, St. Francis, and St. Augustine, and +the Recollect fathers of the last order, and the readers of all of +the said orders, having assembled in the archiepiscopal palace, +it was resolved that, inasmuch as the fathers of the Society of +Jesus had been summoned to the said assembly, this and another time, +by his Excellency, in order to communicate matters to them touching +the service of God and of His Church, which his Excellency wished to +execute with the advice of all for their better result; and since +both times when they were summoned they excused themselves and in +fact did not attend the said meeting, by which one can see that they +separate themselves from the cause of the Church, and that they leave +her deserted and abandoned in whatever pertains to them: therefore +it was resolved in the said meeting, that from any one who separates +from his mother in her greatest trials and necessities, his brothers, +the children of the Church, ought to separate themselves--namely, +by not attending the functions of common interest that shall be held +or celebrated in the convents and church of the Society of Jesus, +such as are feasts, contests in debate and other things similar to +these; and by not inviting them to those which are celebrated either +in the cathedral church and parochial churches of this city, or in +any other churches whatsoever, whether subject to his Excellency or +to the prelates of the said orders. Also, from this time henceforth, +his Excellency deprives them of the sermons [assigned to them] on the +list of the said cathedral, and of all other sermons that they have +or can have throughout his archbishopric, so that they can preach in +none of the churches subject to his Excellency. His Excellency also +resolved that no cleric of his archbishopric, of whatever rank or +degree he be, either by himself or in the name of the communities which +he represents, may or ought to go to the said functions celebrated +in the convents or churches of the said Society. His Excellency +also deprived them of the title of synodal examiners in all his +archbishopric. The said archbishop promised that he would observe +all the above until a decision should be made by another assembly +of like character with this. And thus his most illustrious Lordship +affixed his signature with the rest who attended the meeting, [59] +on the said day, month, and year. + +_Fray Hernando_, archbishop. +_Fray Pedro_, bishop of Santisimo Nombre de Jesus. +_Fray Domingo Gonsalez_ +Fray Geronimo del Spiritu Santo +Fray Juan de Montemayor +Fray Gaspar de Santa Maria [60] +Fray Francisco de Herrera +Fray Alonso de San Joan +Fray Joseph de Santa Maria +Fray Antonio Gonsalez +Fray Vicente Argente +Fray Alonso de Carvajal +Fray Sebastian de Oquendo +Fray Diego de Ochoa +Fray Pedro de Santo Thomas +Fray Miguel de San Juan [61] + + +By order of his Excellency, the archbishop, my lord, + + +_Bachelor Joan Fulgencio_, notary." + + +But it is to be noted that although the above act is signed by so many, +some of them afterward stated that they had been misled. For the Order +of St. Augustine afterward renewed through its definitors its former +friendship with the Society, saying that those who had signed had no +authority to do so; and the bishop of Zebu, Don Fray Pedro de Arçe, +retracted it as a mistake, as your Grace will see by the enclosed +document that he drew up. + +"In consideration of a council called by Archbishop Don Fray +Hernando Guerrero, on the ninth of this month of October--at which +I was present, together with certain religious of the orders of +St. Dominic, St. Francis, and the caked and discalced religious of +St. Augustine--and of a paper that was drawn up against the Society of +Jesus, in which the archbishop deprived them of the sermons [assigned +to them] in the lists of the cathedral and of other secular churches +subject to the said archbishop, as well as the other things that +the said document contains because the fathers of the said Society +of Jesus did not attend the said council: I signed the said paper +at the meeting, on account of the relation that was made then in the +absence of the said fathers of the Society. But afterward, having been +informed of the truth, and that the fathers had very just reasons +for not attending such meeting, I declare for the discharge of my +conscience, that my opinion given then is null and void, and that +the action taken in the said document is not just. On the contrary, +I think that the said fathers of the Society are worthy of praise and +reward for their great devotion, holy doctrine, and excellent method of +procedure--of which it is not proper to deprive the faithful, by taking +from them the fruit that is received from their sermons and admirable +instruction everywhere. In order that this my sentiment and opinion may +be apparent for all time, I affixed my name to this present document +in Manila, October eighteen, one thousand six hundred and thirty-five. + +Fray Pedro, bishop of Santissimo de Jesus. + +His most reverend Lordship signed in my presence and I witness thereto, +and know him. + + +_Juan Soriano_, notary-public." + + +Following the decree enacted by the archbishop, another point +was discussed in the assembly, which concerned the attempt of the +governor to have Don Pedro de Monrroy go to the island of Hermosa +as its chaplain. In this regard they resolved to offer effective +opposition; and the archbishop, at the advice of the assembly, wrote +the following letter to the governor: + +"I have read the letter written by your Lordship to my provisor, and +his answer, and the resolution of your Lordship to send him to the +island of Hermosa. As I desire peace and harmony with your Lordship, +I entreat you to receive his excuse, since it, and my need of his +person, are well known. Besides this, I ask your Lordship to note +that the appointment of a vicar, or the granting of ecclesiastical +authority and jurisdiction, or the administration of sacraments, +is the prerogative of the ecclesiastical prelates, and not of the +civil government. Therefore, I request your Lordship to refrain from +making similar appointments in this regard. I write all the above to +your Lordship by the advice of the bishop of Zibu and of the orders, +so that your Lordship may see that I am not moved by passion, but by +reason and justice; and that I do not trust to my own opinion, but to +that of many. I entreat your Lordship to form another like opinion +in making your decisions, and with persons who are free to speak +their minds to your Lordship. May our Lord preserve your Lordship +and prosper you in His holy service. Today, Tuesday, October nine, +six hundred and thirty-five. + + +_Fray Hernando_, archbishop." + + +The governor answered the above letter of the archbishop as follows: + +"I do not think that your Lordship desires peace and harmony as +you say, since you order me to receive the excuse of Don Pedro de +Monrroy in what I ask from him, which is fitting to the service of +his Majesty. I am doing it with all peace, without desiring war, +and without seeking war with anyone. Many can supply your Lordship's +need of his person, who are better intentioned and more learned, +in accordance with his Majesty's orders in his royal decree. + +On the contrary, your Lordship has rather too much of Don Pedro de +Monrroy than too little, for the quiet, harmony, and good government +of your church. + +I am not ignorant that the approval of ecclesiastical persons is +reserved to the prelates in order that they may administer the +sacraments; but the appointing of them belongs to the government +by virtue of the royal patrimony, just as his Majesty appointed +your Lordship bishop and archbishop, and as his Holiness approved +and confirmed it. Consequently, I cannot, even though your Lordship +orders it, abstain from appointing curas and vicars, choosing from +three whom your Lordship ought to nominate, the person whom I shall +consider most suitable. In the case of canons and dignidades of this +holy church, governors of vacant bishoprics, and chaplains, superior +and subordinate, of the soldiers, presidios, and galleons of his +Majesty, I need no nomination by your Lordship, although they need +your approval. If your Lordship writes me thus 'at the advice of the +bishop of Zebu and of the orders, so that I may see that your Lordship +is not moved by passion, but by reason and justice,' I am moved by +passion in ordering that all who came to these islands at the king's +cost or in his galleons, and who are his vassals, whatever be their +rank and degree, shall serve him. And when I say that this is fitting +for his royal service, only his Majesty can call me to account for it. + +I value the advice given me by your Lordship that, when I make +decisions, I take counsel with persons who are free to speak their +mind to me. When I take counsel for the better service of God and +the king, I look for the most learned men of good reputation, and +many disinterested persons, so that they may not confuse me with +so many different opinions. To them I do not declare my intention +or determination, as is the general custom, until all have spoken; +and then I conform to the opinion of those which I deem best. + +May your Lordship understand this truth, and that I fear God more +than the king and his vassals. May His Divine Majesty preserve your +Lordship for many happy years. The palace; October nine, six hundred +and thirty-five. + + +_Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera_" + +The archbishop and the orders seeing that the members of the Society +were not disturbed (which seems to have been their intention, to judge +by the resolution of the assembly), the archbishop sent a notary, a +few days afterward, to notify the superiors of the Society of an act, +which I shall place here together with the reply of the father rector, +Luis de Pedraza. + +"We, Don Fray Hernando Guerrero, by the grace of God and the holy +apostolic see archbishop of these Philipinas Islands, member of his +Majesty's Council, etc. Inasmuch as we ordered for just reasons that +moved us thereto, in harmony with the rules of the holy Council of +Trent (in chapter four, _De reformatione,_ session twenty-four), +that the religious fathers of the Society of Jesus be notified--the +father-provincial, Joan de Bueras, the rector, Luis de Pedraza, and +the other superiors of the said order who live in this city--not to +preach outside of their convents in any part of all this archbishopric, +or in camps, or guardhouses, by any manner of talk or preaching, +or in any other manner: that order they shall observe to the letter, +under penalty of major excommunication, _late sentencie, ipso facto +incurenda una protina canonica monitione premisa_, [62] and a fine +of four thousand Castilian ducados for the Holy Crusade, to which +we hold them immediately condemned if they do the contrary. Given in +our archiepiscopal palace, in the city of Manila, October twenty-six, +one thousand six hundred and thirty-five. + + +_Fray Hernando_, archbishop. + +By order of his Lordship: _Diego Bernal_ + + +"At the residence of the Society of Jesus in Manila, on the +twenty-ninth day of the month of November [_sc_., October], one +thousand six hundred and thirty-five, I read and announced the act +contained in the other part [of this document], exactly as is therein +contained, to the father rector, Luis de Pedraza, in the presence +of the witness Diego de Rueda, royal clerk, and the fathers Pedro de +Prado, procurator-general, and Gregorio Bellin. In their presence, he +desired me to give him an attested copy of the act, as a protection +of his right, and they were witnesses of the entire proceeding. I +attest this. + + +_Juan de la Cueva Moran_, notary-public. + + +"Then immediately the said father Luis de Pedraza required me once, +twice, and thrice, to set down the reply which will be declared, +notwithstanding that the notification is set down. And, inasmuch as +I am constrained by the said requisitions, I give it; and it is of +the following tenor: + +'That in all things that were not a violation of their privileges, +they were prompt to obey, since they were under that obligation; but +if any demand were in violation of those privileges, then they would +make use of the means afforded them by the law for their defense and +which his Holiness granted them. He affixed his signature, in the +presence of the above witnesses. + + +_Luis de Pedraza_ + +Before me. +_Joan de la Cueva Moran_, notary-public.'" + + +The fathers of the Society thought that act was a manifest injury +to their order and privileges, for three reasons. First, because +they were deprived of preaching to all persons, with no exception, +without there being other cause therefor than those which your +Grace may infer from the document. Second, by commanding them with +excommunication and pecuniary fines, a thing which is manifestly a +violation of the immunity of the regulars. Third, because they were +prohibited from giving instruction in the camps and guardhouses, +which is a violation of a _Clementina_, [63] as I am told, and to +which no contrary decision has been rendered by the holy Council of +Trent. The fathers of the Society attempted to maintain peace by all +possible ways, but they were unsuccessful; and they could find no +route to that end. The past governor, Don Juan Cerezo [Salamanca] +who was desirous of settling the matter, undertook to secure that +end by writing to the archbishop the following letter: + +"Our friendship, and the respect with which I always view the affairs +of your Lordship, and my obligations, constrain me to represent +affectionately to your Lordship, on the present occasion, the great +danger that is being incurred in maintaining the provisor in his +office, in hatred of him who represents to us the royal person, so +that your Lordship may consider in time the scandalous end that is +threatened. And although your Lordship will doubtless proceed, I must +warn you through my experience of European affairs, heedfully, that +the reasons that operate in this small presidio, which is surrounded by +barbarians and hostile nations, have no place in populous cities. The +governors base their defense on the public peace, in the attainment of +which the prelates [should] always aid, without trying to examine the +governor's intention, or throwing obstacles in his path under pretext +of ecclesiastical immunity; and although peace is composed of both +estates, and it is the business of both to secure and maintain it, +its prerogative belongs only to the royal jurisdiction. + +"In order to repair these troubles, so that we can hope for great +harmony in the future, I consider it as the only remedy, and the one +most fitting for the authority of your Lordship, for Don Pedro de +Monrroy to display his nobility of character, and resign himself +of his own free will to the will of Don Sebastian, thus valuing +his favor more than the comforts which he is now enjoying. If he so +act, I am sure that it will open a free door for greater promotions +[for him], and for the consolation of this community. Your Lordship, +as a father, ought to pay attention to this without permitting the +matter to be carried to a compulsory settlement, of which I have +certain proofs. This opinion seemed good to father Fray Domingo +Gonsalez--although, after having conferred with your Lordship, +he replied to me that he does not find any secular who can fill the +vacancy of the said Don Pedro de Monrroy. But I remember to have seen +that your Lordship was inclined to the canon Don Pedro de Quesada. I +have here been addressing your Lordship with tenderness and love; and +you may believe that any action contrary to this would be held as a +great disservice by his Majesty--especially, as it is understood that +the points of [ecclesiastical] government are reduced to assemblies +of theologians, your Lordship being their counselor. May God our Lord +preserve your Lordship. From my residence. + + +_Don Juan Çerezo [de Salamanca]_" + + + +Don Juan de Cerezo was not content with this letter, but, being +constrained by his excellent desires, wrote another letter of the +following tenor: + +"As no beginning has been made in procuring the desired peace, +I shall charge myself to treat of it, as it concerns so deeply the +licentiate, Don Pedro de Monrroy, to whom I remain a true friend; +and at the pace at which the matter is being matured it must be that +some little devil has been unchained, and that he is defrauding all +the gains. But, nevertheless, as all this cause is for the service of +our Lord, I am confident that your Lordship and all the orders will +favor it. I am awaiting joyful news this afternoon, in order to be +able to commence openly to be the mediator of harmony which, it is +represented to me, this community will hereafter enjoy. And should +that harmony unfortunately be not attained, I rely, in everything, +upon this assembly. At least will your Lordship be pleased to give +such direction to it, by your great prudence, that these matters may +not be further disturbed. May God preserve your Lordship, as He is +able, and as I desire. From my residence, October 12, 1635. + + +_Don Juan Çerezo Salamanca_" + + + +The dean of this holy church, Don Miguel Garçetas, also did on his part +what he could to stay this storm; and he with three other dignidades +went about among the four orders, to talk to their superiors in order +that they might aid with their advice, so that the affair of Don Pedro +de Monrroy might be directed to the satisfaction of the governor, since +he had so good an intention; and, at the same time, so that they might +annul the resolution taken against the Society in the meeting above +mentioned. Each one in private promised mountains of gold. They met +with the archbishop; and the bishop of Nueva Segovia and some seculars +having attended that meeting, they were not allowed to take part in +it, because others thought that they were on the side of the Society, +and that they were inclined to support the governor's decision. In +that assembly not only did its members not revoke the resolution, +as each one had promised, but they confirmed it and refused to give +satisfaction to the governor in regard to Don Pedro de Monrroy. + +Immediately the obstinacy and stubbornness of the participants in the +meeting was learned; and those who had tried to act as angels of peace +felt it keenly, especially Don Juan Cerezo. As he had exerted himself +most in striving for peace, his grief at seeing that his good desire +had not been obtained was greatest. Therefore he wrote the following +letter to the archbishop: + +"By your Lordship's letter I have learned the opinions of the religious +who attended the meeting of last night. Of the purpose that animates +them and their hearts, may God judge. With this outcome I retire from +these matters, and my only desire is that they come out right. I +meddled in the affair because I thought it expedient and desirable +to procure, by honorable means, the restoration of your Lordship's +liberty of the ordinary jurisdiction. That was injured and enslaved, +the moment when it was subject to the hindrance of not being able to +alter anything without a fresh intervention of the orders, and of being +obliged to temporize with them so much as your Lordship indicates; +for the person and dignity of the archbishop of Manila are of great +importance, and his feelings of anger should be of less duration, +so that he should not be compelled to chide the quarrels of others +with his crozier. + +"I petition your Lordship to keep this in mind, for I say it through +my love as a son of your Lordship, as a corrective for the present +and a warning for the future; and the greatest happiness exists when +the two heads of the state are in harmony. May God direct it, as He +is able, and preserve your Lordship, as I desire. From my residence, +October 19, 1635. + + +_Don Juan Çerezo [Salamanca]_" + + +The fathers of the Society, seeing that the peace measures had been +useless, and that the doors to any suitable settlement were tightly +closed on them on the part of the archbishop and the religious who +were their opponents; and that two days afterward they had notified +the rector of the Society of the first act, they had notified the +minister of Santa Cruz of another (that place being a mission of +the Society), in order that he should not instruct certain Indians, +a right which the preceding prelate had given to the Society. [64] +It was rumored that the archbishop was trying to deprive them of +the confessional. Daily new troubles were feared, and the fathers +of the Society were compelled to appoint a judge-conservator; and +one was in fact appointed on the second of November, 1635. This +was Don Fabian de Santillan y Cavilanes, schoolmaster of this holy +metropolitan church. He was not serving _ad interim_, as the other +relation declares, but held that office in regular appointment, +and had held it for several years. He was the son of a treasurer +of the royal exchequer. Alonso Baesa del Rio was assigned as his +notary, a notary-public and a man of vast experience and skill in +papers. The judge-conservator ordered the archbishop, under penalty +of major excommunication and a fine of four thousand ducados for the +Holy Crusade, to repeal the acts passed against the Society, as they +were manifestly injurious. Before he was notified of this act, the +secretary read to him his appointment as judge-conservator made on +behalf of the Society. This is apparent by the identical acts, which +I have seen. I advise your Grace of this so that you may have accurate +information on this point; for it is stated and restated often, in the +other relation, that the archbishop was not notified legally before +they notified him of the act of the judge-conservator. He was notified, +for it is certain that the first document read to him by the secretary +was the appointment as judge-conservator, as above stated. Later, +the same secretary read to him the bull for judge-conservators, +and that of Gregory XIII, in which he concedes authority to the +fathers of the Society to preach anywhere. The secretary entering the +archbishop's hall with the documents, the latter asked him what he +had, and he answered that they were the bulls. "But why?" added the +archbishop; and Fray Antonio Gonsalez, who was in his company, said: +"He has been tired, for we have already seen them in the collection +of bulls." If this is so, I am surprised that the hostile relation +states that the act of the judge-conservator was null and void, as +he did not first exhibit the briefs (of which no notice was taken) +to the archbishop. The latter's procurators also were not bashful, +and were so bold as to allege the same in public session of the +Audiencia. But they were convinced by the secretary that he read +the acts, whereupon an auditor declared: "We must pay heed to this, +and not to the new falsehoods that they bring." + +Next day the archbishop presented himself with a plea of fuerza, during +prison inspection, before the auditor Don Alvaro de Mesa y Lugo _[sic; +sc._ Zapata?]; and as there was no other auditor, he issued the usual +order. On Tuesday, the sixth of the same month, recourse was had to +the royal Audiencia, on behalf of both the archbishop and the Society, +to examine the records. The royal Audiencia, seeing that the order +issued during the prison inspection was not sufficient, but defective, +issued another and new one, and nothing further was discussed in +that meeting of the Audiencia. Next day, Wednesday, November seven, +the records were brought. The archbishop was represented by the +father prior of St. Augustine, Fray Juan de Montemayor, and the +father reader, Fray Diego de Ochoa, of the same order; the father +definitor of the Recollects, Fray Pedro Barreto; the father guardian +of St. Francis, Fray Juan de Pina; and Bachelor Fulgencio de Ribera, +a secular, and the deacon and servant of the archbishop. The Society +was represented by Father Diego de Bobadilla, [65] and Father Lorenco +Goreto, masters of theology. The latter, before all else, declared that +they had no quarrel with the holy orders, and that in consequence the +fathers had nothing to do there. But the others replied that they had +been authorized by the archbishop. The royal Audiencia ordered the +authorization to be read. It made mention only of the father reader, +Fray Diego de Ochoa, father Fray Pedro Barreto, and the bachelor +Fulgencio de Ribera. Thereupon, they ordered from the room the father +prior of St. Augustine, and the father guardian of St. Francis, +who went out somewhat shamefacedly. The secretary read the records, +but was interrupted at every step by the reader Fray Diego de Ochoa, +which resulted in some animosity. After the reading, the president +asked the representatives of the archbishop whether they had anything +to state. The bachelor Fulgencio de Ribera took the floor, and said in +few words that the judge-conservator was not legitimately appointed, +for there were no manifest injuries in the case. Then the president +invited the two religious who had remained [to speak]. They said that +those of the Society should state their case first, and accordingly +the latter were given the floor--Father Diego de Bobadilla first, +and then Father Lorenço Goreto. They proved in the judgment of those +of us who were present (and it so seemed to me, although not much is +obtained from these things) that the acts which I have mentioned are +manifest injuries; and that, consequently, the judge-conservator was +legally appointed. In order that your Grace may understand more of +what was declared, I am sending you a summary of the allegation made +by the fathers of the Society, which one of them communicated to me, +and I enclose it herewith. Hence I shall not go into greater detail +here, by mentioning what I have heard erudite men say in reply to +certain arguments by which the other relation tries to prove that +the enactments of the judge-conservator were null and void. I shall +only say a word, if I remember it, on three or four points which the +relation heaps together, but which are of small moment. It declares +that the judge exceeded his authority in not giving the archbishop more +than one hour's time-limit in which to read the bulls and to withdraw +the act, while in reality twenty-four hours were granted him; and when +the secretary, Alonso Baesa del Rio, went to notify the archbishop of +the act, to his offer that he could easily obtain more time from the +judge, answer was made by Diego Bernal, who was the secretary of the +archbishop, that they had time enough, and that no more was necessary, +as they had read the bulls often enough. The point was not in this, but +in the fact that the judge-conservator could not command the archbishop +to withdraw the act that he had made against the Society. By that +one may see the calumny in alleging that the time was insufficient +to withdraw the act. The relation states that it was a dispute over +jurisdiction, and that consequently, according to the ruling of +the Council of Trent, judge-arbitrators were to be appointed. That +is an error; for there was no contest over jurisdiction, but only +that the judge-conservator, as the delegate of the supreme pontiff, +ordered the archbishop to withdraw an act manifestly injurious to +the Society. The relation declares that the bulls were authorized +by the same judge-conservator and his secretary. That is true, but +how did that cause any nullification? For the judge did not feign +briefs, or say that the one that he presented was the original one, +but that it was a faithful copy of the original, which the Society +had showed him. Therein he obeyed the behests of the supreme pontiff, +in order that such copies might have legality and authority. When the +fathers of the Society had finished their statement, the president told +the father reader Fray Diego de Ochoa, and the father definitor Fray +Pedro Barreto, to make what further statements they had to make. But +they, changing color, and being uneasy, answered clearly and frankly +that they had nothing more to say, as they had not come prepared for +it. I confess to your Grace that we who were present were put to the +blush at seeing so shameful a thing; and we asked, since they had +not come prepared, why they had come and why they had received the +archbishop's authorization. They requested that audience be granted +them the next day, and, although that is contrary to common practice, +it was conceded to them, so that they could at no time say that they +had not presented their side of the matter, and that they were without +defense. That was so clear and manifest a victory for the fathers of +the Society, and before the tribunal, the officials, and the great +crowd which was present, that I am surprised how those of the other +side dared to utter a word. They returned to the conflict on the +following Thursday; and other religious besides the two above mentioned +and the secular, were summoned. Those who came newly were father Fray +Antonio Gonsalez, vicar-provincial of St. Dominic; Fray Diego Collado, +of the same order; and father Fray Pedro de Herrera, of St. Augustine: +on entering the Audiencia, they presented their authority without +being requested to do so--fearing to encounter any such jest as had +happened to the others the day previous, for lack of authority. The +father reader Fray Diego de Ochoa spoke first in this Audiencia, in +a loud voice and with many exclamations, and casting opprobrium on +the person of the judge-conservator. Then the father definitor Fray +Pedro Barreto spoke. He read a short paper that he had written, saying +that he had not been able to commit it to memory. He was followed by +father Fray Antonio Gonsalez, who alleged a very trifling defect in +the bull. After him Fray Diego Collado spoke. He said that he was the +confessor of the president of Castilla when the bishop of Cordoba had +a similar suit with the orders in España. Father Fray Pedro de Herrera +gave his opinion last. All of them together consumed more than one and +one-half hours. The fathers of the Society answered, Father Diego de +Bobadilla first, and then Father Lorenso Goreto. Such was their reply +that, to all of us who were present, it seemed that they had proved +their case, and it is sure that they showed the act to be a manifest +injury: first, because they had been ordered not to preach outside of +their churches, under pain of excommunication and pecuniary fines; +second, because the archbishop, through his anger toward only one +of the Society, had forbidden all of them in his archbishopric to +preach. The controversy then hinged on [the question] whether the +prelate may prohibit some of the Society, for just causes (which he +said that he had, but did not express), from preaching in camps and +guardhouses. The friars said that he could, and their whole argument +consisted of what the Council [of Trent] says, according to what they +alleged--making fuerza out of those words, _contradicente episcopo_ +[_i.e._, "the bishop opposing"], and giving as explanation that the +prelate may by his own authority oppose and forbid the regulars to +preach, even in their own churches. Thence they inferred that the +archbishop had not laid on the fathers of the Society all that he +could. Those of the Society answered this at length, and showed by +several books which they brought to the Audiencia that that phrase +_contradicente episcopo_, ought not to be understood in that manner, +but according to a certain Clementina which, if I am not mistaken, +is that of _De sepulturis_, and begins with _Dudum_. As this was the +point of all their controversy, I refer you to the statement that +is enclosed herewith. But I am unable to conjecture why the other +relation wastes so much paper, and becomes wearisome, by bringing +in so many statements to prove that the religious may not preach in +the churches of others without the permission of their owners, since +the Society never claimed anything else, nor were their statements +intended to prove it. And believe me, your Grace, on this second day +no less glory fell to the Society than on the first. I have related +this point so extensively, as some prejudiced persons have stated that +the adherents of the archbishop silenced the fathers of the Society. + +The gentlemen of the royal Audiencia remained in the hall, and +on voting on the point of fuerza they were divided. Thereupon, +his Majesty's fiscal was appointed, as that pertains to him by +law. His vote, it appears, was cast in favor of the fathers of the +Society. Consequently, it was declared that the judge-conservator had +not used fuerza toward the archbishop, and that he should proceed +with his commission. Some persons were not lacking who tried to +suspend the proceedings and declare them null and void, because the +archbishop's representatives were not notified that it was because the +auditors' opinions were discordant that his Majesty's fiscal had been +appointed judge. They did not take note that this matter of making +notifications and summons is an act of superiority and jurisdiction; +and that, as the royal Audiencia does not hold that in ecclesiastical +matters, it does not employ such acts, and only declares whether the +ecclesiastical judge practices fuerza or no--and this not as judge +of the ecclesiastical estate, but as a political governor who desires +peace in his country. The other and contradictory relation also tries +to prove the proceedings null because, before the royal Audiencia +declared that the judge-conservator was not committing fuerza, the +procurators of the archbishop drew up a petition which they presented +to the president, in which they challenged the auditor Zapata. But +he who regards this as nullification, proves that he is but little +accustomed to the manner of procedure of the Audiencia; for in the +first place the petition was not presented in time, and second, it was +not signed by a lawyer--an essential lack, as that is contrary to his +Majesty's orders for what is to be done in such cases of challenging +a judge, and especially so superior a judge as an auditor. + +As the judge-conservator was declared by the Audiencia to be legal, +he proceeded, constraining the archbishop with censures so that he +should furnish an official statement of the acts issued against the +Society. He did so, sending the original act already mentioned, the +original [record of the] meeting that he held with the religious, +and the act that was issued ordering the fathers of the Society +not to minister to the Indians of Santa Cruz. Within a few days the +matter was well on the way to a conclusion and settlement, when it +was discovered that the archbishop and some of the said three orders +of St. Dominic, St. Francis, and St. Augustine, had held a meeting, +and under color of a protest had issued a defamatory libel, in which +they linked the same judge-conservator, the Society of Jesus, the +governor, and the royal Audiencia, because these had declared against +their will. This document was a matter of common talk and notoriety, +not only because it was declared by many of the townspeople, who +had heard it from those who had been present at the meeting (and as +there were so many of them it could not be kept secret); but also, +as soon as it was requested, the archbishop told the father rector, +Luis de Pedrasa, that he would not give up such a paper, even if +he were deprived of the archbishopric; and father Fray Pedro de +Herrera, his procurator, said that they would not give it even if +they were hanged. The father provincial of St. Francis asked Adjutant +Juan de Vega Mexia, why he demanded such a paper, for it was not +well for the Society, or their judge-conservator, or the governor, +or the royal Audiencia to see it. This tone increased the reports +of the townspeople, and the constant rumor that that protest was a +defamatory libel and contained grievous things about many persons. It +was authenticated by a royal clerk named Diego de Rueda, who is also +a familiar of the Holy Office. The judge-conservator arrested him, +and took his confession, in which, although he did not tell openly all +that the protest contained, he made known sufficient of it so that one +could get light on the matter. The judge-conservator petitioned the +governor for the aid of the civil arm, and on Friday, November 16, +arrested the clerk by its help. The commissary of the Holy Office, +Fray Francisco de Herrera, of the Order of St. Dominic, came out to +demand his familiar from the judge-conservator. The judge answered that +he had already taken his statement; that, although he had arrested him +so that he might declare more, the man was no longer necessary to him; +and that it did not concern him, and they should demand the familiar +from the governor, who had him. The father commissary answered that the +reply of the judge was not satisfactory, and that his familiar should +be handed over to him. The judge answered that in writing, as follows: + +"In the city of Manila, November twenty-three, one thousand six +hundred and thirty-five. Don Fabian de Santillan y Gavilanes, +schoolmaster of the holy cathedral church of this said city, +apostolic judge-conservator of the Order of the Society of Jesus, +etc., declared that [he makes this declaration] inasmuch as the +reverend father preacher Fray Francisco de Herrera, of the Order of +St. Dominic, commissary of the Holy Inquisition in these islands, +sent him an oral message by the accountant, Alonso Baesa del Rio, +notary-public and apostolic notary of this tribunal, yesterday, +Thursday, between six and seven in the morning, asking to have Diego +de Rueda sent to him (as he said that he had arrested him), for a +certain declaration that he had need of making before the said father +commissary. To that message the said judge-conservator also responded +orally, saying that although he had arrested the said Diego de Rueda, +because of what pertained to his office as judge-conservator, it was +two days since he had finished with him, and that the said Diego de +Rueda was no longer held prisoner at his account. Therefore, he should +go to Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera, governor and captain-general +of these islands, to ask for him. Nevertheless, after his declaration +that he was not holding the said Diego de Rueda a prisoner, the said +father commissary, by an act that he issued today, ordered the said +judge-conservator, under penalties and censures, to deliver the said +Diego de Rueda within two hours, and he was notified of it at the hour +of nine in the morning. The judge-conservator made the same answer +in writing that he had given orally to the said apostolic notary, +and more fully (although the said [oral] reply was sufficient). At +the hour of ten in the morning he wrote a letter to the said father +commissary, sending it by Adjutant Juan de Vega Mexia, in which he +offered to the commissary to draw up a document requiring, exhorting, +and notifying the said governor and captain-general of these islands +that, in what pertained to this court of the said apostolic judge +conservator, inasmuch as the latter had no longer anything to do with +the said Diego de Rueda, the governor should set him free and send him +to the said father commissary. The latter answered in writing through +the said adjutant, Juan de Vega Mexia, that the said governor declared +that it was not his Lordship, but the said judge-conservator, who had +arrested the said Diego de Rueda. And after the said reply, and for +greater satisfaction, and so that his obedience, as an obedient son of +the Church to the mandates of the Holy Inquisition may be recognized, +the judge-conservator thereupon petitions and supplicates--and in a +necessary case, requires, exhorts, and charges--Don Sebastian Hurtado +de Corcuera, governor and captain-general of these islands, in what +pertains to this court of the said apostolic judge-conservator, +inasmuch as the latter no longer has anything to do with the +said Diego de Rueda, to free that man and send him to the father +commissary, as the latter has ordered and commanded the said apostolic +judge-conservator, under penalties and censures. Thus did he enact, +and affixed his signature. The schoolmaster, + +_Don Fabian de Santillan Y Gavilanes_ + +By his order: + +_Alonso Baeza Del Rrio_, +notary-public and apostolic notary." + +After receiving this reply, the father commissary left the judge, and +requested the governor to give him his familiar. His Lordship answered +him that the said familiar had transgressed in the exercise of his +office by having authenticated, as a royal notary, a defamatory libel; +and that the punishment for that devolved upon the royal jurisdiction, +according to the agreement in the new compilation [of laws]. The +governor sent Diego de Rueda under arrest to the fort of Cabite, +whereupon the father commissary had the governor notified of the +following act through a youthful friar called Fray Ignacio Muñoz, +and another who accompanied him: + +"In the city of Manila, on the twenty-sixth of the month of November, +one thousand six hundred and thirty-five, the reverend father Fray +Francisco de Herrera, commissary of the Holy Office in these islands, +declared that he is at present engaged in a cause pertaining to the +tribunal of the Inquisition, in regard to a protest which is reported +to be a defamatory libel against the holy Order of the Society of +Jesus, and other persons occupying places of dignity. The principal +witness in it is Alférez Diego de Rueda; and, for lack of him, the +service and execution of the Holy Office in investigating this cause +is suspended and prevented. Inasmuch as the pontiff Pius Fifth, +and other pontiffs order in very strict terms that the causes of +the Inquisition take precedence over all others, and that all causes +cease and be superseded until the Holy Office concludes its business: +therefore the said commissary ordered (and he did so order) Governor +Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera, who says in his letters that he has +arrested the said Diego de Rueda for having become an apostolic notary +when he was a royal notary, for the purpose of authenticating the +protest that is said to be a libel--an offense which by being committed +in connection with this cause, belongs by law to the Inquisition, +and to no other tribunal, as it is in regard to what is said to be a +defamatory libel against the said order and persons; and gives him a +time-limit of thirty hours within which to present Diego de Rueda at +the Holy Office, under penalty of major excommunication and a fine of +five thousand ducados for the expenses of this tribunal. And, under the +same penalties, he orders the said governor not to make any further +effort to demand or inquire about the said protest, since if it is, +as is asserted, a defamatory libel, it belongs to no other judge, but +only to the Holy Office; and the governor shall not molest the said +prisoner until the Holy Office has entirely concluded its cause. And +he thus decreed in this act, which he ordered and signed. + + +_Fray Francisco de Herrera_ + + +Before me: + + +_Fray Ignacio Muñoz_, notary." + + +The friar commenced to read his act, and, at the commencement of the +reading, the governor asked the friar to hand it to him. Seeing that +this was the beginning of disturbances in the community, he ordered an +adjutant to conduct those friars courteously to their convent at the +port of Cabite, and charge their superior to retain them there and +look after them well; and that they should not disturb the peace of +the community for him, nor talk with the freedom and levity that they +had displayed to him. The fathers of St. Dominic took occasion from +that to utter innumerable evil reports about the governor, so that +there was no place where they did not murmur aloud about him. Father +Fray Sebastian de Oquendo of the Order of St. Dominic, in especial, +went one morning to the auditor-general of war, Manuel Suarez, with a +bull which he declared had been promulgated by Pius V; and having read +it, he declared that the governor was excommunicated for preventing +the exercise of the Inquisition's authority (although the governor +declared that he did not prevent it but that he was maintaining, as +he ought, the royal jurisdiction); that he was deposed, that he was +not governor, and could not act as such; and that the senior auditor +should immediately assume the government, and arrest Don Sebastian +and place him in a fort. The auditor-general referred all the above +to the governor; and, as a confirmation of this and other rumors +that were current through the city, the same fathers of St. Dominic +brought a friar from Cabite, named Fray Francisco Pinelo, [66] a man +of talent and eloquent in the pulpit, in order that he might preach +on the second Sunday of Advent, December 9, 1635. He did in fact +preach [on that day], and before beginning his sermon, he said that +he had called and invited the people to read a bull that he declared +was given by Pius V, and was translated from Latin into Romance, in +which his Holiness regards those who prevent the exercise of the Holy +Inquisition's authority as infamous, and incapable of holding offices +and dignities, and as _ipso facto_ deposed from them. The said father +asserted all the above with such tones and manner, and at such a time, +that it was clearly seen that he meant it for the governor; and that +he was scoffing at him as an infamous person, and as one deposed from +the government of these islands, because he had sent to Cabite the two +friars who had been sent to him. He began his sermon after that, and +it was throughout a satire on the Society, on the judge-conservator, +and on the governor and the royal Audiencia. He said of the fathers +of the Society that they were the cats of the Church, and a damnable +and corruptible milk, who were trying by their deceits to influence +other religious not to go to Japon. He added that such as they were +members that had been lopped off from the Church; and that by their +shrewdness and political methods they were insinuating themselves +into everything. Of the judge-conservator he said that one would +believe him a canon of London rather than of the cathedral of Manila; +that the Jesuits had made him a pope or popelet, and that through +him they had undertaken to give them [i.e., the other orders] pap; +[67] that he was a gambler, and that he had lost some thousands of +pesos, which I know is not the case. Of the governor, the preacher +said that he was a Pilate, and even much worse; since Pilate had +refused to intervene in the death of Christ, while the governor was +trying to take part in the controversies with the archbishop; he also +compared him to Herod. He talked very venomously about an auditor, +and, although he did not name him, it was just as if he had done so, +for one could plainly infer of whom he was speaking. He characterized +him as unjust and vicious, and all without other foundation than his +having declared that the judge-conservator was legal, contrary to +what the fathers of St. Dominic claimed. The muttering and commotion +among the audience were very marked. It is a fact that many of us +think that the preacher had no other aim or motive than to disturb and +rouse the crowd so that there should be an uprising, as there had been +in Nueva España. And as I have already begun this matter of sermons, +and so that I may not afterward interrupt the thread of my discourse, +I shall say somewhat here to your Grace of the many disorders that +have happened in this direction. + +On the day of St. Lucy, December 13, in the convent of the +Recollects of St. Augustine, father Fray Andres del Spiritu Santo +preached. I was present, and his whole sermon was a satire against the +judge-conservator, the fathers of the Society, and the governor. He +said many evil things of them, all of which I do not remember +in detail, except that he said, by mistake, of the fathers of the +Society that they were Hippocrates; and then, immediately correcting +himself, that they were hypocrites and arrogant fellows, and that it +was the Society not of Jesus, but of the devil. He characterized the +judge-conservator as a vicious fellow. The same father preached on +the afternoon of Palm Sunday, in his convent. He said of the governor +that he was not setting [a good] example in having founded the royal +chapel in the palace, where he hears preaching, because he does not +go out to their churches to hear these things. He said also that the +governor was obstinate because he did not humiliate himself before the +archbishop, as it was Holy Week and the season of the jubilee. The +worthy father did not consider in the midst of his zeal what the +governor has done for the archbishop, and how he has aided him. He +added that the governor did not understand the law of the Christians, +as he had said (according to the preacher's statement) that he could +not be excommunicated. That scandalized the hearers, and was the +motive for many of the city to declare (as I hear) that these sermons +kindled the fire that raged, and were the cause of these revolutions. + +On Sunday, the third day of Lent, February 24, 1636, at the publication +of the ordinary edict, the whole city gathered in the cathedral, +where I was present. The father guardian of St. Francis, Fray Juan +de Piña, preached. He mentioned in the pulpit a balance that the +accountant Juan Bautista de Zubiaga had brought forward against the +fathers of St. Francis (who have had charge of the royal hospitals), +of more than thirty thousand pesos. Inasmuch as soldiers without +weapons have not been received in the hospital for many years, and a +great number of men have died in it, and there is no account of what +has been done with those arms, they amount, when appraised at low +prices, to over thirty thousand pesos. The preacher declared that +he had reason to make a greater charge and declare a larger balance +against the king of España. The charge was that Fray Francisco Ximenez +conquered Oran; and that one of their friars, named Zumarraga, [68] +pacified Nueva España. Thus a great part of his sermon was taken up in +indecorously contending and taking issue with the king of España. On +the Wednesday following, February 27, the same preacher delivering +a sermon in the same cathedral church, returned to the same balance, +and treated the said computer of accounts, Juan Bautista de Cubiaga, +with great contumely. He called him a Gascon devil, disguised as a +Viscayan or Navarrese, who getting a smattering of accounts, gave out +that he was an accountant, in order to come to give him a beating. And +this he said amid the laughter and commotion of the audience. + +On one Friday in Lent, the fifteenth of March, I was present at the +convent of St. Augustine; Fray Diego de Ochoa of the same order came +out to preach. At the beginning, he read a notice which said that +Father Lorenso Goreto would preach on the following Tuesday at the +church of the Society of Jesus, on the good thief. [69] He added +that that feast of the thief was very suitable for the Society, +characterizing its members as thieves. Later in the course of his +sermon, he brought in the balance which, as I have told your Grace, the +accountant Juan Bautista de Zubiaga presented against the Franciscan +fathers concerning the hospitals. He declared it to be an Inquisition +case, and that, if that holy tribunal did not take cognizance of it, +he himself would seize him. This he said with loud words and a menacing +aspect. And, so that your Grace may have a good laugh, I will tell +you his argument for saying that it was an Inquisition case--namely, +that the pontiff had seen in dreams St. Francis and St. Dominic with +their shoulders holding up the church of San Giovanni in Laterano, +which was about to fall--a sign that their sons must keep the Church +of God upright by means of their glorious labors, as if for that +reason no one of the said orders could do anything wrong. Besides the +fact that your Grace will see that this vision is not of the Divine +attestation--although it pertains to Christian piety to believe it, +as so many others--I would never finish if I should try to tell +your Grace the disorder that has reigned in the pulpits all this +year. I only tell, in general, what occurred this past Lent, and +even since Advent. I and many others have gone through curiosity to +hear the preachers of St. Dominic, St. Francis, and the Recollects of +St. Augustine. Most of the sermons have consisted of satires against +the governor, the Audiencia, the judge-conservator, and the fathers +of the Society of Jesus; and in utterances so extravagant that they +caused a great scandal, and in things ridiculous and unworthy of the +pulpit. The latter they made a professor's chair for the avenging +of their passions, instead of one for teaching the doctrine of +Christ. Your Grace can see what fruit the audience would get from it. + +Returning to our narrative, the fathers of St. Dominic were not +content with saying the above-mentioned things in and out of the +pulpits, but they incited a petition to the dean of this holy church, +Don Miguel Garçetas, who, as the archbishop was excommunicated by +the judge-conservator, was exercising the office of provisor and +vicar-general in it; they asked him to declare the governor to be +excommunicated. For I cannot tell your Grace the fear which seized the +religious orders in this matter, that they must place the governor on +the excommunicated list; and how many actions that he had committed for +which, as they said, he had incurred excommunication--so much so, that +in a paper that appeared afterward, there was mention of twenty-five +excommunications that he had, in their opinion, incurred; and I do not +know whether there are any more in the law. With that petition they +presented a paper proving that the governor was excommunicated, and +speaking indecorously of him, saying that he was a mean and foolish +gentleman. The dean, who is a discreet man and aged, was quite far +from assenting to the request made of him, as he saw that they were +uneasy and their disturbance was superfluous. + +The judge-conservator afflicted the archbishop with new censures +and penalties to get him to hand over the protest, but the latter +would agree to do so under no considerations. He declared that he +had given it some few days before to Fray Diego Collado of the Order +of St. Dominic, and that he could not get it back from him. The +archbishop did not consider himself as excommunicated, although he +had been declared as such. Neither did the religious consider him as +such, but persuaded him that he could say mass, and he did so. The +religious went in and out of his archiepiscopal palace as before, +holding meetings and causing trouble in the community. Therefore, +measures were taken to establish some sentinels at the archbishop's +door, so that so many religious might not enter to disturb him; +but the fathers of the Society interceded with good results, so +that the sentinels should be removed. That was done immediately. The +archbishop left his house on the twelfth of November and retired to +[the convent of] St. Francis. On the eighteenth, the four provincials +of the said four orders went to consult the governor. He told them not +to overturn the community as they were doing. All the efforts possible +were made and various means were taken to get hold of the protest, +since it was fundamental to the conclusion of the peace which was +desired. The archbishop wrote the following letter to the governor +from the convent of St. Francis: + +"Sir: + +"Since your Lordship did me the kindness to come to console me and show +me favor, I have made the most strenuous efforts in the world to have +the protest returned to me; but it is hammering on cold iron. What +can I do? For if my intent had been not to show it, I could say that +I had torn it up, or could have alleged some other pretext; and I +would not have mentioned the person to whom I gave it to keep, as I +knew that there was an order to sequestrate his [70] property. Since, +sir, it is impossible, and it is not my fault, I do not accept the +excuse that your Lordship gives me in your letter, in order to free +yourself from showing me favor and undertaking to act, settle this +affair as governor and friend. Therefore, I petition your Lordship, +[71] as you can do for one who avails himself of your protection; +for I desire ever to remain in your Lordship's favor, and only bound +to serve you all the days of my life. May our Lord preserve your +Lordship's life for long years. From this convent of St. Francis, +November 24, 1635. + + +_Fray Hernando_, archbishop." + + +The governor responded as follows to the above letter: + +"Most thoroughly do I believe what your Lordship says in your letter +in regard to the efforts made to get hold of the protest, and that +your Lordship does not have it. But it is an exasperating and serious +thing that Father Collado, or whoever else has it, should display +this tenacious obstinacy; and that so many efforts, so many mediators, +and so much argument are not sufficient to get it. It is certain, sir, +that so great obstinacy in a subordinate ought not to be overlooked; +for it is hindering good men so that we cannot go farther in this +matter, until we have subdued that disobedience, which is unworthy of +so religious a person--especially since I have given my word to burn +it in the presence of your Lordship, without letting any person see +it except Diego de Rueda, so that he may acknowledge before witnesses +whether it is the paper which he wrote or authenticated. All these +considerations, and many others which occur to me, almost render it +impossible for me to serve your Lordship. On the other hand, your +Lordship's present need of my service constrains me more; and as Don +Sebastian de Corcuera, I am doing more, I judge, in charging myself +with these affairs than I would do in concluding them had I all the +authority that your Lordship mentions. + +Now, sir, that I may move in the matter with more security, it will +be necessary, since there is no other remedy, to compel Diego de +Rueda to declare to me, and attest as a notary, the contents of the +protest; and in order to cause him to do so, even though he resist, +I shall have to make use of the means, however harsh, that I shall +find available. May God direct the matter, and may He guide me in all +things so that I may be successful in serving your Lordship. Given +at the palace, this day, Sunday. + + +_Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera_" + + +In order to bring about that settlement, the governor went, November +20, to see the archbishop, whom he consoled; and he offered to do +all in his power in favor of his Lordship. The next day the same +governor called a meeting of the gentlemen of the royal Audiencia, +his Majesty's fiscal, and all the learned jurists in Manila. They +agreed that this matter could not be settled so long as the protest +did not make its appearance. In accordance with that decision, the +governor wrote the following letter to the archbishop: + +"From the time when I went last evening to pay my respects to your +Lordship, I have thought of nothing else excepting how I might manage +to serve you. With that purpose, I had the four advocates of the +royal Audiencia summoned, and others--ecclesiastics, jurists, and +theologians. On meeting them, I set before them my great desire for +peace and for the quiet and comfort of your Lordship. I had them read +the letters that your Lordship wrote me, the efforts that had been +commenced, and the papers given me yesterday by the father readers of +St. Augustine. After discussing them, little credit was given to the +statement of father Fray Pedro de Herrera and to the mandate of father +Fray Antonio Gonsalez; for both of them are accomplices. Moreover, +it was not well for them that the people should see them meddling +in a matter that is so unrighteous and one so unbecoming to their +profession. [I told those who were assembled] that, accordingly, they +should protect these papers, so that neither the mandate of father +Fray Antonio should bind father Fray Diego Collado or any other of +his religious, or the statement of the said father Fray Pedro de +Herrera have any effect. For it was considered also that the latter +had been issued nine days after the incident [of Rueda's arrest] +had occurred; and more especially was noted the obstinacy of father +Fray Diego Collado in refusing to return to your Lordship the paper or +protest that had been made. For these reasons all unanimously, without +one dissenting voice, were of the opinion that your Lordship should +make new and more strenuous efforts to secure and surrender the said +protest on account of the difficulties that so evidently result from +secreting it. And since, sir, it contains nothing that can tarnish the +reputation of the Order of the Society, or that can be of importance to +any other, I would judge it impossible that there can be any agreement, +or that the cause can be concluded to the pleasure and satisfaction of +your Lordship, except by handing over the said paper--with the promise +that I hereby give, as a gentleman, that if it be handed over to me, I +shall only allow the notary to see the signature, so that he may attest +that it is the document that he authenticated; and then immediately, +in the presence of him who hands it to me, or in the pretence of your +Lordship (for which purpose I shall go to your residence), I shall burn +it so that nothing of it can remain. It has also seemed best for me +to ask the judge-conservator to grant your Lordship four or six days +more than the time-limit that he has assigned; and I shall do that +immediately, so that your Lordship may have more time to see that +that religious may not ruin the whole affair, and that he may hand +over the paper. And in case that he always prove obstinate, I shall +immediately refrain from meddling in this matter, either for or against +your Lordship. I beg you to pardon me for having made this resolution, +in accordance with the opinion of so many erudite and well-intentioned +men. And, even had they not given it, I would have made it of my own +accord, after hearing what the sargento-mayor has just told me of +the religious of St. Dominic, who have broken into the guardhouse at +one of the gates of the wall, defying the soldiers stationed there, +and forcibly bringing inside Don Pedro Monrroy--contrary to the order +that I had given that he was not to be allowed to enter, since he is +not provisor, and has nothing to do inside the walls. And if these +disorderly acts are committed while I am seeking means and methods of +doing your Lordship a service, by which I may aid you in paying the +condemnations that have been ordered, I am freed from the obligation +of having anything to do with these matters, either pro or con. On +the contrary I shall inform the king our sovereign of the efforts +made on my part; and all the community will have understood them and +will know that your Lordship, taking counsel of the three orders, +neither desires nor tries to secure peace. I beg your Lordship's +pardon for speaking so boldly, and rest assured that there is not, +nor will there be, more than I have said here. May God preserve your +Lordship for happy years. Given at the palace, November 21, 1635. + + +_Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera_" + + +Since the above letter makes mention of the forcing of the guardhouse, +I shall narrate to your Grace what occurred. Don Pedro de Monrroy, +since he was not provisor, left the city. The governor, fearing that +if he returned hither, the matter would be more unsettled than ever, +left orders at the city gates that Don Pedro should not be allowed +to enter, should he make the attempt. But on November 21--on the same +day and at the same hour when the governor was with the archbishop in +the convent of St. Francis, trying to settle the matter--the said Don +Pedro Monrroy, clad as a Franciscan friar, with another Franciscan +friar as companion, attempted to enter by a gate near the convent of +St. Dominic, at the time of the Ave Marias. A great number of religious +went out of the convent to receive him. The commandant at the gate, +one Alférez Don Francisco de Ribera, recognized him; he seized him, and +called out to his soldiers to take their arms, and prevent Don Pedro's +entrance. But there were so many friars of St. Dominic, who charged +down and defended him by fighting with their fists, that the soldiers +could not use their weapons or prevent his entrance. Consequently, +forcing the guardhouse, they took him into the city. The governor +felt just anger at this. He ordered the commandant and soldiers to be +arrested, and he was about to garrote the commandant and punish the +soldiers for not having obeyed his order. They exculpated themselves +quite sufficiently in the report that they made of having done their +utmost, but that the fury of the religious gave them no time to do any +more. The governor in great anger wrote to the father vicar-provincial +of St. Dominic, Fray Antonio Gonsalez, regarding the matter; and the +latter responded very coolly that his religious had not done such a +thing, and that he had proof and information to the contrary. The +father vicar added that Don Pedro de Monrroy had entered the city +in obedience to the summons of the Inquisition. For your Grace +must suppose that as the friars saw the matter was ending ill, and +as their passion against the fathers of the Society was so great, +they endeavored by all means to make it a case of Inquisition against +them. Therefore, on November 19, the father commissary sent for a copy +of the act of the judge-conservator, in which the latter ordered the +archbishop to produce the protest or defamatory libel, under penalty +of suspension; that act was affixed to the archbishop's door, as he +was not at home, and as he could not be found to notify him. Father +Fray Francisco de Paula [72] acted as notary on this occasion. He +ordered a writing-desk to be placed in the street, and, with great +pomp and clatter, had the said act removed, and copied it on the +writing-desk. Next morning the father commissary sent another friar, +named Fray Ignacio Muñoz, [73] to act as notary to summon the judge, +Don Fabian de Santillan; he did it in so clamorous a manner, and at +such a time, that people thought he was trying to place some stain on +the said judge. The latter, in order to purge himself from it, asked +the father commissary for an official statement stating that he had not +been summoned for any crime, but only to be told that the trial of the +said protest did not pertain to him. At nine o'clock in the morning +of the twenty-third of the same month of November, two lay brothers +of the same Order of St. Dominic, also in the capacity of notaries, +went to the judge-conservator, who was at [the convent of] the Society, +to notify him that he must surrender Diego de Rueda. And because the +doorkeeper of the Society told them to wait a moment, they began to +cry aloud and to attest by witnesses that they were being prevented +from attending to the affairs of the Inquisition. On the twenty-sixth +of the same month, another notification was made to the same judge, +asking for Diego de Rueda, and ordering that he be sent to demand +the protest. Many other notifications were served on him through the +agency of Fray Antonio Espexo [74] of the same order. From this your +Grace will observe that they had a different notary for each day; +this is a matter on which I may reflect much, and I even imagine +that the inquisitors of Mexico would not be pleased with so great a +variety of notaries for one commissary--some being lay brothers and +others ordained priests, some youths and others of greater age--and +usually but little restrained. To show that, I will only tell your +Grace of one thing that one of those notaries, Fray Ignaçio de Muñoz, +said, when going one day to a garden with another friar of his order, +Fray Pedro de Ledo, [75] and with the collegiates of Santo Thomas: +"I shall not stop until I see all the Theatins [_i.e._, Jesuits] +put to the knife." What a fine disposition is that, your Grace, +and what a good inclination in a notary of so holy, upright, and +dispassionate a tribunal as is that of the holy Inquisition! Finally, +the father commissary asked the judge-conservator to surrender to +him an information that he had brought against Don Pedro de Monrroy, +because he had said that Lutero and Calvino [_i.e._, Luther and Calvin] +and other heretics had not done so much harm to the Church of God as +had the fathers of the Society. The judge gave him the original, but +kept a copy, which the father commissary also sent to get from him. The +judge refused to give it to him, saying that he could not give it up, +and that it was necessary to adduce in the cause; and that although +it pertained to the father commissary, as far as it was a mischievous +statement, yet it pertained to the judge himself, so far as if was +an injury against the Society, of whom he was the conservator. The +father commissary notified him, besides, that he himself would send +to demand the protest or defamatory libel, since, being such, it +pertained to the Inquisition to try it. The judge answered him that +it did not pertain exclusively to the Inquisition, and that he had +begun to try that cause, as it concerned the principal cause. The +father commissary served many different notifications on the judge, +in which it could be plainly seen that he was trying to embarrass the +affair, so that if should not proceed further. Accordingly, the judge +notified the commissary, or rather, father Fray Francisco de Herrera, +not to lay obstacles in the path of his apostolic jurisdiction, and to +cause him no hindrance in it. In order to conclude this part of the +matter, I shall cite here the answer given by the judge-conservator +to an act by the father commissary; it is as follows: + +"I, Don Fabian de Santillan y Gavilanes, schoolmaster of the holy +cathedral church of this city, apostolic judge-conservator for the +observance and immunity of the privileges, rights, and actions, +of the Order of the Society of Jesus, etc., declare that, having +examined the reply of the reverend father Fray Francisco de Herrera, +commissary of the Holy Office of the Inquisition, given to the act +issued by myself on the twenty-eighth of the present month and year, +he says therein that he is not trying and never has tried to disturb +the peace, or anything that the said judge-conservator could do in +its defense; but only to take cognizance of what pertains to the +Holy Office of the Inquisition in order to fulfil his obligation +(to which pertains all that of which he has been notified), and to +obtain the papers regarding the said causes, according to the terms +of the briefs of the supreme pontiffs, so that no paper shall remain +in possession of any judge, notary, or any other person; and that +the said judge-conservator has no brief to oppose to this, nor can he +have such. As for the chief order in the said my act, it is not that +the said reverend father commissary should not disturb the peace, nor +do all that which he may do in defense of it, but that he restrain +himself from hindering and disturbing, in any manner, the exercise +of my apostolic jurisdiction, which I am actually exercising; and, +especially, that he do not ask for papers which do not pertain to him, +but to my court and to the cause that I have in hand. Such are the +papers that the said reverend father commissary asks from me; for the +originals of those which belong to the cause of Don Pedro de Monrroy +I have delivered without waiting to have them asked from me, as I +have mentioned in the said my act--only because in a certain manner +they may belong to the said tribunal of the holy Inquisition. But +they belong principally to my court, and to the cause that I have +in hand; for the words spoken by the said Don Pedro de Monrroy are +especially injurious and insulting to the said Society of Jesus and +its religious. It is necessary for this reason that an authenticated +copy of the papers which I delivered to the said reverend father +commissary remain in the records of this cause, in order that I may +not fail in my duty and jurisdiction, and that I may give a good +account to his Holiness of the affairs under my charge. As for the +assertion that the briefs of the supreme pontiffs order that the said +tribunal of the Holy Office shall obtain all the papers (both original +and copies) touching the causes that pertain to the Holy Office, and +that no paper remain in possession of any judge, notary, or any other +person--that is understood, as is apparent from the said briefs, to +mean the causes which belong strictly to the said tribunal of the Holy +Office, and to no other court. Likewise, those which are asked from me +belong--inasmuch as they contain injurious and insulting words against +the said Society, whose apostolic judge-conservator I am--peculiarly +and chiefly to my court; and if I handed them over I would be greatly +delinquent in the obligations of my office, and I would cease to be +a judge-conservator of the said Society of Jesus. Neither can I be +ordered to refrain from requesting the protest or paper that I am +asking from the archbishop of Manila, Don Fray Hernando Guerrero; +for it contains affronts and insults uttered recently against the +said Society of Jesus, and against my jurisdiction, and the acts +that I have pronounced. And supposing that it could also pertain to +the said tribunal of the Holy Office to try the defamatory libels +against religious persons, it has not hitherto been understood that +the exclusive trial of such causes has pertained to it. And since +this cause is at least _mixtifori_; [76] and since I am actually +trying this cause as apostolic judge-conservator, and consequently, +with exclusive apostolic authority, without anyone having the power +to take it from my hands, except his Holiness (whose delegate I am, +and to whom only I am immediately subject); and since, for all this +[authority], it is unnecessary for me to produce any other brief except +the apostolic authority and jurisdiction of judge-conservator which +I hold and which I am exercising; and since with less justification +can the said reverend father commissary restrain me from asking the +said paper or protest from the said archbishop, and make me leave +it to the said reverend father commissary--first, because he has a +part in this affair, as he was present and signed the first act of +the said archbishop against the said Society of Jesus on the ninth +of October of this present year, together with certain religious of +his order, whose signatures I have in my possession (that act having +been the foundation and origin of all the insults received by the said +Society of Jesus, and the reason whereby they were incited to appoint +me their judge-conservator); and second, because, the said archbishop +having made the said protest or defamatory libel, the said reverend +father commissary cannot lawfully demand it, for the said archbishop +is not his subordinate, while I, forsooth, can ask it as being his +legitimate apostolic judge, and moreover I can constrain him with fines +and censures against his obstinacy and disobedience to the apostolic +mandates; hence the said reverend father commissary's command that +I leave to him the demand for the said protest or defamatory libel, +and that I refrain from asking for it, means that I should allow him +to exceed the authority of his commission, and that I refrain from +fulfilling mine: therefore I order the said reverend father commissary +to observe and obey the act of which he was notified yesterday, the +twenty-eighth, exactly as is therein contained, without exceeding +it in any point, under the penalties and censures therein contained, +to which I regard him as immediately liable in their fullest measure +if he does the contrary. By this act, I decree and order, and affix +my signature. If the said father commissary should not appear so that +this notification may be served by the notary who shall make it, the +latter shall serve it at the doors of the college of Santo Thomas, +where the said father commissary is rector and where he lives; and +the notary shall affix a copy of this act to the doors so that he may +consider it as completely a damage and injury as if the notification +were made and read to him in person. And the notary shall establish +this act by an attestation. Given in Manila, November twenty-nine, +one thousand six hundred and thirty-five. The schoolmaster, + + +_Don Fabian Santillan y Gavilanes_ + +By his order: + +_Diego de Aldave_, apostolic notary." + + +"In the city of Manila, on the twenty-ninth of November, one thousand +six hundred and thirty-five, about half-past eleven in the morning, +more or less, I, the present notary, read and announced the act on +this folio to the reverend father Fray Francisco de Herrera, of the +Order of St. Dominic, and commissary of the tribunal of the holy +Inquisition of these islands, in his own person, exactly according +to its contents. Having heard it, he said that it was impossible to +notify him of the said act on the said day, as it was a holy day; +and that I should accordingly return on the first workday, when he +would answer in due form and at greater length. In accordance with +my orders in the said act, I affixed a copy of it, signed by the +hand of the said judge, and authenticated by me the present notary, +to the gates of the college of Santo Thomas, where the said reverend +father commissary lives, in the presence of fathers Fray Sebastian de +Oquendo and Fray Andres Gomez de Espexo and other persons. Witnesses +present were Juan Ortiz de Sossa, Benito de Cañeda, Francisco Correa, +and Juan Garcia de Nava, soldiers of the company of Captain Pedro de +la Mata. I attest it. + + +_Diego de Aldave_, apostolic notary" + + +At this juncture all the community was thrown into an uproar by +certain religious, who showed the hate that they had toward the +Society--to such an extent, that on the day of the Presentation, +November 21 (which is the chief day of the holy Misericordia of this +city, which the orders always attend), not any of them went except +those of the Society. The others refused to meet with them although +they had been invited--a matter that scandalized us not a little. As +often as possible, the same religious uttered innumerable evil and +infamous things against the fathers of the Society, which the latter +passed by, silencing their suffering. The orders discussed innumerable +innovations, all apparently in order to make confusion. As it pertains +to the governor to preserve peace, he one day (namely, November +27) had the superiors of the orders of St. Dominic, St. Francis, +St. Augustine, and the Recollects, summoned to the royal Audiencia. He +summoned also the father commissary of the Holy Office, but he refused +to attend, and sent no excuse. The others attended. They were told in +the royal Audiencia that they must quiet their friars, so that they +might not continue to stir up the community. The governor ordered +their superiors to banish from the city those who were ringleaders +in this--namely, Fray Francisco de Paula, and Fray Sebastian de +Oquenda, of the Order of St. Dominic; and two others of the Order of +St. Augustine. The superiors would, however, under no considerations +obey. On the contrary, on St. Andrew's day, the thirtieth of November, +while celebrating the feast of the apostle, who is the patron saint of +this city, in [the church of] Santa Potenciana, the master Don Juan +de Ledo ascended the pulpit to preach. A notice was given to him [to +read] which stated that father Fray Francisco de Paula would preach +on the following Sunday in his convent of St. Dominic. That was a very +ill-considered act, since it was equal to giving the governor and the +royal Audiencia a slap in the face, not paying any attention to what +they had ordered in his Majesty's name--all of which the governor +prudently overlooked, in order to avoid other annoyances. + +At this time the despatch of the galleons which were to take the +reënforcements to Maluco was being discussed. The religious enticed +a pilot, named Francisco Domingues, who had been honored and favored +by the governor by being made captain of infantry, and who had been +appointed pilot of the flagship, to flee with some of them by way +of Yndia. The governor learned of it, and was obliged to arrest the +said pilot, and to order at the city gates that two religious of the +Order of St. Dominic, namely, Fray Francisco Pinelo and Fray Diego +Collado--who were the ones who had planned that escape--should not be +allowed to pass through them. Then that order also began to say that +the governor was incurring a thousand excommunications, not stopping to +consider that he who has charge of this city and these islands is bound +to preserve them and watch over them, and to give the proper military +orders that he considers necessary; and that he could not prevent that +loss, except by not allowing those religious to leave the walls. By +another method, other religious stirred up a goodly number of sailors, +and as many soldiers; and they, having already received money for the +journey to Maluco in the galleons which were about to sail, fled in +a champan by way of Yndia. There was in this affair a cleric named +Don Francisco Montero, who had been expelled from the priesthood, +and who was a restless man. He carried papers and authority from +the archbishop. There was also a French Recollect friar, named Fray +Nicolas de Tolentino, who was angered at his order because they did +not elect him provincial in accordance with his claims. A friar of +St. Dominic went also. It was said that he was going on to España +with grievous complaints against the governor, the royal Audiencia, +and the fathers of the Society. But much greater can be the complaints +of the governor of him because he had committed so unreasonable an act, +and one so much to the disservice of his Majesty, in taking away the +men who were to aid his royal service in the royal fleet. + +The judge-conservator weighed down the archbishop with censures, +to make him give up the protest or libel. He had declared him +excommunicated and suspended; but the archbishop refused to surrender +the protest, while the judge-conservator did not cease to demand +it. While matters were in this condition, at the petition of the +fathers of the Society the governor took hold of affairs, in order +to settle them. He called a council of four lawyers--the best in +Manila--among whom was his Majesty's fiscal. The father provincial +and the father rector of the Society were at the meeting, and also the +judge-conservator. The lawyers read the opinion which they had studied +over for several days; and all agreed that the judge-conservator +could remove the suspension that he had imposed on the archbishop, +in order to obtain from him the said protest or libel, as they said +that the said suspension was comminatory. For the same reason, they +declared that the pecuniary fines could be moderated or completely +withdrawn. The fathers of the Society, although they were the offended +parties, took the part of the archbishop and supported the opinion +of the lawyers; they made every effort that the archbishop might come +well out of the affair, and they managed so well that I promise your +Grace that the settlement of this matter is wholly due to them. The +judge-conservator only was somewhat harsh, and would agree to none +of all this; for he thought that it could not be done, according +to the counsel that he had received from some learned men. But the +governor had the prudence and wisdom to smooth over all difficulties, +and finally, the archbishop was absolved, January 28, 636, from the +censures and penalties. The governor went in person to his house for +him and took him in his carriage to the cathedral, giving him the +right-hand side, notwithstanding the ruling of the royal decree that +orders that he shall not give it. He took him as far as the choir, +where, seating the archbishop in his chair, and bending his knee to +him, he kissed his hand, which he had already done in the archbishop's +house. The governor paid from his own pocket more than one thousand +pesos, in costs and expenses of the suit. Great was the happiness at +the conclusion of these suits, and all the orders assembled. Father +Juan Antonio Sana, of the Society of Jesus, preached at the feast of +the dedication of the church, celebrated that day in the cathedral. The +archbishop was full of expressions of thanks for what had been done for +him, but that happiness was of little duration. For as the archbishop +had at his side and at his ear certain religious who, it is to be +believed, did not desire peace, but, on the contrary, did their utmost +so that it might not exist between the leaders of the community, and +were taking the archbishop as a means to oppose the governor, and, +as it were, to avenge themselves on the latter for injuries that they +thought that they had received from him; from that so many were the +angry feelings that arose, that they led to the last rupture; but, +before going on to relate that, I shall relate some matters of less +moment that happened. + +A few years ago, a surgeon came to this country, named Francisco +Garçia, who had been exiled by the viceroy of Nueva España for certain +libels and crimes; and he was ordered to come to these islands, to +serve at the will of the governor. The latter having need of him to +go with the galleons which, I have already said, were to go to Maluco +with the reënforcements, he was fitted out for the expedition. But +he took refuge in [the convent of] St. Dominic, alleging that he +was a familiar of the Holy Office. From that occurrence also arose a +thousand lies against the governor, declaring that he tried to take +the surgeon from his retreat--as if the church can be of any avail +to a soldier, so that he need not go to serve in the post where his +captain orders him. And if the fact that he was a familiar of the +Holy Office (which was not proved), did not avail him in Mexico, in +the opinion of the inquisitors, to exempt him from coming here under +condemnation, it is a token that those gentlemen did not wish that plea +to be of any use to him in Filipinas so that the sentence should not +be executed upon him. However, a few days after he had taken refuge, +the said Francisco Garçia came to a better resolution, and, leaving +the church, delivered himself to the governor. The latter received him +kindly, and told him that he need not go in the said galleons. But +a few months after, as the hospital of the port of Cabite had been +put in order, so that the soldiers and sailors might have a place +of retreat in their illnesses, Francisco Garçia was detailed as the +physician of that hospital, with a salary of one peso per day--which +was not a bad stipend. But, that he might not obey his orders, the +archbishop ordained the said Francisco Garçia on Tuesday, April 20, +with the tonsure and with minor orders; and he, garbed in very reverend +fashion as a cleric, began to walk through the city in sight of the +governor--to whom those orders meant to give a slap in the face, +although he passed it by. In truth, sir, I cannot see that they could +be of any use, since, for one to enjoy the clerical privilege, it is +necessary that one be already ordained when the crime is committed; +but without that, then it matters but little whether he is ordained, +according to what I have read in some authors. Your Grace will ask, +then, why the archbishop ordained him and did not think of that. I +answer that even as he ordained him, he ordained a few years ago, +a Portuguese physician who was living in this city, who went to the +city of Macan, one Licentiate Pereira. I have heard that he was +twice married in Portugal, and that one wife was a widow. Such a +one as this did the archbishop ordain in Pampanga, _extra tempora_ +[77] in the three days of a feast, proceeding from the two degrees +that he lacked, namely, those of subdeacon and priest. According to +the account that I have heard given by learned men, there were more +than twelve irregularities, all of which the archbishop passed by, +without its being proved that there should be any dispensation, or +without considering that there can be no dispensation here in this +case--a matter that was considered by many men, both the learned and +the ignorant. + +The governor thought that there was a great waste of the royal revenue, +which was not carefully spent, in the royal Spanish hospital of +this city of Manila, and that the sick were not well cared for. In +order to remedy both these evils, the governor conceived the idea +of appointing a chaplain in the said hospital, and of ordering the +fathers of St. Francis, who had it in charge, to leave it. Although +the Franciscans objected, they finally left the hospital; for there +was no royal decree ordering that the hospital should be given into +the care of those religious--since, although the governor asked for +such a decree, it was never shown to him. Many of the religious of +the same order, zealous for its welfare, wrote to the governor that +it was advisable for their own order that the friars be withdrawn +from the hospital. What machinations did they not begin to set +in motion because of this deed! What councils did they not hold +with the archbishop! What excommunications did they not heap on +the governor! The newly-appointed chaplain went to the archbishop +to get leave to administer the sacraments in the said hospital, +but the archbishop steadily refused to give it; nor without that +would he consider examining the chaplain, as the latter wished. The +archbishop said that, if there had to be a chaplain, he must be +appointed through an open competition--although there is a decree +of his Majesty against this, ruling that the choice of chaplains +pertains to the governor alone, and that the person chosen shall go +afterward to the ordinary, so that the latter may give him a license to +administer the sacraments. There was more in this than the key of the +most holy sacrament at that hospital. The archbishop interposed, and +had the said chaplain ordered, under penalty of major excommunication, +not to administer the sacraments or say mass in the said hospital, +so that the hospital remained many days without succor. The governor +sent his Majesty's fiscal to bring the archbishop to reason, but he +could not do it. And although the royal Audiencia, whither recourse +was had on the plea of fuerza, declared that he had committed that +offense, not for that would the archbishop soften or change his mind. + +At that time a general visitation of the clergy was ordered, and it is +wonderful to see along what rough lines the archbishop conducted it, +and what harsh methods he took, so that the remedy was worse than the +disease; he placed the clerics in irons among the negroes and vile +people, and that not for serious causes. That was a thing that tended +to produce contempt for the priestly estate; and its effect was that +all the clergy, as a body, became thoroughly disgusted, and viewed +their prelate and shepherd not as a father, but as a severe judge, +who treated them very harshly in his language--behavior which they +greatly resented. I will relate to your Grace one instance of this. I +attended the cathedral of this city on Holy Thursday, March 20. I saw +on the platform (where the oils had been blessed that morning) that +the said archbishop was clad in his pontifical robes, and that he had +been given the towel for the washing of the feet. The twelve clerics +whose feet he was to wash were already barefoot, the gospel had been +said, everything was ready, and there were many people before him. It +happened that, because some Indian singers and some one of the clergy +were absent, the archbishop began to scold, saying that it was a most +shameless act for anyone to be absent from the cathedral during that +ceremony. Then he began to disrobe himself in great wrath and fury, +also removing his pontifical ornaments in his anger, and throwing on +one side his miter (which fell to the ground), and his towel to the +other side. Thus did he continue to lay aside the rest, and with all +haste he went to his own house--leaving the priests barefooted, and +without washing their feet; and all those present, thunderstruck and +amazed, and even scandalized at the sight of so great fury and wrath +in a prelate, and during a ceremony that demanded so great humility. + +But to return to our governor; there was no action, however +insignificant it may have been, that they did not for it cast calumny +on him. The archbishop and religious drew up a paper with twenty-one +questions, which the archbishop put to the superiors of the religious, +in the form of cases of conscience. The questions were prepared with +such skill that, with the reply that would be given to them, they would +present weapons against the governor. They proceeded to set down on a +paper whatever he did, even in matters of the political government, +in order to write to his Majesty. That paper certainly twisted the +truth, in many of its statements; and it contained more than sixty +or seventy sections. One of the religious who were concerned in it +gave it to the governor. Just consider, your Grace, what a tax on +his patience this would be, and how it would wound him! Furthermore, +the paper ended with twenty-five excommunications which the governor +was said to have incurred. Everything was quite ready for the greatest +kind of a rupture. + +The archbishop went to visit La Hermita, a district where Master Don +Andres Arias Xiron was cura. It was well known that the archbishop +had a prejudice against him, on account of various matters that +had occurred between the two, chiefly because Don Andres was an +intimate friend of the judge-conservator, Don Fabian Santillan. His +Lordship was very harsh with the affairs of the said Don Andres Xiron; +and on Saturday, April 26, after the Ave Marias, he ordered him to +be notified of an act by which the archbishop commanded that within +fourteen hours he be taken before a fiscal at a village outside Manila, +called Calompite. Don Andres tried to answer that act, but they would +not allow him to do so; nor would they give him a copy of the act, +which he requested. He claimed that the notification was null and void, +because it was made at night; but no attention was paid to that. Seeing +that the whole affair was being conducted with violence, very early +on the morning of Sunday, April 22, he presented a petition, appealing +from the said act and claiming the royal aid against fuerza, for which +he made representations in the royal Audiencia. The latter declared on +the following Monday that the archbishop had employed fuerza against +the said Don Andres Xiron; and notified the said archbishop of that +declaration. On Tuesday, the twenty-fourth of the same month, at +three in the afternoon, the archbishop notified Licentiate Marcos de +Zapata y Galves--the only auditor of this royal Audiencia, because of +the death of the others--that he should consider himself as publicly +excommunicated, because he had meddled in ecclesiastical affairs; and +notices to that effect were placed on the churches. Upon receiving +that notification of excommunication, the auditor Marcos Zapata de +Galves made a spirited reply; he alleged the invalid points in the +act (which were many), and finally, for greater advantage, appealed +to and threatened the royal aid against fuerza. The master Don Andres +Arias Xiron, inasmuch as he had hidden, was not found, in order to be +notified of another excommunication; but he was placed on the lists +as publicly excommunicated. On the following Wednesday, April 30, +the governor, the auditor Marcos Zapata, his Majesty's fiscal, and +three advocates of the royal Audiencia--namely, Doctor Luis Arias de +Mora, Licentiate Nicolas Antonio de Omaña, and the auditor Manuel +Suarez--met in the royal Audiencia. The auditor Marcos Zapata set +forth the manifest violence shown him by the archbishop. The lawyers +were sworn so that they might serve as judges, and they so acted. The +auditor Marcos Zapata leaving the hall, they judged that fuerza was +employed against him. Without doubt it was so, for the auditor Marcos +Zapata had not sinned further than in admitting Don Andres Xiron into +the royal Audiencia on his appeal from fuerza. If that were a sin, +so also was it to admit the said archbishop, when, in his suit with +the judge-conservator, he appeared before the royal Audiencia with +a plea of fuerza. And if Don Andres Xiron incurred excommunication +for having thus presented himself, the archbishop likewise incurred +it when he appeared there. But no consideration was given to this, +and the point of fuerza is a stale one in España, and consequently it +was not discussed. The archbishop was notified of a royal provision +issued by Don Phelipe, by which he was ordered to absolve the auditor +Marcos Zapata. The archbishop obeyed it, and that afternoon he sent +Master Juan Velez to absolve him. That was done _ad cautelam_; for +in truth he did not consider himself as excommunicated, nor did the +learned jurists so consider him. + +Not only was the master Don Andres Xiron not absolved, but new acts +were passed against him and new penalties imposed on him. All this was +to prevent his presentation, that the governor had made, for the post +of archdeacon of this metropolitan church, because of the resignation +of the said post by Don Francisco de Baldes. The archbishop refused to +accept the said master Don Andres Xiron, as he asserted that he was +his mortal enemy, and for that purpose he threw out all the rest [of +the governor's nominations]. He had the prebendaries of the cathedral +notified not to accept Don Andres, under penalty of excommunication, +and notified Don Francisco de Baldes to assist in the choir as before, +since he was the archdeacon--telling him that his resignation had been +invalid, as it had been made through the governor and not through +the ordinary, before whom the resignation of any ecclesiastical +benefice must be made; but the good man did not heed the archbishop +and those who were aiding him. Although it is true, and a matter that +has been settled by law, that the resignation from an ecclesiastical +benefice in which the incumbent has been canonically installed must be +presented only through the ordinary, yet Don Francisco de Baldes did +not hold the post of archdeacon _in titulum_, but only in charge, and +until his Majesty should appoint another. Therefore, the resignation +from it was governed by the same rule as the resignation from other +chaplaincies of the king, who was the one to appoint other incumbents +to them. It is not necessary that those who hold these should make +their resignation before the ordinary; and this, it seems, is the +practice. For the same object of preventing that presentation, +the archbishop exiled Don Andres Xiron, and announced that he was +excommunicated. But his Majesty likewise orders in a royal decree +that, when the governors should present any persons as prebendaries, +the archbishops should accept them, unless they had some objection to +offer to them; but that if any exception were made, then such were not +to be accepted--with the proviso that the exception must be proved, +and, if it should not be proved, then they must pay damages to the one +presented. Therefore, the archbishop came forward for this purpose, +and entered several exceptions before the royal Audiencia against +the said master Don Andres Xiron. The latter manfully repelled these +accusations, and purged himself from them all; for at the outset, +in reply to a formal accusation with evidence that he had caused a +miscarriage, some years before, by ordering a pregnant Indian woman +to be whipped, the said master Don Andres Xiron came forward with +another report made by the same judge, in which the witnesses who +had sworn against him retracted their oaths, and declared that they +had been induced by others to swear; whereupon the judge declared him +free from that calumny. Further, on the part of the archbishop, they +accused the master Don Andres Xiron of an act of simony; but he gave +the lie to that, as salt dissolves in water, by means of authentic +documents and reports. They opposed him with other things of less +account, but these were not proved, nor was there any witness of them, +nor were the accusations completed; they could, therefore, prove of +no harm to him, and he did not have to clear himself. Consequently, +the royal Audiencia declared that the archbishop had not proved his +exceptions to the master Don Andres Xiron, who must be admitted into +the archdeaconate, according to the royal patronage. But the archbishop +refused to admit him. Hence the royal Audiencia despatched a royal +decree, issued by Don Phelipe, ordering that Don Andres be admitted, +under penalty of [losing] the temporalities and of banishment from the +kingdoms. The archbishop was tied to what the religious who sided with +him incited him to, as will be seen from the following letter which +he wrote to the master Don Joan de Toledo, his provisor, who counseled +him to obey the royal decree, as that was advisable in order to avoid +trouble; and that, if he did not obey, without doubt his exile from +the kingdoms would be an assured fact. The letter is as follows: + +"All that those gentlemen have enacted is in violation of the royal +patronage, and contrary to [the precepts of] God and justice; and, +although it comes in the name of the king, I am not under obligations +to obey it, since men so governed by passion have made it. It is less +harmful that I go into exile, and that I suffer, than that so evil a +priest enter the cathedral contrary to the will of his Majesty--who, +even for but one of the exceptions that I have made, is unwilling that +the canonical institution be given to him. It is a piece of nonsense +to assert that the cabildo must take charge of the government, for I +am not excommunicated or suspended. Already I have appointed governors +for the archbishop, and I pray your Grace not to give me any counsel +in such things, for I do not wish it. It will seem an admirable thing, +in Roma and in Madrid, that an archbishop should be exiled in behalf +of Don Andres Arias Xiron, who is a person of great importance in this +community. If I shall go, I shall leave the city, so that they shall +come to seek me; and they must not think that I shall do through fear +what is wrong. Rather will I die twenty deaths. Such is my resolve, +and I shall not change it. Accordingly, your Grace may advise them to +prepare immediately a ship in which to embark me. I shall not fail +to have persons who will go with me, and God will defend so just a +cause and will not permit so great evils and tyrannies, for these +acts have no other name. Perhaps God is permitting this in order +that some one or some persons may pay for their evil acts--which +God allows, but not forever. All the community will judge whether +those actions are justified, and they will write to his Majesty; +since those actions stand out so clearly. May our Lord preserve your +Grace many years. From La Hermita, Friday, May 9, 1636. + + +_Fray Hernando_, archbishop. + + +"In regard to your Grace saying that the king, as sovereign, is able +to give the prebends to whom he likes, even to natives, your Grace +could not have reflected when you wrote that; since his Majesty, being +so Christian and Catholic, is not one to waste the ecclesiastical +property, for the purpose of giving it to unworthy men. And you, +your Grace, do not you venture to write such words, for they are +ill-sounding. I shall not go without forbidding the saying of mass, +and without hurling a curse, in the name of God and of the Church, +on the circumstances and persons who have caused my exile." + +As the archbishop refused to obey the royal decrees, the royal +Audiencia had him notified by an act on the morning of May 9, at nine +o'clock, that the temporalities were taken from him, and that he was +declared an exile from these kingdoms. Then began the trouble. The +archbishop summoned the religious of all the orders, and notified the +father rector of the Society to go to a meeting with the rest of the +religious. The latter excused himself, for reasons that your Grace +will see in the following letter written to the archbishop: + + +"Most illustrious sir: + +"Licentiate Don Bartolome de Cañedo, coming from outside, has +just now notified me, at half-past six o'clock, to go to a meeting +which your most illustrious Lordship is holding with the religious +of our fathers St. Dominic, St. Francis, and St. Nicholas [_i.e._, +the Recollects], who drew up against the Society of Jesus the paper +and resolution that your Lordship knows of, and which has not as +yet been revoked--as we understand ought to have been done before +the matter went so far as closing the doors of the church on us, as +happened in Cabite. Consequently, so long as the said paper remains +in force and is not revoked, your Lordship can well understand that +we are legitimately excused from such meetings, although never from +serving your most illustrious Lordship very willingly and lovingly." + + +The resolution made in the meeting with the religious was, that under +no circumstances would the archbishop obey the royal decrees, besides +other disorderly things, which continued to happen, and which I shall +relate in their order. + +In the afternoon of that same Friday, the archbishop sent the +monstrance with the most holy sacrament to the convent of St. Francis, +whence it was carried irreverently in his sleeve by a friar, and +taken to the house of the archbishop. The latter, at nightfall, +sent two clerics who had taken the minor orders, to excommunicate +the governor and Auditor Marcos Zapata; the latter, together with +his Majesty's fiscal, were assembled in the tribunal of the royal +Audiencia. Seeing things in so great confusion, they ordered the +clerical notaries to enter. The latter, upon reaching the tribunal, +with wisdom and prudence did not dare to give notice of anything. In +order not to lose any time, which was fast fleeting, they went first +to the doors of the auditor Marcos Zapata, and commenced to read the +excommunication by the light of a torch. But a soldier, who happened +to be passing along the street, gave the torch a flick with his hat, +and extinguished it. They were unable to proceed with the reading, +and accordingly went to give an account of events to the archbishop, +who was at home with the most holy sacrament and a great number of +religious of all the orders--except those of the Society, who were +not summoned and who did not go. The archbishop ordered the said +excommunication against the governor and Auditor Marcos Zapata to +be read at the door of the master-of-camp, Don Lorenzo Olaso. They +were read, and great bills were posted on the church doors, which +read as follows: + +"Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera, governor and captain-general +of these islands, and the senior auditor, Marcos Zapata de Galves, +will be considered publicly excommunicated, because they prevent the +exercise of ecclesiastical justice and the general visitation that is +being made by his Excellency Don Fray Hernando Guerrero, archbishop of +these islands. No person shall dare to remove or destroy this paper, +under penalty of major excommunication, _late sententie, ipso facto +incurrendo una protina canónica monitione premissa_, and a fine of +one thousand Castilian ducados for the Holy Crusade, for those who +violate the commands herein contained, which penalties they shall be +regarded as having forthwith incurred. Given in Manila, on the ninth +day of the month of May, one thousand six hundred and thirty-six. + + +_Fray Hernando_, archbishop. + +Before me: + +_Francisco de la Roca_, notary." + + +I am told that an act was issued by the archbishop for the purpose +of announcing to the said master-of-camp that he was not to obey +the governor, as the latter was publicly excommunicated. But I +have been unable to assure myself of the truth of that statement, +and consequently, I do not mention it, except with the doubt that +surrounds it. But, if it were a fact, let your Grace consider whether +that were an act of mutiny or no. + +The governor had sent a company of soldiers under command of an +adjutant of the camp, and the chief constable of the Audiencia, Captain +Bartolome Tenorio, with orders to execute the royal decrees and to +expel the archbishop from these kingdoms. The latter was clad in his +surplice, stole, and cope, and was holding the most holy sacrament in +his hands. He was surrounded by the said religious and by a number of +seculars. The chief constable disliked that execution exceedingly, +but he was ordered to carry it out under severe penalties, as it +pertained to his duty. But, since the archbishop had the most holy +sacrament in his hands, he could not do so; accordingly, the governor +ordered it to be done when he should lay the sacrament aside. Three +times did he send to order the religious, in his Majesty's name, +to leave that place, and not to cause that disturbance and scandal, +but they refused to obey. Hence the soldiers took them away by main +force--first requesting them with great courtesy to go away of their +own free will; and, if not, to give them leave to obey the orders +of their superior officers. But the religious asserted that they +would not obey, and that, if they were garroted by the soldiers, they +would be martyrs. The said chief constable declared that, if he did +not obey his orders, he would lose his head, and several thousand +ducados which had been imposed upon him as a penalty. A religious +replied to him: "If your Grace should die for this matter, we of all +the orders will give you our signed statement that you have died as +a martyr." The father guardian of St. Francis, Fray Juan de Piña, +showed himself to be a great prater--now crying out about the most +holy sacrament, now threatening the soldiers with the wrath of God, +now exhorting the archbishop to stand firm; and it is even asserted +that the said father, appearing at the balcony, commenced to call +loudly to the inhabitants to come to the aid of their archbishop. That +appears probable to me, since a religious of St. Dominic, after the +confusion was over, remarked to a resident of Manila, as if chiding +him, that the citizens of Manila were worthless, since they had +not hastened on that occasion to the aid of their archbishop. The +inhabitants answered as follows: "Father, we are faithful vassals +to the king, and not traitors." There was a religious who went to +the archbishop and told him to be steadfast, saying that, since the +governor was excommunicated, most of the infantry would declare in +the archbishop's favor. While the soldiers were busied in clearing +the hall from the religious, it was seen that the whole convent of +St. Francis was coming in a close procession with lighted candles in +their hands. The soldiers went to meet them, and prevented them from +passing farther, but forced them to return to their convent. Thus +can your Grace see that all the actions of those fathers at that time +were for the purpose of creating confusion and stirring up the people. + +The city seeing that the disturbance was increasing, assembled at +that time in the cabildo houses, and sent commissaries to consult +with the archbishop on the part of the city, and to protest against +the disturbances and mischief. The commissaries were the castellan, +Don Fernando de Ayala, and General Don Joan Claudio, and I think that +there were two others. Bearing before them the maces of the city, +they talked with the archbishop, who was clad in his pontifical robes, +and held the most holy sacrament in his hands. But they got nothing +out of the archbishop; and taking, by way of testimony, the protest +that had been made to him, they retired. + +Now at that time, namely, at the hour of ten at night, the interdict +having been rung at the cathedral, and all the orders, without any +exception, having followed it, and ringing the interdict (as they +were obliged to do, in order to follow the metropolitan church), +the uproar caused the governor some anxiety. He went out with an +escort of soldiers, and gave orders that no one be allowed to go to +the house of the archbishop, in order that there might be no greater +concourse of the people. The soldiers began to remove the religious +and seculars who surrounded the archbishop, by violence, for they +refused to go willingly. On going to take away a secular who had hold +of the lunette of the monstrance, the most holy sacrament fell to the +ground, causing a great scandal. The father guardian of St. Francis +began to call out, and beat himself and fell to the ground. With +that the infantry, scandalized, began to be more gentle. There was +one soldier who drew his sword, and turned it on himself, crying: +"It is finished." Although he did not kill himself, he was grievously +wounded. Thus wounded, they took him away for treatment, and at the +same time arrested him as a rioter. Some praised that soldier's act, +but I think that the devil would have laid hold of him as of Judas, +had he died. + +That affair had occupied all of Friday until twelve o'clock; +and all that time the bells were ringing the interdict, and the +city was in a great uproar and confusion, which was caused by the +religious. Their purpose seems to have been no other than to arouse +the people; and beyond all doubt they would have succeeded in it, +had not the fidelity of this city been so great, the infantry so +numerous, and the military discipline so strict. Saturday, May 10, +was already dawning; and, at one o'clock at night, the archbishop +ordered a suspension of divine services, of which all the orders and +the other churches were warned. Thereupon the bells stopped ringing, +and the inhabitants were allowed to snatch a little sleep. By this +time most of the people had been driven from the hall where the +archbishop was, some of those who accompanied him leaving him, +for he remained steadfast with the most holy sacrament. But now, +tired out and overcome, it dropped from his hands; although he again +took it whenever he saw any soldier entering; until in the morning, +a Franciscan friar came and put about his neck a reliquary with a bead +of St. Joanna, as if the most holy sacrament--the lunette of which +they fastened with a ribbon to his neck, after removing it from the +base of the monstrance--were not more efficacious. But as that could +not endure, at last the archbishop grew tired and laid aside the most +holy sacrament. They returned it to the convent of St. Francis, whence +it had been taken, with the same irreverence. The archbishop divested +himself of the stole and cope, whereupon the infantry took him outside +the city, and embarked him in a champan which was prepared at a port +called St. Dominic. With an escort of an adjutant and twelve soldiers, +he was taken to the island of Mariveles, opposite and in sight of +this city, so that they might await the order there, and prepare a +ship and the necessary supplies to convey him outside these kingdoms. + +The ecclesiastical cabildo assumed the powers of the government, +and assembled, and authorized the bishop of Camarines, Don Fray +Francisco de Zamudio, to act as provisor until the bishop of Zebu, +Don Fray Pedro de Arze, should be notified, to whom the government +of this archbishopric belongs by a bull of Paul V. However, it was +learned that he did not care to come to assume the government because +of his ill health and age; in such case, the government would pertain +legitimately to the said bishop of Camarines. He absolved the governor +and the auditor Zapata from the censures _ad cautelam_, for there were +innumerable invalidities in the censures, as they did not observe the +citations and legal terms. He raised the interdict and the suspension +of church services; and at twelve o'clock at night, at the end of +Saturday and the beginning of the Sunday of the [feast of the] Holy +Ghost, the cathedral bells were chimed. All the other bells of the +orders followed suit; and in the morning the churches were opened, +and the divine offices celebrated. Thus passed the three days of +the feast, while Fray Antonio Gonsalez preached in his convent of +St. Dominic, uttering a thousand choice things against the governor. + +The governor had appointed Fray Francisco de Paula of the Order +of St. Dominic, a father of St. Augustine, and a Recollect father +as governors of the archbishopric. Father Fray Francisco de Paula, +who had been named in the first place, went to the dean, Don Miguel +Garsetas, and other prebendaries of the cabildo, with his paper, in +order to have them admit him as governor. But they did not do so, +and it appears that they were right; for it is a common judgment +of theologians and those versed in canonical law that no mendicant +religious can be a provisor or governor of a bishopric; and there is +an express prohibition in law to the Friars Minor of St. Francis. + +After the feast of the Holy Ghost, on the following Wednesday, May 14, +it appears that the three orders of St. Dominic, St. Francis, and the +Recollects, determined to observe the interdict and the suspension of +divine services. Consequently, they did not open their churches; and, +although they opened them later, the altars were draped in mourning, +and they did not say mass. On the contrary, they gave out that it was +a mortal sin to hear it, for the interdict and the prohibition to say +mass could not be raised. These were observed so strictly that the +religious did not ring their bells at the Ave Marias or at the Animas, +as usual, as if that were a prohibited action. That shows that it was +not devotion but fear, as the other Portuguese said. [78] But I ask +those fathers, if it could not be removed, why did they ring their +bells at midnight on Saturday, and why, during the three days of the +feast of the Holy Ghost, the doors of their churches were open while +they said mass, and celebrated the other divine offices? For to say +that that feast is privileged by law, like Corpus Christi day, was +correctly stated when there is only an interdict, but not when there +is a suspension of mass--as is the common opinion of the doctors and +the general practice. Thus that is demonstrated; besides which, if +the cathedral and the other secular churches have lifted the interdict +and the suspension of divine services, the religious were obliged to +follow the action of the mother-church, according to a Clementina that +has been cited to me. Thus the fathers of St. Augustine and those of +the Society acted very prudently, in concurring with the cathedral. + +The royal Audiencia, seeing the schism, and that some of the orders +were observing the interdict and suspension of mass, while others did +not observe them, called a meeting, on the afternoon of May 14, of the +superiors of the orders. They charged the superiors not to disturb the +community, and that all should conform to the mother-church, according +to their obligations, in harmony with the said Clementina. But there +was nothing that they heeded less than this; and hence proceeded with +their interdict and suspension of mass. The most amusing thing was +that they did as they pleased, observing it when they chose to, and +not observing it when it did not suit them. On the afternoon of the +eve of St. Bernardine, the fathers of St. Francis rang their bells; +and on the morning of the following day they celebrated solemn mass and +had a sermon. A trustworthy person assured me that during that period +one of the Dominican fathers went daily to say mass at the house +of an influential woman, very devoted to him, one Doña Constanza, +or that they admitted her into their church to hear it. But perhaps +those fathers had a privilege of observing the interdict and suspension +from mass _ad libitum_, and toward what persons they pleased; for at +that same time, they condemned to sin and cast into hell the other +fathers who said mass. But that your Grace may not be surprised that +that difference should exist between distinct orders, you must know +that there was a difference of opinion among those of the same Order of +St. Dominic. For father Fray Diego Collado, superior and vicar-general +of the new congregation of San Pablo--who by the aid of the secular +arm had already taken possession of the convents assigned him by +his general, namely, those of the Parián, Binondoc, the hospital, +and Cabite--drew up for his general a document which proved that the +orders ought to conform to the mother-church and raise the interdict +and the suspension from mass, as the mother-church had raised them. He +sent that paper to the fathers of his order at Manila, telling them +that, so that they should not imagine that he was trying to oppose and +contradict them in everything, he was conforming with them for two or +three days, and was keeping the interdict and suspension from mass; +but that now he was thinking of doing so no longer, but of conforming +with the cathedral. Hence from that moment he ordered the bells to be +chimed in all his convents, and the divine offices celebrated. However, +finally, at noon of Tuesday, May 20, the three orders of St. Dominic, +St. Francis, and the Recollects rang their bells most joyously; +for until then they had observed the interdict and suspension from +mass. Some of them being asked why they rang their bells, replied +that the archbishop sent them permission from the island of Maribeles, +where he was detained, to raise the interdict and the suspension from +mass. Surely, sir, I do not understand this, nor do I understand +those fathers, nor do I know what they are desiring and attempting +in affairs of this sort. + +The archbishop remained in the said island of Maribeles with the +adjutant and soldiers above mentioned, awaiting his despatch. Three +prebendaries of the cathedral--namely, the precentor, Don Gregorio +Ruiz Descalona, the canon, Don Juan de Ledo, and the canon, Don +Pedro de Quesada--asked permission of the governor to take him some +refreshment, and to go to visit him in his trouble. The permission +that they asked was given them, and they went. While they were there, +the prior of the Indian village of Maribeles, a Recollect friar, +arrived. With him occurred the quarrel that your Grace will gather +from the following letter written from the island of Maribeles to +the governor by the adjutant, Don Diego de Herrera. + + +"Sir: + +"The prior of Maribeles made great efforts to come to this island +to see the archbishop; but I did not allow him to come until your +Lordship sent the order by the prebendaries. Notwithstanding the order +sent by your Lordship, had I known the intent of that religious, I +would not have allowed him to come. He came here at eight o'clock on +Tuesday evening. The first thing that he did was to ask the infantry +why they subjected themselves to the mandates of a man, and did not +obey the mandates of God. I was angered, and told him not to talk +like that, and that the members of his order are commanded, under +penalty of obedience, to perform certain duties; and that we in our +turn are like religious, and are under penalty of our life and of +[being denounced as] traitors. The prior said that, if the religious +were garroted, his Holiness would publish them as martyrs. Then he +began to cry out to the archbishop not to subject himself to anyone, +for if he submitted now, he would be ordered on the following day to +put his head in the stocks. Then the precentor and the others took +part in the discussion, and began to treat him as he deserved. They +summoned me to tell the archbishop not to be guided by what that +father told him, and that I might cause his Lordship to see how ill +he was advised, and that submission was not damaging to his Lordship +(for the decree was issued in the name of the king, our sovereign), +and the troubles that he could cause. Your Lordship will not care to +know more, than that the prebendaries brought a letter from a religious +of St. Dominic for the archbishop. It said that he should refrain from +executing the [governor's] mandate, and that all would follow him, +even should not a single order be left in that city. The precentor +opened it, and on seeing its contents tore it to pieces. He will +relate everything to your Lordship. The reason that these gentlemen +have not gone to that city is that, in the first order given me by +your Lordship, I am ordered not to allow the archbishop to write to +the government; and in this letter that these gentlemen brought me, +your Lordship does not order me to allow him to write, but that I allow +them to talk and communicate to him as much as they wish. Consequently, +I have done that. The archbishop gave two powers of attorney begging +that the execution of the royal decrees that have been issued against +him be suspended in the royal Audiencia, saying that he is ready to +obey and observe them. These were given to the precentor, to Don Pedro +de Quesada, to father Fray Francisco de Paula, and to the Recollect +definitor, as your Lordship will see when they are presented. There +is nothing else to write your Lordship, except that may God preserve +your Lordship long years in more important stations. From this island, +today, Wednesday, May 14, 1636. Your Lordship's most humble servant, + + +_Don Diego de Herrera_" + + +The said prebendaries consoled the archbishop, whom they found +repentant over his disobedience of the royal decrees. Accordingly, he +granted them authority to present themselves in the royal Audiencia, +to make in his name declaration to the effect that he would obey +the royal decrees, and to ask that they should not proceed farther +in exiling him from these kingdoms. The prebendaries came to Manila, +and petitioned in the royal Audiencia in the said archbishop's name, he +offering to obey the royal decrees. A copy of the petition was given to +his Majesty's fiscal, and his answer was that the archbishop could be +brought back to the kingdoms by the one who had exiled him from them. + +Wednesday, May 21, the governor called a meeting of lawyers; and, +according to what I have been told, most of them delivered as their +opinion that the archbishop, although exiled, could still remain +governor of the archbishopric, but no mendicant religious could act +thus, as they were prohibited by law. And since there was no one left +but religious, it was as if he had not left them; and the cabildo +and the bishop of Camarines, to whom the cabildo gave their votes, +were governing legally. Other matters were discussed in that meeting, +of which I shall take no notice. + +Monday, the twenty-fifth of the same month of May, the archbishop's +agents brought forward another petition, urging his restoration +more forcibly, and offering to obey the royal decrees--especially by +admitting Don Andres Arias Xiron to the arch deaconship and to the +chaplaincy of the royal hospital for its administration, which had +been the cause of the suits and quarrels. The royal Audiencia received +his promise, and ordered him to return to his archbishopric. Then the +royal Audiencia having reported to the governor, who was in Cabite, the +governor replied, congratulating them on their decision. Accordingly, +he signed, very willingly and gladly, the decree which the Audiencia +had despatched for that restoration. The decree was sent to the island +of Maribeles, where the archbishop was; and at the same time an order +was given to the adjutant and soldiers to bring the archbishop back to +Manila. They did so, and he entered his archiepiscopal house on the +morning of Friday, June 6. There he was visited by all the orders, +and many other people, and great happiness reigned at seeing the end +of those suits. May God grant that the peace last. May He preserve +your Grace, as this your true friend and servant [79] desires. Manila, +June 15, 1636. + + + + + + + +REQUEST FOR JESUIT MISSIONARIES + + +Sire: + +The Order of the Society of Jesus is serving your Majesty with great +love, without ever refusing to do what is asked from them in your royal +name--not only as chaplains for the galleons, but for the forts, the +missions, and whatever else is entrusted to them. They do not object +when it is necessary to decrease their stipends somewhat; for they are +vassals in both good and ill treatment. They do not receive members in +these islands, for those who are of excellent ability are very rare; +and, as your Majesty knows, they readily dismiss those who do not +walk on the highway and heed the royal law. [80] For this reason your +Majesty's governor is relieved in his conscience, whenever he asks +for any member of that order, to occupy him in your royal service; +for the governor has no need of investigating or inquiring into +the qualifications of the religious given him, for the superior has +considered them thoroughly, and they know the intention to change them +when advisable. This relief for the governor is not enjoyed with all +[the orders]. Consequently, I petition your Majesty, in all humility +and reverence, to be pleased to have these islands furnished with +subjects of this order from España, to the number that your Majesty +can send from it, and fewer from the other orders. Your Majesty will be +served, and God our Lord also. I assure your Majesty, as a good vassal, +that neither prepossession nor prejudice influences me to make this +report, but the belief that I am thereby discharging the obligations +of my conscience. May our Lord preserve the Catholic person of your +Majesty in its greatness, as is needful to Christendom. Cavite, +June 19, 1636. Your Majesty's vassal kisses your feet, + + +_Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera_ + + + + + + +LETTER FROM THE BISHOP OF NUEVA CACERES TO FELIPE IV + + +Sire: + + +We vassals and servants of your Majesty, who behold ourselves so far +from your presence and in so remote districts in these Filipinas +Islands, are ever desirous of knowing of your Majesty's health, +which may God our Lord give you for many years; and in much greater +troubles we declare with the holy king Josias: _Cum ignoremus quid +agne debeamus hoc solum residum havemus ut oculos nostros dirigamus_, +etc. This remedy alone is left us, namely, to turn our eyes toward your +Majesty, as to our natural lord and sovereign; indeed there is great +need that your Majesty apply with your powerful hand that remedy that +is necessary in the affairs in these islands that are happening with +the archbishop of this city of Manila, and the orders of St. Dominic, +St. Francis, and the Recollects of St. Augustine. They, irritated +because Don Sevastian Hurtado de Corcuera, who is now governing +these islands, has restrained them and limited their excesses, have +united with the said archbishop, and have endeavored to impair his +[_i.e._, the governor's] Christian actions directed to the service +of God our Lord and of your Majesty, and the increase of your royal +treasury. They preach in the pulpit things unworthy of that place, +trying to seduce the citizens, both in that place and in their houses, +irritating them and making them restless, and disturbing the peace and +quiet of the community. They cause innumerable scandals, by reporting +which I might enlarge this letter to great details. In fact, Sire, +they are trying to make themselves masters of the spiritual and +temporal. In all the provinces of these islands they live so absolute +masters of all things that they do not recognize your Majesty. For +they say openly in their missions that they are kings and popes. They +hold the Indians so subject, and have such control of the wills of the +alcaldes-mayor in their districts that the latter neither administer +justice nor can do more than the religious wish. And if, perchance, +they exceed that, the religious impeach them, and try to discredit +them. They live without God, without king, and without law. For +them there are neither bulls of his Holiness nor decrees of your +Majesty, nor Council of Trent or of Mexico; nor do they recognize +any bishop; for, even in regard to the administration of sacraments, +they say that the bishop is not their prelate. Without his consent +they confess and marry, although they are not curas. In short, they +live as they please, and there is no further law than their own +wills. They are more notorious traders than those who are traders +by profession. Their only efforts are to increase their convents, +taking away from the bishops the benefices and patrimonies which +your Majesty has given them. In such condition do they keep these +islands that I have considered it advisable to come to this city and +to leave my bishopric of Caçeres. I am resolved not to return to it, +while there should be any discalced Recollect Franciscan friars, for +their life is not that of religious. Those sheep are at my account; +and I can but poorly instruct them, if whatever I build for them in +one part is destroyed for them in another. They [_i.e._, the friars] +are a mischief-making folk; and although I know that Don Fray Hernando +Guerrero does not possess the talent that he ought to have for the +position which he occupies, I consider it beyond doubt that if the +friars had not perverted him by their ambition and haughtiness, he +would not have committed so many blunders, nor would he have given +cause that through them the royal Audiencia of your Majesty would +pronounce him an exile from your kingdoms, banishing him for some +days to an island six leguas from Manila. But as the governor has +learned that his sin was one of ignorance, and that he was carried +away so greatly by the prejudices of the orders, who have advised him +to what has not been for his good, the governor has contrived to have +the said royal Audiencia, in the exercise of kindness and clemency, +return the archbishop to his church--as, in fact, has been done. It +was the act of a Christian gentleman; for not only has he not paid +any attention to the annoyances that they have caused him, but, just +as if he had received many acts of kindness from the said archbishop, +he has given him prudent counsels, directed to his peace and to the +service of God and of your Majesty. I fear lest they will prove of +no use to him, for the religious are disturbing and disquieting him. + +In order to visit the friars of my bishopric, which the religious +there would not permit, it was needful to seek the aid of your Majesty +from your governor. He gave me a dozen soldiers with a corporal, so +that they might guard my person; and yet the friars refused to let me +visit them _de moribus et vita_ [81]--saying that they knew of no royal +decrees, bulls of his Holiness, or decrees of councils, that treat of +the matter, and they shut the doors of the churches against me. Let +your Majesty judge whether I have courage to return to my bishopric, +among such people. They have tried to kill me, and God does not +oblige me to go there, since I know what they will do, and that such a +course would place me in danger. So many lawless acts in men who say +that they profess religion are worthy of correction. This is hoped +from your Majesty as soon as possible; for, if it be delayed long, +I doubt whether these islands can be saved. For there is no measure +that the governor enacts for your Majesty's service that they do not +resist and oppose _in toto_. The most effective method that I find for +cutting roots that produce so evil fruit is to deprive the religious +of their missions, and send virtuous seculars to serve these in their +stead. May God put His hand to the work, so that so many disorders +may be driven out. May He preserve your Majesty in your greatness for +the many years that Christendom needs. Manila, June 20, 1636. Your +Majesty's humble chaplain and servant, who kisses your hands, + + +_Fray Francisco_, bishop of Cazeres. [82] + + + + + + + +LIST OF PROMINENT ECCLESIASTICS IN MANILA AND THE ISLANDS + + +_Memorial on the state of the ecclesiastical cabildo of this cathedral +of Manila, and the dignities which are subject to his Majesty's +appointment; and the persons who are serving them in the meantime +by appointment of the governor, and their qualifications, origin, +and ages._ + + +The dean is named Don Miguel Garsetas. He is a native of Toledo, and +came to these islands more than thirty-eight years ago. He is not a +graduate. He was given the deanery, to serve _ad interim_ after the +death of Licentiate Francisco Gomez Arellano, and your Majesty favored +him with a confirmation thereof. He is more than sixty years of age. + +The archdeaconry was held from your Majesty by Don Alonso Garcia de +Leon; and at his death the governor gave it to Juan Mre to serve +it _ad interim_. On the death of this said person it was given to +Don Francisco Valdes, who likewise served it _ad interim_. He is +a secular ecclesiastic. He placed his resignation in the hands of +Governor Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera because--I would rather +not admit it--of a very serious simony; as it has now been well +established that Master Don Andres Arias Giron, claimant of the said +archdeaconry, promised the said Don Francisco de Valdes five hundred +pesos of income to make the said resignation, as he did. Thereupon +the said governor gave the appointment as archdeacon to the said Don +Andres Arias Giron, on account of the latter's illegal negotiations +and gifts--on which account I came to be exiled from the kingdom, +and fined two thousand ducados, because I would not give the collation +inside of an hour. He was excommunicated and posted on the bulletin, +[83] as a result of his visitation which I conducted; and there were +many very ugly accusations to prove against him, which had been brought +up in court. He has now admitted that he is not archdeacon, because +the collation was given him by a judge thrust into that office, for +I had left my vicar-general and two ecclesiastical governors whom I +had appointed. He sent, while on his deathbed, asking me to give him +the collation for the said archdeaconry; but I did not do so because +it is not expedient, according to the opinion of learned men. From +this it follows that the stipend from the royal treasury ought not +to be paid him; and, if it is collected, your Majesty may command +that it be returned from his property to the royal treasury. + +The office of precentor was held for your Majesty by an honored secular +ecclesiastic named Santiago de Castro, who died a number of years +ago. Since that time it has been served _ad interim_ by four others, +with appointments from the governors. He who serves it at present +(likewise _ad interim) _is named Master Don Gregorio Ruiz de Escalona, +who came to this country with his father (who was your Majesty's +treasurer) as a boy, and studied in these islands, graduating as a +master of arts. He is a good student, and is thirty-two years of age. + +The office of school-master was, on the death of the man who held +it, given by your Majesty to a secular ecclesiastic, Don Alonso de +Campos, who was in Nueva España and had lived many years in these +islands. Although authority was sent for the members of the cabildo +to take possession for him, they would not give it to him because in +the foundation of the church it was decreed that candidates for these +dignities must be graduates. Although the said Don Alonso de Campos +procured a decree from your Majesty dispensing with the said act of +foundation for this time, the cabildo would not receive him even then, +although he sent a second power of attorney. They accepted a man who is +filling the office by appointment from the governor of these islands, +who is named Don Fabian de Santillan. Not only is he not graduated, +but he is ignorant and lawless; and for his excesses while a canon +_ad interim,_ he was excommunicated, and kept out of the cabildo +for four months. Although he has no qualifications for the dignity, +and is serving merely _ad interim_, contrary to the fundamental rule +of the church, he was accepted as judge-conservator by the fathers of +the Society, and proceeded in the manner of which I have advised your +Majesty. He is a creole of this country, and his ancestors came to +serve Governor Don Francisco Tello, formerly of these islands. He is +only present in the choir on rare occasions; and he it is who causes +all the hard feelings, misunderstandings, and quarrels in the cabildo, +losing the respect of all its members, as well as mine. He is about +thirty-four years old, more or less. + +The treasurership was held for your Majesty by Thomas de Guimarano, +and on his death the governor gave it to Don Juan de Achoteguy Olaso, +as a favor, for he is an uncle of the master-of-camp. He is serving +_ad interim_, contrary to the fundamental rule of the church; for +he is not only not graduated, but hardly knows Latin, and has no +ability which would make him capable of being a dignitary, or even for +being a member of the cabildo. He came from España with his nephew, +the master-of-camp. He must be about thirty-four years of age, more +or less. + +The first canonry is held for your Majesty by Juan de Miranda Salazar, +through the death of Don Juan Valentin. He has served in the church +more than thirteen years, and is a very good singer. He is not a +graduate, although he knows Latin and has studied, having been for +some years steward of the cathedral; and he has acquitted himself +very well. He is a native of Nueva España, and came to this country +as a boy. He is about fifty years old. + +The second canonry, on the death of the man who held it, was given by +your Majesty's favor to Don Francisco de Valdes, who would not accept +it, as he was serving _ad interim_ in the dignity of archdeacon, +which he held for some years. He is the secular ecclesiastic who +resigned the said archdeaconry to the governor, as I have said above, +for the reasons mentioned. This canonry is being served by him _ad +interim_ through nomination by the former governor, Don Juan Cerezo, +who came to govern _ad interim_. He is not a graduate, although he +knows Latin, and is an honored and exemplary ecclesiastic. He was this +year made steward of this cathedral, and is acting satisfactorily. He +is fifty-six years old. + +The third canonry was held for your Majesty by Doctor Juan Mre +Briseño, and on account of his death two or three have served it +_ad interim_. At present it is being served likewise in the same +manner, through appointment by Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera, by +Bachelor Don Pedro de Quesada, son of the auditor Quesada, who died +in Mexico. He came to this city with his brother Don Juan de Quesada, +fiscal of your Majesty. He is a canonical lawyer, and for this reason +I have appointed him as our provisor and vicar-general. He is about +thirty-two years of age. + +The fourth canonry, which was served by Thomas de Guimarano, and was +left vacant when your Majesty favored him with the treasurership, +was last year discontinued, in accordance with what your Majesty +ordered me by his royal decree. + +The first racion that your Majesty has confirmed and granted arrived +last year for Master Don Gregorio Ruiz de Escalona. He did not use +it, as he is serving the precentorship _ad interim_, as I have said +above. The said racion is being served _ad interim_ by Pablo Rodriguez, +a fine singer, who has served in this church many years, and is of +great service here. He is a Portuguese, and is about sixty years old. + +The second entire racion your Majesty had granted to Juan de Miranda +Salazar, and it became vacant when he was promoted to the canonry, +as I have said above. At present it is being served _ad interim_ +by Bachelor Diego de Gastetu, who came from Nueva España in search +of his father (who is in this city, and is a regidor here). He has +studied here, and is about twenty-nine years of age. + +The first media-racion has never been filled by your Majesty, +and the governors have made appointments to it. It has been held +by many different persons, and at present is served _ad interim_ by +Bachelor Luis de La Calle, who is ordained as reader on the gospel side +[_del evangelio_]. He was born in this city, of an honorable family, +and graduated as a bachelor of arts. He is a virtuous and exemplary +youth, and serves punctually in the cathedral. He is twenty-three +years of age. + +The second media-racion has been served by many persons, with the +governors' appointments, and at present is served _ad interim_ +by Pedro Flanio, who came to this country as a soldier, studied in +the college of the Society, and is already a priest and bachelor of +arts. He is about thirty-five years of age. + + +_Fray Hernando_, archbishop of Manila. + + +_Memorial on the honored and able ecclesiastics in these islands, +furnished in case your Majesty should be pleased to have removed +from the cathedral those who are serving ad interim contrary to +its fundamental rule, and who have not qualifications, so that your +Majesty may name others in their places._ + +Licentiate Don Pedro de Monrroy, a learned man and an exemplary +gentleman, is known to be from Badajoz. In the time of my predecessor +he was provisor and vicar-general, and commissary of the crusade for +four years, acquitting himself very well. During my time he has been +provisor and vicar-general one year, and would have been that still +if Governor Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera had not disturbed him; +for there is no one of more ability, or longer in service, or more fit +for the said office, and for any dignity of the cathedral whatsoever. + +Doctor Juan Ochoa de Arriola is a very learned ecclesiastic, and +an excellent preacher. In his graduation as doctor, he made very +evident his great competency and ability. He obtained the curacy +of the port of Cavite (which is one of the best hereabout) in a +competitive examination, in which he was opposed by very learned men +and masters. He might honor the cathedral with his person and learning, +if your Majesty would grant him the favor. + +Master Don Juan Fernandez de Ledo is a learned man and a good +preacher. He served the canonry _ad interim_ in the cathedral, and +it was taken from him last year because the one which he was serving +happened to be the one which was suppressed. Last year he was provisor +and vicar-general, and deserves that your Majesty should honor him +with a place in the cathedral. + +Master Juan de Velez is a learned man and a very good preacher. He +is at present proprietary curate of the cathedral, which place he +obtained in competition. + +Master Francisco Martinez de Paz is a learned, virtuous, and exemplary +man, and knows the language of the Tagal natives of this province. He +lately obtained the living of Lobo and Galban in competition, as he +is a good minister. + +Master Pablo de Avalos is a learned and exemplary man. He last year +obtained in competition the benefice of Santo Thomas, which is an +allotment of Tagal Indians, as he knows their language very well. + +Licentiate Don Juan de los Cobos is a learned and exemplary man, +who has been six years governor of the bishopric of Nueva Caceres, +_sede vacante_, where he acquitted himself well, and is today chaplain +of the royal college of Santa Potenciana. + +Licentiate Manuel Rabelo is a learned man, and is a very good preacher +in Spanish and in three native languages, each different from the +other. He has the benefice of the district of Tabuco, as he is as +well acquainted with the Tagal language as are the Indians themselves; +and he is loved by them, because he treats them with gentleness. + +Licentiate Juan de Arguijo Plata has long been versed in canon law, +and had experience in this country; he has been for many years the +fiscal-promoter of this archbishopric, and has been so often before. + +Bachelor Amaro Diaz is a very virtuous and exemplary ecclesiastic, +well liked by all, and trustworthy in any office. + +Bachelor Diego Donoso, chaplain of this royal Audiencia, is a learned +man and well liked. + +Licentiate Don Bartolome de Cañedo is master crossbearer. + +Master Josef Cabral is a learned man, a preacher, and well versed in +the Tagal language. He has the benefice of the district of Balayan, +which he obtained in competition. He is much liked by the Indians, +as he treats them with love and gentleness. + +_Fray Hernando_, archbishop of Manila. + + +_The year 1636. Memorial of the dignities and other prebends of the +cabildo of this cathedral of Manila; and of those which are confirmed +in order to be served ad interim._ + +The dean is named Don Miguel Garzetas. He came to these islands +thirty-eight years ago, and is more than sixty-six years old. He +is a graduate in no branch of learning. He is a good ecclesiastic, +and is present in the choir whenever his health permits. He has your +Majesty's confirmation for the said dignity. At present he has enjoyed +it ten years, more or less. + +The archdeacon is named Master Don Andres Arias Giron. He has been +the stone of offense in this city, through his empty pretensions, +trusting to the fact that he has thirty thousand pesos, which he +acquired--quite unscrupulously, as is publicly known--in profits +from Indians where he held benefices. He is a creole of this country, +thirty-four years of age. Although he has the title of master of arts, +it was given to him more through his schemes than for his learning. He +has been an evil example with his licentious mode of life, for he is of +kin with the Biscayans, who have the most power in this country. About +two months ago the governor gave him the appointment of archdeacon, +although the dignity was not vacant. They exiled me from the kingdom +and condemned me to two thousand ducados fine, because I would not give +the collation, he being at the time excommunicated. It was given to him +by an unauthorized judge, while I was exiled and had left governors +for the archbishopric. I am certain that the master of the schools, +who is investigating it for the cabildo, will inform your Majesty of +this in a very distorted way; for he is a great friend to the said Don +Andres Giron, and gave him entertainment and presents when he exercised +the duties of judge-conservator, and they did not leave each other's +side. He cannot enjoy the income which your Majesty gives him from +your royal treasury with a good conscience, for I have not given him +canonical investiture; nor can it be given or confirmed, conformably to +clause seven of the royal act of patronage; for he is guilty of many +grave misdeeds, which will be presented in the royal Council. Rather, +he is deserving of punishment; for he brought this commonwealth to the +verge of ruin, as will appear from the relations and other information. + +The precentor is named Master Don Gregorio Ruiz de Escalona. He +is a learned and exemplary man, a son of your Majesty's treasurer, +Juan Ruiz de Escalona, who died, and brother of the treasurer who +now fills the place, Don Baltasar de Escalona. He is thirty-three +years of age, and came from España while a boy, with his parents. He +has served in this cathedral for ten years as a medio-racionero, an +entire canon, and master of school. At present he has been precentor +for about a year and a half, all the time _ad interim_, until this +year the confirmation of the prebend which he held arrived. He is a +good preacher and has ability; and your Majesty should favor him with +some of the dignities for his virtue, learning, and exemplary life. + +The schoolmaster is named Don Fabian de Santillan. He is a creole of +this country, and is thirty-six years of age, more or less. While he +was chaplain to Don Juan Niño de Tavora, formerly governor of these +islands, a canonry became vacant and was given to him. He has studied +no branch of learning, except Latin; and if he knew that well it +would not be so bad. While he was a canon he was suspended from the +cabildo for four months, on account of his licentious life and evil +example. He has lost the respect of the dignitaries on every hand, +for his arrogance. He was given the said dignity a year and a half +ago, by the intercession of Licentiate Marcos Zapata de Galvez, +the auditor, as the latter was under obligation to his relatives +and sisters--contrary to the fundamental rule of the church, which +commands that they should be graduated. He exercised the office of +judge-conservator, in which he insulted me, and posted me on the +corners as excommunicated within twenty-four hours. He had not been +recognized as judge, nor presented papers for it, as will appear from +the information which was sent in regard to this. + +The treasurer is named Don Juan de Achotequi y Olaso. He is the uncle +of the master-of-camp, and is ignorant and of little ability. He +was given the said dignity contrary to the fundamental rule of the +church, which commands that he should be a graduate. He came from +España about ten years ago, and is about thirty-six years of age. He +merits no dignity. He has no confirmation from your Majesty, having +enjoyed the place three years, and having been first canon. + +The first canon, who has served longest in the church, is named Juan +de Miranda Salazar, who came from Mexico while he was a boy. He has +studied nothing but Latin. He was a prebendary several years, and for +nine years has been a canon. This year he received the confirmation +of your Majesty. He is a very good singer, and exemplary of life; he +has been many years steward of the cathedral, and has attended to this +very well. As having served so long in the said church, he deserves +that your Majesty should favor him. He is forty-four years old. + +The second canon is named Don Pedro de Quesada. He is a graduate in +canon and civil law. He came from Mexico with his brother Doctor Don +Juan de Quesada, who was fiscal of the Audiencia about seven years +ago. He is about thirty-four years of age, more or less, and has +served the said canonry more than six years. He is a learned man, +and might be favored with some dignity. He has no confirmation. + +The third canon is named Pedro de Rivera. He is more than sixty years +old. Don Juan Cereço, who came as governor _ad interim_, brought him +with him as his chaplain, and when he was done with that office, +gave him the canonry. He has not had it confirmed, as he has not +enjoyed it much more than two years. He signs himself "Bachelor," +although this is a misrepresentation. + +The fourth canon is named Master Don Juan Fernandez de Ledo. He +came when a boy from Nueva España, and is a learned man and a good +preacher. At present he is exercising the duties of provisor; and +his father, Doctor Don Juan Fernandez de Ledo, holds the office of +fiscal in the royal Audiencia _ad interim_, owing to the death of +the proprietor. He is thirty years old, and was given the canonry a +little more than a year and a half ago. It is not confirmed. + +The first racionero is named Pablo Rodriguez. He is a Portuguese, and +has been many years in this city. He is a very good singer, and serves +very well in the choir. He is about seventy years old, and has enjoyed +the racion more than seventeen years, without its being confirmed. + +The second racionero is named Diego de Veas [_sic_]. He came to this +country as a soldier, about nine years ago, and is about twenty-eight +years of age. He is a bachelor of arts, and was given the racion +about a year ago by an exchange which he made with the man who held it. + +The first medio-racionero is named Pedro Flanio. He came as a sailor +to this country fourteen years ago, and is about thirty-four years +of age. He is a bachelor of arts, and has held the media-racion for +a little more than two years. It is not confirmed. + +The second medio-racionero is named Luis de la Calle. He is a creole +of this country, and is ordained as reader on the epistle side. He +is graduated a bachelor of arts, and is a virtuous and exemplary +youth. He exchanged with the person who held this media-racion, for +a chaplaincy. He is twenty-two years of age, and has served a little +more than two months. + + +_Memorial of the deserving and honored ecclesiastics in this city, +besides those mentioned by the cabildo, so that your Majesty may be +informed in regard to them and can favor them. They are as follows:_ + +Licentiate Don Pedro de Monroy, a lawyer, was provisor and sub-delegate +of the crusade for four years, in the time of our predecessor, Don +Fray Miguel Garcia. When I entered into the government last year, +as he was the most worthy I gave him the office of provisor and +vicar-general--which he was obliged to leave because of Governor +Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera; for that gentleman was anxious +for it, and we had a great many disputes over it. He ordered that +Don Pedro should not be allowed to go in or come out through the +gates of the city; and the judge-conservator made some accusations +against him which obliged him to conceal himself and retire, later, +to the convent of the Dominicans, entering disguised, in the habit +of a Franciscan. He is a very exemplary clergyman, of good life. My +predecessor informed your Majesty of his abilities and excellent +conduct. It would greatly please me if your Majesty would order by +a royal decree that he be restored to the office of provisor and +vicar-general, which [he holds] by my consecration (which is the +only one adequate for the said office), and as there is no one else +who can fill his place in these islands. I do not dare to do this, +for the governor would oppose it, and we would have many disputes; +and Don Pedro has suffered many hardships for defending the immunity +of the church. + +This city contains another grave and learned ecclesiastic, who is +called Licentiate Don Francisco Montero Saavedra, who has been visitor +for several bishoprics, and cura of the cathedral of Cebu. I sent +him to Goa in the month of December past with two other religious, +in his own boat, in order to give an account to his Holiness and to +your Majesty of the grievances and affronts which have been offered +me by the judge-conservator who was appointed by the fathers of the +Society. He must have already arrived at your court, and deserves +that your Majesty should favor him for his great ability, and for the +trouble which he has taken in returning [to Europe] for the affairs +of the church. + +The third is named Master Juan de Veles, who is curate of this +cathedral of Manila. He is a learned man and a good preacher, and +exemplary in his mode of life. For two years he has been judge of +wills and chaplaincies. He sent his papers approved. + +The fourth is named Licentiate Don Juan de los Cobos. He has been +governor of the archbishopric of Nueva Caceres for ten years, and +has acquitted himself well in what was entrusted to him. At present +he has just finished visiting the districts of the clergy in this +archbishopric. + +The fifth is named Bachelor Amaro Diaz, who is a very virtuous +ecclesiastic, of so exemplary and moral life that no one is more so; +and he can be trusted in any matter whatever. + +The sixth is named Gabriel de Muxica Buitran. He is an ecclesiastic +who has been here long, and is rather aged. He is very exemplary, +learned in archives, and very retiring. + +The seventh is named Don Pedro Enriquez de Artosa. He is a gentleman, +and has attended lectures in arts and theology. He is an exemplary +ecclesiastic, and is well liked in this city on account of his +character. + +The eighth is named Don Bartolome de Cañedo. He is the son of one of +the conquerors who served your Majesty many years in these islands. He +is a prominent and estimable man and has attended lectures in arts +and theology. He is at present my crossbearer [in processions]. + +The ninth is named Licentiate Manuel Rabelo. He has been long in this +country, and is a learned man and a good preacher. On account of his +qualifications he has obtained the best benefices which have been +assigned; and at present has the district of Tabuco, twelve leguas +from this city. + +The tenth is named Don Diego de Velasco. He has studied arts and +theology, and is the nephew of the most deserving, exemplary, and +honored ecclesiastic that we have had in this cathedral--who was +provisor for a number of years, and schoolmaster, and distributed +all his property among pious works. He was named Don Miguel de Velazco. + + +_Fray Hernando_, archbishop of Manila. + + + + + + + +BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA + + +The following documents are obtained from MSS.--except No. 2, which +is printed--in the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla: + +1. _Manila treasury accounts_.--"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia de +Filipinas; cartas y espedientes del gobernador de Filipinas vistos +en el Consejo; años 1629 á 1640; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 8." + +2. _Letter from Andres del Sacramento_.--The same as No. 1. + +3. _Letter from commissary-general_.--The same as No. 1. + +4. _Discussion regarding Portuguese trade_.--"Simancas--Secular; +Audiencia de Filipinas; cartas y espedientes de personas seculares +de Filipinas vistos en el Consejo; años 1635 á 1642; est. 67, caj. 6, +leg. 41." + +5. _Military services of Filipinos_.--The same as No. 4. + +6. _Request for Jesuit missionaries_.--The same as No. 1, save the +dates, "1629 á 1637." + +7. _Letter from Zamudio_.--"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia de Filipinas; +cartas y expedientes de los obispos sufraganes de Manila; años 1579 +á 1679; est. 68, caj. 1, leg. 34." + +8. _List of ecclesiastics_.--"Simancas--[Eclesiastico?]; Audiencia +de Filipinas; cartas y expedientes del arzobispo de Manila; años 1579 +á 1690; est. 68, caj. 1, leg. 32." + +The following documents are taken from the "Cedulario Indico" in the +Archivo Historico Nacional, Madrid: + +9. _Royal decrees_, 1633-35.--"Tomo 39, fols. 209, 196b, 197b, 201b, +203b, 213b, 214, 217b." + +10. _Tenure of encomiendas_.--"Tomo 32, fol. 276b." + +The following documents are obtained from MSS. in the Academia Real +de la Historia, Madrid: + +11. _Letter of consolation_.--"Papeles de los Jesuitas, tomo 84, +no. 20." + +12. _Letter from a citizen of Manila_.--The same as No. 11, except +"no. 42." + +The following document is obtained from a MS. in the Biblioteca +Nacional, Madrid: + +13. _Memorial by Monfalcon_.--"Tomo de papeles varios, impresos y +MSS. relativos á Indias; Aa--47." + +The following document is taken from _Recopilación de leyes de Indias_: + +14. _Laws regarding navigation and commerce_.--In lib. ix, tit. xxxxv. + +The following documents are taken from Pastells's edition of Colin's +_Labor evangélica_: + +15. _Opinion of Council and decree_.--Vol. iii, pp. 755, 756. + +16. _Letter from Pedro de Arce_.--The same as No. 15, but pp. 796, 797. + +The following document is taken from Diaz's _Conquistas de las Islas +Filipinas_: + +17. _Conflicts between civil and ecclesiastical authorities_.--In +pp. 323-343. + + + + + + + +NOTES + + +[1] A note to this law in the _Recopilación_ says that the prohibition +of reciprocal commerce between Perú and Nueva España for natural +products, and with various limitations, was raised by a decree of +January 20, 1774. + +[2] Título xxii is entitled: "Of the captain-general of artillery, +the artillerymen-in-chief, and others of the war and trading fleets; +the artillery, arms, and ammunition." It consists of forty-eight laws. + +[3] The above law refers to lib. viii, tit. xvi, ley xvii, which reads +as follows: "We order that the valuation of Chinese merchandise be +made in Nueva España, in the same way as the merchandise which is +sent from these kingdoms, observing in it the ordinances that have +been established. After it has been made, it shall be remitted to +the bureau of accounts of Méjico, so that it may make the account, +and give certifications of what must be collected, and from what +persons." The law is dated Madrid, December 6, 1624. + +[4] See VOL. xvii. p. 34, law lxxi. + +[5] See _VOL. XVII_, pp. 39, 40. + +[6] The parenthetical clause is evidently the work of one of the clerks +who copied the decrees in the "Cedulario Indico." The decree mentioned, +whose general tenor can easily be seen from the present decree, +is not given, probably owing to an oversight of the transcriber, +too late to rectify. + +[7] The decree whose location is above given. + +[8] Also contained in the "Cedulario Indico," immediately following +the decree here presented, to which it is very similar in tenor. + +[9] An island off the south coast of Batangas, Luzón, midway in the +channel between that island and Mindoro. + +[10] The manuscript has a side- or sub-heading at the right that reads +"Pieces of gold," and in the margin at this point is the figure 10. + +[11] Spanish, _el cargo de penas de Camara_. _Cargo_, as thus used, +refers to the amount charged on the books of the accountant, and +especially to the general balance struck; in a general sense, _cargo_ +and _data_, in the old Spanish system of accounting, corresponded to +"debit" and "credit" in modern bookkeeping. The difference between +these (_alcance_), in an individual account, would be nearly the +same as our term "balance of account." The old Spanish methods +of accounting were somewhat different from the modern, and based +on more complicated procedure; and it is difficult to find modern +equivalents for various words and phrases used therein--especially +for some which designate the duties of accountants, and for others +which are no longer in actual use. The whole accounting and auditing +system was very elaborate and characteristically suspicious. There +were, in every case, two men working together; and, if one of them +was absent, some different work must be assigned to the other for that +day, by the bureau of accounts. There were three classes of employees +in this work, in the Spanish colonies: the _contadores de cuentas_ +(who apparently were of higher rank than the others), _contadores +de resultas_, and _ordenadores de pago_. The second of these terms +is no longer used in accounting, and no satisfactory explanation of +its commercial use is given in lexicons. The _ordenadores de pagos_ +(an office abolished at intervals) might correspond to our disbursing +officers, save that they did not, I think, actually handle the +money; hence, their functions rather correspond to a part of the +duties of our auditors. It may be that the term _cuentas_ is used +in the accounting system to define accounts in general, items of +any and all sorts owed to the state; and _resultas_, as referring +to the accounts kept of money paid out, on one or another account, +by the public treasury--its balances (_alcances_) being, therefore, +the sums remaining over and above the amounts spent. This would give +us a system of accountants for the items owing to the state--in other +words, for its incomes; and another system of accountants for the +expenditures of the government. In such case, _resultas_ might also +designate the balances reverting to the credit of the state--that is, +the unspent balances of various funds; this meaning would harmonize +with the related functions of the _contadores de resultas_ and the +_ordenadores de pagos_, who supplied each other's places. These are +suggestions rather than definitive statements, for which latter is +needed expert knowledge of the old Spanish accounting system. The +_Recopilación de leyes de Indias_ contains much information on +these points; see especially lib. viii, tit. i, ii, xxix; lib. ix, +tit. viii.--_James A. LeRoy._ + +[12] _Mesada_: a month's pay or salary. The _derecho de mesada_ was +a tax of that amount levied (like the half-annat on civil offices) +on ecclesiastical benefices and preferments which had been granted +by the popes to the crown of Spain as part of its royal patronage +of religion. Laws regarding this tax may be found in _Recopilación +de leyes de Indias_, lib. i, tit. xvii; the first of these is dated +1629. See also _Teatro de la legislación universal de España y Indias_ +(Madrid, 1791-97). The mesada was to be collected on the basis of +the receipts from each preferment during the five years preceding +the new incumbent's entry upon his office.--_James A. LeRoy_. + +[13] _Estrados_: literally, "platforms;" the platform on which stood +the royal throne, or the seat of the judge, afterward came to mean +the court itself. Perhaps the Manila treasury received from Mexico +a sum for the proper maintenance of the dignity of the tribunals, +for the hangings, furnishing, platforms, etc. This might also refer +to the platforms and carpets and hangings provided in the cathedral +for certain royal officials.--_James A. LeRoy._ + +[14] In the margin at this point occurs: "4 [pieces of gold]; 3 rings." + +[15] In the margin at this point occurs: "4 [pieces of gold]; 3 rings." + +[16] In the margin at this point occurs: "4 [pieces of gold]; 3 rings." + +[17] In the margin at this point occurs: "88 taes, 1 real of gold." + +[18] This raid spread fear and alarm throughout the Visayas; and the +religious, especially the Jesuits, urged the governor (then Cerezo de +Salamanca) to provide some defense against the pirates. Accordingly he +ordered (although in the face of much opposition) the establishment +of a fort and garrison at Zamboanga, Mindanao; and to aid in the +expenses of this enterprise, a contribution of a ganta of rice from +each tribute in the Visayas. (Combés says that this measure originated +with the Jesuit Bueras.) This contribution was afterward extended to +all the provinces, and was known as "the Zamboanga donation." The fort +at Zamboanga (begun June 23, 1635) was planned by the Jesuit Melchor +de Vera, and built under his direction. See accounts given by Combés +(_Hist. Mindanao_, col. 213-224), Murillo Velarde (_Hist. Philipinas_, +fols. 76b-78a), and Montero y Vidal (_Hist. Filipinas_, pp. 190-192). + +[19] "The seed is the blood of Christians." + +[20] A corruption of _kasis_ (VOL. XVI, p. 134), or _kázi_, an +appellation of Mahometan preachers. + +[21] Part of the thirty-fifth verse. The quotation should end with +_eam_. The English is: "And whosoever shall lose his life for my sake +and the gospel, shall save it." + +[22] Translated: "_He that shall lose (his life)_, He says, _for my +sake._ There is the whole cause. _He that shall lose_, not in any way +whatsoever, not for any reason that you like; but: _For my sake_. In +prophecy those other martyrs already said: _For thy sake we are killed +all the day long_ (Ps. xliii, 22). Not therefore is it the punishment, +that makes a martyr, but the cause." This is found in St. Augustine's +sermon _In natali martyrium_ ("On the festival of martyrs"), cap. ii, +sec. 2; it is Sermon 331, ed. Migne, Paris, 1841 and 1845--in older +codices, "Sermon 100 _de Diversis_."--_T. C. Middleton_, O.S.A. + +[23] Translated: "If a robber should assault, or a wild beast attack, +or hunger or thirst or cold afflict, one fleeing in the desert and +mountains, or a storm or hurricane drown one making haste through the +seas in precipitate navigation, Christ beholds in him His soldier, +wherever he may be fighting; and He gives the reward to him who +dies persecuted for the name of His honor, which He promised that He +would give at the resurrection. Nor less is the glory of martyrdom, +in having perished not in public, nor in the midst of a multitude, +when the cause for which he dies is to lose his life for the sake +of Christ. For the witnessing of martyrdom, it is enough that He was +witness who approves and crowns the martyrs." + +[24] Théophile Raynaud was born November 15, 1587, at Sospello, in +the county of Nice, and entered the Society of Jesus November 21, +1602. He taught grammar and the humanities at Avignon, philosophy for +six years and theology for ten at Lyons, where he was also prefect of +studies for two years. He lived for some years at Grenoble, Chambéry, +and Rome, and passed the last thirteen years of his life at Lyons, +where he died October 31, 1633. He was a most voluminous writer, but +his style was poor. Some of his works have been printed, while others +exist only in manuscript. He had planned to print them all together, +but death hindered the project. The book referred to in the text is +_De Martyrio per pestem Ad martyrium improprium, et proprium vulgare +comparato, Disqvisitio Theologica, Theophili Raynavdi Societatis +Iesu Theologi_ .... (Lvgdvni, Sumpt. Iacobi Cardon, M.DCXXX.) See +Sommervogel's _Bibliothèque_. + +[25] "In goodness and liberality." + +[26] A portion of St. Mark x, 30. The Latin of the entire +passage is: _Qui non accipiat centies tantum, nunc in tempore hoc: +domos, et fratres, et sorores, et matres, et filios, et agros, cum +persecutionibus, et in sæculo futuro vitam æternam_. The English of +the Douay version is: "Who shall not receive an hundred times as much, +now in this time; houses, and brethren, and sisters, and mothers, +and children, and lands, with persecutions, and in the world to come +life everlasting." + +[27] Translated: "I greet you, well-beloved and blessed brethren, +yearning also myself for the joy of seeing you, if only the conditions +of place would allow me to reach you. For what could be more to +my wish and my joy than to be with you now? ... But because no +opportunity now offers for this happiness of being present myself +to your eyes and ears, I am sending this letter instead; whereby I +equally felicitate and exhort you to stand strong and firm in your +confession of the heavenly glory: and, having entered upon the way +that the Lord has honored, to go forward in spiritual strength to +receive the crown." This is the "Letter of St. Cyprian to Sergius and +Rogatianus, and other confessors in the Lord"--no. vi in Tauchnitz +ed. (Lipsiæ, 1838).--_T.C. Middleton, O.S.A._ + +[28] "Let them be of a considered and chaste eloquence, that they +may be a cause for edification." + +[29] _Bancon_: "A boat with three oars to the side, which is used in +China."--_Dic. Nacional ... de la lengua Española_ (Madrid, 1878). + +[30] The language of this sentence is somewhat obscure and elliptical, +but would seem to indicate that the Portuguese fear the diminution of +their trade in China with its natives, and the loss of their prestige +in the carrying trade outside that country. + +[31] Gaspar de San Agustín, the author of the first part of the +Augustinian history of the Philippines (Madrid, 1698), was one of the +most prominent Augustinians who have ever been in the islands. He +was born in Madrid in 1650, and professed in the convent of San +Felipe el Real in 1667. On going to the islands he ministered at +Lipa (1689-1692), Parañaque (1693, 1708, and 1719), Pásig (1695 and +1716), Malate (1698 and 1714), Tambobong (1702 and 1707), Tondo (1699, +1701, and 1710); and exercised the duties of procurator-general (1677 +and 1686), provincial secretary (1686), definitor (1689 and 1711), +visitor (1701), and commissary of the Holy Office. He died after a +long and painful sickness, which deprived him of his sight, at the +convent of San Pablo at Manila, in 1724. He was a graceful poet, and, +besides his history and the materials for the present work, he left +various writings, among them his famous _Compendio de la arte de la +lengua tagala_ (Manila, 1703). His letter on the nature of the Indians +will be published later in this series. His history is said to be the +most interesting of those on the Philippines. See Pérez's _Catálogo_, +pp. 134-136. + +[32] Casimiro Diaz was a native of Toledo, being born in 1693. He +took his vows in the convent of San Felipe el Real in 1710, and after +his arrival at the Philippines completed his literary studies. He +was stationed in the missions at Magalang (1717), Mexico (1728), +Aráyat (1734), Betis (1735), Minalin (1737), and Candaba (1740). He +was procurator-general (1719), provincial secretary (1722), definitor +(1725), presiding officer of the chapter (1731), qualifier of the Holy +Office, chronicler of the Augustinian province in the islands, reader +(1744), and conventual preacher. His death occurred in Manila in 1746, +and he left behind many writings. See Pérez's _Catálogo_, pp. 222-224. + +[33] The editor of Diaz's work is Fray Tirso López, who is still living +at the Colegio de Filipinos in Valladolid. He was born at Cornombre, +May 25, 1838, and took the Augustinian habit at Valladolid in 1855. He +spent the years 1864-1866 in the Philippines, while most of the rest +of his life has been passed at the above college, where he has filled +various duties. He has several times refused an appointment as bishop, +and is well known in certain circles as a writer, being a correspondent +of the Royal Academy of History at Madrid. The editors of the present +series are under many obligations to him for his kindly interest and +aid. See Pérez's _Catálogo_, pp. 525-527. + +[34] Juan Ramírez was a native of La Mancha; and, after going to the +Philippines, was one of those who contributed most efficiently to the +pacification of the Zambales in 1618, and in 1639 fought in the front +rank against the Chinese insurgents in Manila. He was missionary +in Lipa in 1621, in Taal in 1623, in Bay in 1626, in Taal for the +second time in 1630; and definitor in 1632, and provincial in 1635, +dying in 1641. See Pérez's _Catálogo_, p. 91. + +[35] Teófilo Mascarós was born in Valencia, and professed in the +province of Aragon, and became doctor and master of sacred theology in +the university of Orihuela, and prior of the convent of Mallorca. Upon +his arrival in the islands, he became missionary in Malate in 1626 +and 1629, in Pásig in 1632, in Hagonoy in 1638 and 1641; and was also +prior of Bay and Manila, and definitor in 1635. He died while prior +and missionary of the village of Bay (June 26, 1644). See Pérez's +_Catálogo_, p. 101. + +[36] Andrés Verdugo was a native of La Mancha, and professed in the +province of Castilla where he became reader of philosophy. Having been +destined for the Tagál provinces, after having read theology and the +canons in the convent of San Pablo at Manila, he became a missionary +in the villages of Tambobong (1629), of San Pablo de los Montes (1630, +1638 and 1650), of Bulacan and Pásig (1641), of Taguig (1644), and of +Bay (1656). Being elected prior in 1647, he resigned that office, and +continued his ministry until 1653, when he was elected provincial. He +died in Bay in 1656. See Pérez's _Catálogo_, pp. 99, 100. + +[37] Fray Diego Martinez was born in La Mancha, and professed in the +province of Castilla in 1613. He was minister of Barbarán in 1626, +of Passi in 1629 and 1632, of Mambúsao in 1635 and 1639, of Oton +in 1641, of Dumalag in 1644, of Batan in 1648, of Dumangas in 1650, +and of Panay in 1651 and 1653. His death occurred probably about the +year 1656. See Pérez's _Catálogo_, p. 99. + +[38] Diego Collado, O.P., was a native of Miajadas, in Estremadura, +and took his vows in the convent of Salamanca July 29, 1605. He +labored for some years in Cagayán, and in 1619 was sent to Japan, +where he became vicar-provincial. Recalled thence in 1622, he was sent +to Spain as procurator, where he worked zealously for the order. In +1635 he returned to the islands with twenty-four religious, when he +caused great disturbances in the province. Being at last abandoned by +Corcuera, his schemes came to naught; and he was sent to Cagayán, where +he remained until 1641, when he set out for Manila in order to return +to Spain at the king's command, but was drowned at Cabicungan. He +continued the history of Japan written by Orfanell, and printed it +in 1632 at Madrid; and he also compiled and published a Japanese +dictionary in 1631 at Rome. See _Reseña biográfica_, i, pp. 338, 339. + +[39] Diego de Ordax was born in León in 1598, and professed in the +convent of Burgos in 1618. In 1626 he was missionary in Laglag, became +subprior of Manila in 1629, prior of Santo Niño de Cebú in 1630, and +commissary-procurator in the court of Spain in 1632. He returned to +the islands in 1635, and in 1637 was appointed prior of Cebú for the +second time and afterward definitor and missionary of Oton (1638), +prior of Manila (1644 and 1656), and provincial (1647 and 1659). See +Pérez's _Catálogo_, p. 103. + +[40] This interdict was imposed by only the local ecclesiastical +authorities; but the period in which it occurred renders desirable +and interesting a mention of the controversy (then fresh in men's +minds) between Paul V and the Republic of Venice, in which the papal +interdict on a state or commonwealth was deprived (1606) of its power +as a weapon of the papal authority. A full account of this episode, +in which the chief figure was the celebrated Fra Paolo Sarpi, is given +by Andrew D. White in his "Fra Paolo Sarpi," in _Atlantic Monthly_, +xciii (1904), pp. 45-54, 225-233. Cf. Ranke's _Lives of the Popes_ +(Foster's translation, London), ii, pp. 110-130, and iii, 123, 124; and +Alzog's _Universal Church History_ (Pabisch and Byrne's translation, +Cincinnati, 1878), iii, pp. 365, 366. + +[41] The University of Mexico was founded in 1551 (some make it +earlier), its endowment being begun with property left for that purpose +by Mendoza, the first viceroy, and afterward increased by royal grants +and private bequests. In the troublous times of the nineteenth century, +the national university languished, and finally perished. + +[42] This quotation includes a portion of the second verse and all +of the third, fourth, and fifth verses of the sixth chapter of the +apocryphal book of Wisdom, and is as follows in English: "... Learn, +ye that are judges of the ends of the earth. + +Give ear, you that rule the people, and that please yourselves in +multitudes of nations; + +For power is given you by the Lord, and strength by the most High, +who will examine your works, and search out your thoughts; + +Because being ministers of his kingdom, you have not judged rightly, +nor kept the law of justice, nor walked according to the will of God." + +[43] Cf. La Concepción's account of these controversies (_Hist. de +Philipinas_, v, pp. 254-290). He says that Corcuera arrived in the +islands at the height of the discussion in Manila over the maintenance +of a fortified post at Zamboanga in Mindanao; that he was on intimate +terms with the Jesuits, who were anxious for the benefit of their +missions to have Zamboanga occupied; and that their influence led +Corcuera to support that measure. La Concepción blames the Jesuits +throughout the controversy with the archbishop; and his account is more +detailed than Diaz's. See also accounts by Murillo Velarde (_Hist. de +Philipinas_, fol. 86-89), and Montero y Vidal (_Hist. Filipinas_, +pp. 192-197). + +[44] The exile of Archbishop Felipe Pardo occurred March 13, 1683, +and his restoration to his see, November 15, 1684. The matter aroused +considerable controversy which extended over a number of years. The +controversy was most bitter, and the manuscripts concerning it pro and +con aggregate some tons, and are scattered in various archives. The +episode will be noticed in its place in this series. + +[45] Murillo Velarde says (fol. 89, verso) that this occurred in +1637. Colin does not mention the controversy between the archbishop +and governor; and most of the friar chroniclers omit it. + +[46] The following chapter consists of a short extract from book 1, +chap. i, p. 4, of Baltasar de Santa Cruz's _Historia_, which is +followed by a heavy and would-be learned discussion filled with +classical allusions, by an auditor, Licentiate Salvador Gomez de +Espinosa, of which Tirso López, the Spanish editor, says that it +might have been omitted without any loss to Diaz's _History_. + +[47] This decrease and almost total disappearance of the sardines +from the bay of Manila from those times, is easily explained without +the necessity of considering it a miracle, by the great movement of +coastwise trading vessels, which have come into those waters, from +which as is known, several species of fish flee.--_Fray Tirso López._ + +[48] _Guerrero_ means "warrior." + +[49] He died on July 1, 1641, aged seventy-five years. La Concepción +cites (_Hist. de Philipinas,_ v, pp. 301-303) the book of memoirs +preserved in the Manila cathedral (mentioned by Diaz, _ante_. near +the end of chap, xvii), for various particulars regarding Archbishop +Guerrero's life and character. + +[50] Lorenzo Goreto was born at Ferrara, November 1, 1592, and entered +his novitiate at Rome, December 8, 1608. He went to the Philippines +(1622), and labored in the Visayan missions, where he died June 17, +1638. Murillo Velarde says that he was master of theology in Manila, +and that he was a very learned man. See his _Hist. Philipinas,_ +fol. 102 verso-103; and Sommervogel's _Bibliothèque_. + +Luis de Pedraza was a native of Baeza, Spain, and entered the Jesuit +order in the province of Andalusia. He was a prominent laborer in +the Visayan missions, and held important posts in the college of +Manila. Later, he went to Mindanao, and died at Zamboanga, October 22, +1639. (Murillo Velarde, _Hist. Philipinas,_ fol. 107.) + +[51] _Maestro de prima: prima_ was the name applied to the first three +hours of the day, the term being extended to universities and studies, +indicating the lessons that came during that period, or the professor +who gave his lectures during that period. + +[52] _i.e._, "as a precautionary measure." + +[53] Lucas García, who belonged to the mission of 1615, performed +missionary duties in Cagayan, and was also vicar of Fotol, of Maquilá, +and jointly rector of Santo Tomas, and procurator-general. He was +later vicar of Gattoron, of Fotol, of Tocolana, and of Lallo-c, +and also served in the province of Cagayan for a number of years. He +was also definitor several times, and vicar-provincial in Cagayan. In +1633 and 1635 he was vicar-provincial in Formosa, being also vicar of +Nuestra Señora del Rosario, at Tanchui. After thirty-six years' labor +in the Indias, he died at Lallo-c about 1651. See _Reseña biográfica,_ +i, p. 349. + +[54] The ringing of bells at a certain hour (usually sunset), which +admonishes the faithful to pray for the souls in purgatory. The +_alabado_ meant a hymn sung in praise of the sacrament when it was +placed within the tabernacle. + +[55] The only Burguillos mentioned by Huerta is Pedro, a lay +brother connected with the Japanese missions, who died at Manila in +1615--apparently therefore, not the one mentioned in our text. + +[56] The Cistercian Order was founded by St. Robert, the son of +a gentleman of Champagne, who had taken the Benedictine habit, at +Cistercium (the modern Citeaux) in 1098, and professed the rule of +St. Benedict. The rule was very austere, but despite various reforms, +it gradually became relaxed and approached the observance of other +orders. The Trappists are an offshoot of this order. See Addis and +Arnold's _Catholic Dictionary_, pp. 186-188. + +[57] An ambassador (generally a cardinal or bishop) sent by the pope +to a foreign prince, with full powers. + +[58] The following royal decree on this subject was issued in 1637: +"Inasmuch as I have been informed that many soldiers and sailors who +are in my service in the Filipinas Islands are becoming, and have +become, religious, while indebted in large sums of maravedis to my +royal treasury for pay which has been advanced to them; and that, after +having been for some years in the orders, they leave them and wander +about as vagabonds with the utmost freedom, and refuse to reënter +my service: desiring to apply a corrective to such delinquencies, +and the matter having been conferred over in my royal Council of +the Yndias, I have considered it fitting to issue the present. By it +I request my very reverend archbishop in Christ, the father of the +metropolitan church of the city of Manila, and charge the venerable +and devout fathers-provincial and other superiors of all the orders in +the territory of his archbishopric, to note that they are to inform +my governor of the said islands whenever such cases shall occur to +the prejudice of my treasury, and that the culprits be punished as is +fitting. No one may take the vows of religion without first satisfying +the amount that he shall thus owe. In order that the contents of +this my decree may be well known to all, I order my governor and +captain-general of the said Filipinas Islands to publish it in all +the necessary places, and to send a copy of it to the provincials of +the orders throughout the said islands, in order that they may give +to its fulfilment the earnest attention to which they are obliged; +for such is my will. Madrid, December 23, 1637." + +The copy of this decree existing in the Archivo general de Indias at +Sevilla--with pressmark, "Audiencia de Filipinas; registros de oficio; +reales ordenes dirigidas á las autoridades del distrito de dicha +Audiencia; años 1635 á 1672; est. 105, caj. 2, leg. 2, lib. 4"--bears +the following endorsement in the margin: "In order that no soldier +or sailor in the Filipinas Islands who may be indebted to the royal +treasury may take the vows of religion without first satisfying the +amount of his debt." + +[59] _Dominicans_.--Domingo Gonzalez came to the islands in 1602; +for several years he was an instructor in theology in the cathedral +of Manila, and afterward spent five years as a missionary in +Cagayan. Returning then to Manila, he was rector of the college +of Santo Tomás, provincial of his order (chosen in 1633, and +again in _1644_), and commissary-general of the Inquisition for +sixteen years. He died November 5, 1647, at Manila, at the age of +seventy-three. + +Francisco de Herrera came with the mission of 1598. He filled numerous +important offices in the order--among them, those of provincial +(1629-33), rector of Santo Tomás, and commissary-general of the +Inquisition. He died at Manila, August 9, 1644. + +Antonio Gonzalez accompanied the mission of 1632, and at first was +an instructor in Santo Tomás; but early in 1636 he went to Japan, +where he suffered martyrdom, September 24, 1637. + +Sebastian Oquendo also began his labors in the Philippines as +instructor at the college in Manila; he afterward held various offices +in the convent there, but died at Méjico in 1651. (All these notices +are obtained from _Reseña biográfica,_ vol. i.) + +_Augustinians_.--Juan de Montemayor came to Manila in 1613. He held +important posts in the order, and was minister in several Indian +villages; and died at Manila in 1638. + +Alonso Carbajal arrived at the islands in 1618. Among the posts of +honor which he held was that of provincial (1644), and more than once +he declined a bishopric offered to him. He also spent several years in +missionary labors, among the Pampangans and Visayans, and died therein +(1654). + +Diego de Ochoa had just come (1635) to the Filipinas mission; he +ministered in several villages in Luzón, and died in 1648. (These +notices are obtained from Pérez's _Catálogo_.) + +_Franciscans_.--Gerónimo del Espiritu Santo came to Manila in 1633, +and in the following year became vicar-provincial. He accompanied the +sisters of St. Clare to Macao (1634), who founded there a convent +of their order. From January, 1635, to June, 1637, Fray Gerónimo +was minister-provincial; he then retired to Sampaloc, and in 1638 +departed for Mexico. The ship was wrecked on the Marianas, and this +priest, refusing to save his life while he could console the dying, +perished with the rest, September 21, 1638. + +Jose de Santa Maria began his labors in the Philippines as early as +1621, and seems to have been a missionary among the Indians from 1626 +to 1637. He was minister provincial during the first half of 1638; +and died at Manila in 1645. + +Vicente Argent arrived at Manila in 1630. In alternating periods of +his life he was a missionary among the Indians, and an official of his +order at Manila; from January, 1643, to January, 1646, he was minister +provincial. In 1656 he sailed for Mexico, but died at sea, before +reaching Acapulco. (These notices are obtained from Huerta's _Estado_.) + +[60] Another copy of this episcopal decree (found in one of Corcuera's +letters dated June 30, 1636) gives the name as here, but adds, +"(I mean Santa Monica)"--an error of Corcuera's transcriber. + +[61] These last two names, with Fray Gaspar de Santa Maria and Fray +Alonso de San Joan above, are apparently those of Recollect priests; +but there is no available information regarding them. + +[62] _i.e.,_ "by the very act, immediately incurring canonical censure, +already imposed." + +[63] A reference to the canons of Clement V, which are contained in +the collection called _Clementinas_, published by John XXII. + +[64] Reference is here made to a long and vexatious controversy +over the spiritual jurisdiction of Santa Cruz and Quiapo, between +the Jesuits and the diocesan authorities; it was settled in favor +of the Society, but not until 1678. See Murillo Velarde's account of +this dispute, in his _Historia_, fol. 89 verso-91. Cf. Colin's _Labor +evangélica_ (ed. 1663), p. 813; and La Concepción's _Hist. Philipinas,_ +pp. 281, 286. Santa Cruz is on the shore of the Pasig River opposite +Manila; above it lies Quiapo, and below it Binondo (an island formed by +two bayous from the Pasig). As previous documents have often mentioned, +Binondo was inhabited chiefly by the Chinese, as also was Santa Cruz. + +[65] Diego de Bobadilla was born at Madrid, September 19, 1590; +and at the age of sixteen entered the Jesuit order. He came to the +Philippines in 1615, and spent fifteen years as an instructor in +the Jesuit college at Manila, and five years as its rector. In 1637 +he went to Rome as procurator for his order, and returned in 1643 +with a band of forty-two missionaries. Again he became rector of the +college, and in 1646 was elected provincial. While making an official +visitation of the Mindanao missions, he died at Carigara, February 26, +1648. See Murillo Velarde's sketch of his life, _Hist. Philipinas,_ +fol. 159, 160. + +[66] Francisco Pinelo, who had been prior of the Dominican convent at +Tabora, Portugal, came to the Philippines in 1632, where for some time +he was vicar of San Telmo at Cavite. Afterward he went to Europe on +business of the order--part of which was to secure the dissolution of +the Congregation of St. Paul, formed by Fray Diego Collado, in 1636, +with the Dominicans who came then with Corcuera (who were called +_Barbones_; see Diaz's account _ante_, p. 161). Pinelo remained in +Spain, dying in the convent at Segovia, January 23, 1643. See _Reseña +biográfica_, i, pp. 391, 420. + +[67] There is an evident play on words in this passage. The +original reads: "_Que le auian hecho papa ó papilla y que con el +les auian querido dar papillas_." "_Papilla_" is the diminutive of +"_papa_"--meaning "pope," or "pap"; and the phrase _dar papilla_ +is used to mean "deceiving by insidious caresses." + +[68] Referring to Juan de Zumárraga, guardian of the Franciscan +convent at Abrojo, Mexico; who was appointed (December 12, 1527) +the first bishop of the new diocese of Mexico, and protector of the +Indians. He filled these offices ably, although his energy and zeal +made him numerous enemies. He was made archbishop when the diocese of +Mexico was raised to an archdiocese (by papal bull of July 8, 1547); +but on account of his great age he declined the honor, and died (June +3, 1548) a few days after those documents arrived, being eighty years +old. A cloud upon his memory is the ruthless and vandalic destruction, +under his direction, of the Aztec images, manuscripts, and other +records, both public and private, for which his agents made close +search, not only in the City of Mexico but in all the larger cities +and towns--a cruel and irreparable loss to scholars and historians. See +Bancroft's _History of Mexico,_ ii, pp. 297-300, 556-559. + +[69] Apparently alluding to the penitent thief who was crucified +with Christ. + +[70] _Secuestrarle_, in MS.; but compare the same letter in Diaz's +narration, _ante_, where the word is _secuestrarme_ ("sequester my" +property). + +[71] A line is omitted here by transcriber; see Diaz's copy, as above. + +[72] Francisco de Paula, a native of Segovia, arrived at Manila +in 1618, where he ministered to the Chinese, and afterward gave +instruction in the college of Santo Tomás for sixteen years. He filled +numerous important posts--among them that of provincial (twice), and +commissary-general of the Inquisition; and not long before his death +he had been appointed bishop of Nueva Cáçeres. He died at Manila, +April 5, 1664, at the age of sixty-seven. + +[73] The only friar of this name who is mentioned in _Reseña +biográfica_ came to the islands with the mission of 1635; "he returned +at once to España, summoned by his Majesty to take charge of the +chair of mathematics at the court, with a stipend of one thousand +ducados a year." + +[74] Antonio Gomez de Espejo was born in Manila, in 1604; and made +his profession in the Dominican order, at the age of twenty-one. He +ministered in various Indian villages in Luzón; and in 1678 died, +at Lallo-c. + +[75] Pedro Fernandez de Ledo, a native of Mexico, made his profession +as a Dominican friar in 1625, at the age of seventeen. He was one +of the faculty at Santo Tomás until 1651, when he was chosen prior, +and afterward provincial. Ledo died at Manila, October 15, 1662; +soon afterward, his appointment to a bishopric was received there. + +[76] Applied to a crime that may be tried either in ecclesiastical +or secular courts. + +[77] Dispensation for receiving orders outside the time specified by +the church. + +[78] Perhaps some allusion to a well-known proverb or saying. + +[79] There is no direct clue to the authorship of this document; +but it was evidently written by a lawyer, and one who sided with +the Jesuits and the governor. It is possible that this was Fabian de +Santillan, appointed by that order as judge-conservator; it would be +very natural for him, from prudential motives, to mention himself in +the third person in the letter, knowing that it would almost certainly +be read by others than his correspondent. + +[80] There is here a play on words, the text reading, _que no andan +Por El camino Rl_ y derecho. _Derecho_ has a now obsolete meaning, +"road," or "path." + +[81] That is, to inspect their morals and mode of life. + +[82] Fray Francisco Zamudio, an Augustinian by profession, was a native +of Mechoacán, Mexico. Little information about him is available; but +Pérez says that Zamudio was in Manila in 1594, and died in 1636--an +event which, according to Delgado (_Hist. de Filipinas_, p. 178), +occurred in 1639. Diaz's mention of it, however (pp. 197-198, _ante_), +would imply that the earlier date was the correct one. Pérez does +not mention the fact that Zamudio became a bishop. + +[83] Spanish, _tablilla_: a list of persons excommunicated, exhibited +in churches. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, +Volume XXV, 1635-36, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS *** + +***** This file should be named 19118-8.txt or 19118-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/9/1/1/19118/ + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net/ + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +*** END: FULL LICENSE *** + |